Bhagava 1101 texts and 5602 matches in Suttanta Pali


Sutta Title Words Ct Mr Links Type Quote
an1.1-10bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an1.616-627bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.   Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

an2.1-10bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an2.11-20bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes sir,” Jānussoṇi replied.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
“Yamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā ekaṁsena akaraṇīyaṁ akkhātaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ vacīduccaritaṁ manoduccaritaṁ tasmiṁ akaraṇīye kayiramāne ko ādīnavo pāṭikaṅkho”ti?  
“But, sir, if someone does these things that should not be done, what drawbacks should they expect?”  
“Yamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā ekaṁsena karaṇīyaṁ akkhātaṁ kāyasucaritaṁ vacīsucaritaṁ manosucaritaṁ tasmiṁ karaṇīye kayiramāne ko ānisaṁso pāṭikaṅkho”ti?  
“But, sir, if someone does these things that should be done, what benefits should they expect?”  

an2.32-41bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā12Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho sambahulā samacittā devatā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then several peaceful-minded deities went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha,  
Āyasmāpi kho sāriputto bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Sāriputta bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.  
“Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
“Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
“Atthi, brāhmaṇa, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena vuddhabhūmi ca akkhātā daharabhūmi ca.  
“There is the stage of an elder and the stage of youth as explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  

an2.52-63bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an2.310-479bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.   Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

an3.1bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an3.14bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, one of the mendicants asked the Buddha:  

an3.15bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an3.21bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Āyāmāvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocessāma.   Come, reverends, let’s go to the Buddha, and tell him about this.  
Atha kho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca samiddho āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
Then Sāriputta, Saviṭṭha, and Mahākoṭṭhita went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto yāvatako ahosi āyasmatā ca samiddhena āyasmatā ca mahākoṭṭhikena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
Then Sāriputta told the Buddha of all they had discussed.  

an3.32bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  

an3.33bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  

an3.35bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho hatthako āḷavako jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno addasa bhagavantaṁ gomagge siṁsapāvane paṇṇasanthare nisinnaṁ.   Then as Hatthaka of Āḷavī was going for a walk he saw the Buddha sitting on that mat of leaves.  
Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho hatthako āḷavako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said,  

an3.36bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Aho vatāhaṁ manussattaṁ labheyyaṁ, tathāgato ca loke uppajjeyya arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, tañcāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāseyyaṁ.   Oh, I hope I may be reborn as a human being! And that a Realized One—a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha—arises in the world! And that I may pay homage to the Buddha!  
So ca me bhagavā dhammaṁ deseyya, tassa cāhaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ ājāneyyan’ti.  
Then the Buddha can teach me Dhamma, so that I may understand his teaching.’  

an3.40bhagavatā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhīti.   The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.  

an3.51bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho dve brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu.   Then two old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life, a hundred and twenty years old—went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  

an3.52bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho dve brāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayoanuppattā vīsavassasatikā jātiyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then two old brahmins—elderly and senior, who were advanced in years and had reached the final stage of life, being a hundred and twenty years old—went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  

an3.53bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:  

an3.54bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇaparibbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇaparibbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a brahmin wanderer went up to the Buddha … Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:  

an3.55bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  

an3.56bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇamahāsālo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇamahāsālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a well-to-do Brahmin went up to the Buddha, and seated to one side he said to him:  

an3.57bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Vacchagotta went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  

an3.58bhagavato bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho tikaṇṇo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ …pe…   Then Tikaṇṇa the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
ekamantaṁ nisinno kho tikaṇṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavato sammukhā tevijjānaṁ sudaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati:  
Seated to one side, in front of the Buddha, Tikaṇṇa praised the brahmins who were proficient in the three Vedas,  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho tikaṇṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes sir,” Tikaṇṇa replied.  

an3.59bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes sir,” Jānussoṇi replied.  

an3.60bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Saṅgārava the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to the Buddha,  

an3.63bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho venāgapurikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho venāgapuriko vacchagotto brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the brahmins and householders of Venāgapura went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent. Then the brahmin Vacchagotta of Venāgapura said to the Buddha:  

an3.64bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho te bhikkhū rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Atha kho te paribbājakā acirapakkantassa bhagavato sarabhaṁ paribbājakaṁ samantato vācāyasannitodakena sañjambharimakaṁsu:  
Soon after the Buddha left, those wanderers beset Sarabha on all sides with sneering and jeering.  

an3.65bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kesamuttiyā kālāmā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te kesamuttiyā kālāmā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then the Kālāmas went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent. Seated to one side the Kālāmas said to the Buddha:  
ete mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
We go for refuge to Master Gotama, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  

an3.68bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an3.70bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā9Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho visākhā migāramātā tadahuposathe yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho visākhaṁ migāramātaraṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Visākhā, Migāra’s mother, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her,  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, and worthy of veneration with joined palms. It is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an3.72bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Esāhaṁ, bhante ānanda, taṁ bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.   I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  

an3.73bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti16Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“dīgharattāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā evaṁ dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi:  
“For a long time, sir, I have understood your teaching like this:  
Ayañca mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ atigambhīraṁ pañhaṁ pucchati.  
and this Mahānāma asks him a question that’s too deep.  
“sekhampi kho, mahānāma, sīlaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā, asekhampi sīlaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā; sekhopi samādhi vutto bhagavatā, asekhopi samādhi vutto bhagavatā; sekhāpi paññā vuttā bhagavatā, asekhāpi paññā vuttā bhagavatā.  
“Mahānāma, the Buddha has spoken of the ethics, immersion, and wisdom of a trainee; and the ethics, immersion, and wisdom of an adept.  
Evaṁ kho, mahānāma, sekhampi sīlaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā, asekhampi sīlaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā; sekhopi samādhi vutto bhagavatā, asekhopi samādhi vutto bhagavatā; sekhāpi paññā vuttā bhagavatā, asekhāpi paññā vuttā bhagavatā”ti.  
In this way the Buddha has spoken of the ethics, immersion, and wisdom of both a trainee and an adept.” 

an3.74bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tisso kho imā, abhaya, nijjarā visuddhiyo tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya.   “Abhaya, these three kinds of purification by wearing away have been rightly explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. They are in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to discover the system, and to realize extinguishment.  
Imā kho, abhaya, tisso nijjarā visuddhiyo tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
These are the three kinds of purification by wearing away that have been rightly explained by the Buddha … in order to realize extinguishment.”  

an3.75bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti,  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an3.76bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an3.77bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an3.78bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando “samanuñño me satthā”ti, uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then Ānanda, knowing that the teacher approved, got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

an3.79bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an3.80bhagavantaṁ bhagavato13Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
“Sir, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
‘bhagavato, ānanda, sikhissa abhibhū nāma sāvako brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpesī’ti.  
‘Ānanda, the Buddha Sikhī had a disciple called Abhibhū. Standing in the Brahmā realm, he could make his voice heard throughout the galaxy.’  
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a second time …  
“sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
 
‘bhagavato, ānanda, sikhissa abhibhū nāma sāvako brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpesī’ti.  
 
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a third time, Ānanda said to the Buddha:  
“sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
 
‘bhagavato, ānanda, sikhissa abhibhū nāma sāvako brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpesī’ti.  
 
yaṁ bhagavā bhāseyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
Let the Buddha speak. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said,  
āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ → bhagavantaṁ (si ), cck, sya1ed, km potthakesu natthi. aṭṭhakathāya 

an3.84bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro vajjiputtako bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so vajjiputtako bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a certain Vajji monk went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an3.85bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an3.91bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato11Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kassapagottassa bhikkhuno bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṁsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo:   Kassapagotta became quite impatient and bitter, thinking,  
Atha kho kassapagottassa bhikkhuno acirapakkantassa bhagavato ahudeva kukkuccaṁ ahu vippaṭisāro:  
Soon after the Buddha left, Kassapagotta became quite remorseful and regretful, thinking,  
yassa me bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṁsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo:  
that when the Buddha was talking about the training rules I became quite impatient and bitter, thinking  
Yannūnāhaṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyaṁ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike accayaṁ accayato deseyyan”ti.  
Why don’t I go to the Buddha and confess my mistake to him?”  
Anupubbena yena rājagahaṁ yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kassapagotto bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Eventually he came to Rājagaha and the Vulture’s Peak. He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, saying:  
Tassa mayhaṁ bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṁsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo:  
 
Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, acirapakkantassa bhagavato ahudeva kukkuccaṁ ahu vippaṭisāro:  
 
yassa me bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṁsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo:  
 
Yannūnāhaṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyaṁ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike accayaṁ accayato deseyyan’ti.  
 
Accayo maṁ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ yassa me bhagavati sikkhāpadapaṭisaṁyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya bhikkhū sandassente samādapente samuttejente sampahaṁsente ahudeva akkhanti ahu appaccayo:  
“I have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of me to become impatient and bitter when the Buddha was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the mendicants with a Dhamma talk about the training rules, and to think,  

an3.109bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an3.116bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṁ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṁ tesaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ taṁ sabbaṁ khepetvā tasmiṁyeva bhave parinibbāyati.   But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re extinguished in that very life.  
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṁ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṁ tesaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ taṁ sabbaṁ khepetvā tasmiṁyeva bhave parinibbāyati.  
But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re extinguished in that very life.  
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṁ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṁ tesaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ taṁ sabbaṁ khepetvā tasmiṁyeva bhave parinibbāyati.  
But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re extinguished in that very life.  

an3.123bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an3.125bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

an3.126bhagavantaṁ bhagavato9Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho mahānāmaṁ sakkaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   He went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavato paṭissutvā kapilavatthuṁ pavisitvā kevalakappaṁ kapilavatthuṁ anvāhiṇḍanto nāddasa kapilavatthusmiṁ tathārūpaṁ āvasathaṁ yatthajja bhagavā ekarattiṁ vihareyya.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Mahānāma. He returned to Kapilavatthu and searched all over the city, but he couldn’t see a suitable guest house for the Buddha to spend the night.  
Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Mahānāma went up to the Buddha, and said to him,  
Ayaṁ, bhante, bharaṇḍu kālāmo bhagavato purāṇasabrahmacārī.  
But there is this Bharaṇḍu the Kālāma, who used to be the Buddha’s spiritual companion.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavato paṭissutvā yena bharaṇḍussa kālāmassa assamo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā santharaṁ paññāpetvā udakaṁ ṭhapetvā pādānaṁ dhovanāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” replied Mahānāma. He went to Bharaṇḍu’s hermitage, where he set out a mat, and got foot-washing water ready. Then he went back to the Buddha and said to him,  
“akālo kho ajja bhagavantaṁ payirupāsituṁ.  
“It’s too late to pay homage to the Buddha today.  
Sve dānāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāsissāmī”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Tomorrow I’ll pay homage to the Buddha.” He bowed to the Buddha and respectfully circled him, keeping him on his right, then he left.  

an3.127bhagavantaṁ bhagavato8Pi En Ru dhamma

“bhagavato purato ṭhassāmī”ti osīdatimeva saṁsīdatimeva, na sakkoti saṇṭhātuṁ.   “I will stand before the Buddha,” he sank and melted down, and wasn’t able to stay still.  
“bhagavato purato ṭhassāmī”ti osīdatimeva saṁsīdatimeva, na sakkoti saṇṭhātuṁ.  
 
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti, kho hatthako devaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā oḷārikaṁ attabhāvaṁ abhinimminitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Hatthaka. He manifested in a solid life-form, bowed to the Buddha, and stood to one side.  
Bhagavato ahaṁ, bhante, dassanassa atitto appaṭivāno kālaṅkato;  
Seeing the Buddha;  
Nāhaṁ bhagavato dassanassa,  
I could never get enough  
Nāhaṁ bhagavato → bhagavato (sya-all)  

an3.128bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavatā iminā ovādena ovadito saṁvegamāpādi.   Hearing this advice of the Buddha, that monk was struck with a sense of urgency.  
Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, one of the mendicants asked the Buddha:  

an3.129bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Anuruddha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an3.137bhagavanto2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tepi bhagavanto kammavādā ceva ahesuṁ kiriyavādā ca vīriyavādā ca.   Now, all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past taught the efficacy of deeds, action, and energy.  
Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tepi bhagavanto kammavādā ceva bhavissanti kiriyavādā ca vīriyavādā ca.  
All the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who will live in the future will teach the efficacy of deeds, action, and energy.  

an3.140bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an3.141bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an3.142bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an3.143bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an3.183-352bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.   Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

an4.1bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an4.21bhagavanto bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Yepi te, bhante, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto dhammaṁyeva sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihariṁsu;  
All the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past honored and respected and relied on this same teaching.  
yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto dhammaṁyeva sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharissanti;  
All the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who will live in the future will honor and respect and rely on this same teaching.  

an4.24bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an4.34bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāvatā, bhikkhave, saṅghā vā gaṇā vā, tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   The Saṅgha of the Realized One’s disciples is said to be the best of all communities and groups. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  

an4.35bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Vassakāra the brahmin, a minister of Magadha, went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  

an4.36bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Addasā kho doṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavato pādesu cakkāni sahassārāni sanemikāni sanābhikāni sabbākāraparipūrāni;   Doṇa saw that the Buddha’s footprints had thousand-spoked wheels, with rims and hubs, complete in every detail.  
Atha kho doṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavato padāni anugacchanto addasa bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ pāsādikaṁ pasādanīyaṁ santindriyaṁ santamānasaṁ uttamadamathasamathamanuppattaṁ dantaṁ guttaṁ saṁyatindriyaṁ nāgaṁ.  
Then Doṇa, following the Buddha’s footprints, saw him sitting at the tree root—impressive and inspiring, with peaceful faculties and mind, attained to the highest self-control and serenity, like an elephant with tamed, guarded, and controlled faculties.  
Disvāna yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He went up to the Buddha and said to him:  

an4.39bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho ujjayo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Ujjaya the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ujjayo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  

an4.40bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho udāyī brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho udāyī brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Udāyī the brahmin went up to the Buddha, … and asked him,  

an4.45bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho rohitasso devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho rohitasso devaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then, late at night, the glorious god Rohitassa, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:  
Yāva subhāsitamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā:  
how well said this was by the Buddha.  
Yāva subhāsitamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā:  
how well said this was by the Buddha.”  

an4.46bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāva subhāsitamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā—   
Yāva subhāsitamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā:  
 

an4.52bhagavato bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.   ‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an4.53bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Addasaṁsu kho gahapatī ca gahapatāniyo ca bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ.   where the householders saw him.  
Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te gahapatī ca gahapatāniyo ca bhagavā etadavoca:  
They went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:  

an4.55bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho nakulapitā ca gahapati nakulamātā ca gahapatānī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho nakulapitā gahapati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the householder Nakula’s father and the housewife Nakula’s mother went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Nakula’s father said to the Buddha,  
Nakulamātāpi kho gahapatānī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Nakula’s mother said to the Buddha,  

an4.57bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho suppavāsā koliyadhītā bhagavantaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi.   Then Suppavāsā served and satisfied the Buddha with her own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods.  
Atha kho suppavāsā koliyadhītā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, she sat down to one side.  

an4.58bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an4.60bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an4.61bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an4.62bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an4.67bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Sohaṁ namo bhagavato,  
And so I revere the Blessed One,  

an4.76bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, nāsakkhimha bhagavantaṁ sammukhā paṭipucchitun’”ti.  
‘We were in the Teacher’s presence and we weren’t able to ask the Buddha a question.’”  
‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, nāsakkhimha bhagavantaṁ sammukhā paṭipucchitun’”ti.  
 
‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, nāsakkhimha bhagavantaṁ sammukhā paṭipucchitun’”ti.  
 
Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha:  

an4.79bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an4.80bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an4.100bhagavatā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho potaliyo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Potaliya went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  

an4.101bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an4.111bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kesi assadammasārathi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho kesiṁ assadammasārathiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Kesi the horse trainer went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
“Na kho, bhante, bhagavato pāṇātipāto kappati.  
“Sir, it’s not appropriate for the Buddha to kill living creatures.  

an4.123bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṁ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṁ tesaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ taṁ sabbaṁ khepetvā tasmiṁyeva bhave parinibbāyati.   But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re extinguished in that very life.  
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṁ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṁ tesaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ taṁ sabbaṁ khepetvā tasmiṁyeva bhave parinibbāyati.  
But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re extinguished in that very life.  
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṁ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṁ tesaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ taṁ sabbaṁ khepetvā tasmiṁyeva bhave parinibbāyati.  
But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re extinguished in that very life.  
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṁ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṁ tesaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ taṁ sabbaṁ khepetvā tasmiṁyeva bhave parinibbāyati.  
But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re extinguished in that very life.  

an4.125bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṁ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṁ tesaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ taṁ sabbaṁ khepetvā tasmiṁyeva bhave parinibbāyati.   But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re extinguished in that very life.  
Bhagavato pana sāvako tattha yāvatāyukaṁ ṭhatvā yāvatakaṁ tesaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ taṁ sabbaṁ khepetvā tasmiṁyeva bhave parinibbāyati.  
But a disciple of the Buddha stays there until the lifespan of those gods is spent, then they’re extinguished in that very life.  

an4.158bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti4Pi En Ru dhamma

Parihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.   For this is what the Buddha calls decline.’  
Parihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
For this is what the Buddha calls decline.’  
Aparihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
For this is what the Buddha calls non-decline.’  
Aparihānametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
For this is what the Buddha calls non-decline.’” 

an4.159bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Methune ca setughāto vutto bhagavatā.   The Buddha spoke of breaking off everything to do with sex.  
Methune ca setughāto vutto bhagavatā”ti.  
The Buddha spoke of breaking off everything to do with sex.’”  

an4.171bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to the Buddha:  
“imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi:  
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.  

an4.177bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Rāhula went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an4.180bhagavato12Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
‘sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ— 
‘Reverend, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa;  
‘Clearly this is not the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
‘sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ— 
‘Reverend, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa;  
‘Clearly this is the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa;  
‘Clearly this is not the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa;  
‘Clearly this is the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa;  
‘Clearly this is not the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa;  
‘Clearly this is the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa;  
‘Clearly this is not the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa;  
‘Clearly this is the word of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  

an4.183bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Vassakāra the brahmin, a minister of Magadha, went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti.  
Then Vassakāra the brahmin, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, got up from his seat and left. 

an4.184bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  

an4.186bhagavantaṁ bhagavato8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then one of the mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“Sādhu, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchi:  
Saying “Good, sir”, that mendicant approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. Then he asked another question:  
“Sādhu, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchi:  
Saying “Good, sir”, that mendicant approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. Then he asked another question:  
“Sādhu, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchi:  
Saying “Good, sir”, that mendicant approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. Then he asked another question:  

an4.187bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Vassakāra the brahmin, a chief minister of Magadha, went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti.  
Then Vassakāra the brahmin, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, got up from his seat and left. 

an4.188bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho upako maṇḍikāputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho upako maṇḍikāputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Upaka the son of Maṇḍikā went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, ummujjamānakoyeva bhagavatā mahatā vādapāsena baddho”ti.  
so the Buddha caught me in a big trap of words just as I rose up.”  
Atha kho upako maṇḍikāputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa ārocesi.  
And then Upaka son of Maṇḍikā approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he went up to King Ajātasattu of Magadha, son of the princess of Videha,. He told the King of all they had discussed.  
“yāva dhaṁsī vatāyaṁ loṇakāradārako yāva mukharo yāva pagabbo yatra hi nāma taṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ āsādetabbaṁ maññissati;  
“How rude of this salt-maker’s boy! How scurrilous and impudent of him to imagine he could attack the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  

an4.193bhagavantan’ti bhagavantaṁ bhagavato6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhaddiyo licchavi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho bhaddiyo licchavi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Bhaddiya the Licchavi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
‘māyāvī samaṇo gotamo āvaṭṭaniṁ māyaṁ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṁ sāvake āvaṭṭetī’ti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa ca anudhammaṁ byākaronti, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchati, anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantan”ti?  
I trust that those who say this repeat what the Buddha has said, and do not misrepresent him with an untruth? Is their explanation in line with the teaching? Are there any legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”  
Evaṁ vutte, bhaddiyo licchavi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Bhaddiya the Licchavi said to the Buddha,  

an4.194bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārimāni, byagghapajjā, pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgāni tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātāni sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya.   “Byagghapajjas, these four factors of trying to be pure have been rightly explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. They are in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to discover the system, and to realize extinguishment.  
Imāni kho, byagghapajjā, cattāri pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgāni tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātāni sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
These four factors of trying to be pure have been rightly explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. They are in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to discover the system, and to realize extinguishment.” 

an4.195bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyevettha bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Anuññeyyañcevāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato anujānissāmi, paṭikkositabbañca paṭikkosissāmi, yassa cāhaṁ bhagavato bhāsitassa atthaṁ na jānissāmi bhagavantaṁyevettha uttari paṭipucchissāmi:   “Sir, let us discuss this. I will do as you say.”  
Evaṁ vutte, vappo sakko nigaṇṭhasāvako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Vappa the Sakyan, the disciple of the Jains, said to the Buddha:  

an4.196bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sāḷho ca licchavi abhayo ca licchavi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sāḷho licchavi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Sāḷha and Abhaya the Licchavis went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an4.197bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mallikā devī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho mallikā devī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Queen Mallikā went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Evaṁ vutte, mallikā devī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When this was said, Queen Mallikā said to the Buddha:  

an4.199bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an4.201bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an4.234bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sikhāmoggallāno brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Sikhāmoggallāna the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sikhāmoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Sikhāmoggallāna sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  

an4.243bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  

an4.257bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Māluṅkyaputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  
“Desetu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ; desetu sugato saṅkhittena dhammaṁ. Appeva nāmāhaṁ bhagavato bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājāneyyaṁ; appeva nāmāhaṁ bhagavato bhāsitassa dāyādo assan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief! May the Holy One teach me the Dhamma in brief! Hopefully I can understand the meaning of what the Buddha says! Hopefully I can be an heir of the Buddha’s teaching!”  
bhāsitassa dāyādo → bhagavato sāvako (mr) 
Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavatā iminā ovādena ovadito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
When Māluṅkyaputta had been given this advice by the Buddha, he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

an5.1bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

an5.28bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an5.30bhagavantaññeva bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nāgito bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti.   Now, at that time Venerable Nāgita was the Buddha’s attendant.  
“Ete, bhante, icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā pahūtaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā bhagavantaññeva uddissa bhikkhusaṅghañcā”ti.  
“Sir, it’s these brahmins and householders of Icchānaṅgala. They’ve brought many fresh and cooked foods, and they’re standing outside the gates wanting to offer it specially to the Buddha and the mendicant Saṅgha.”  
adhivāsanakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
Now is the time for the Buddha to relent.  
Tathā hi, bhante, bhagavato sīlapaññāṇan”ti.  
Because of the Buddha’s ethics and wisdom.”  

an5.31bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sumanā rājakumārī pañcahi rathasatehi pañcahi rājakumārisatehi parivutā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho sumanā rājakumārī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Princess Sumanā, escorted by five hundred chariots and five hundred royal maidens, went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“Idhassu, bhante, bhagavato dve sāvakā samasaddhā samasīlā samapaññā— 
“Sir, suppose there were two disciples equal in faith, ethics, and wisdom.  

an5.32bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho cundī rājakumārī pañcahi rathasatehi pañcahi ca kumārisatehi parivutā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho cundī rājakumārī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Princess Cundī, escorted by five hundred chariots and five hundred royal maidens, went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Sāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ pucchāmi:  
And so I ask the Buddha:  
cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.  
It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  

an5.33bhagavantaṁ bhagavato7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Uggaha, Meṇḍaka’s grandson, went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Uggaha got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi.  
Then Uggaha served and satisfied the Buddha with his own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods.  
Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Uggaha sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and said to him,  

an5.34bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sīho senāpati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then General Sīha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and asked him,  
Evaṁ vutte, sīho senāpati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, General Sīha said to the Buddha,  
“yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sandiṭṭhikāni dānaphalāni akkhātāni, nāhaṁ ettha bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi; ahaṁ petāni jānāmi.  
“When it comes to those four fruits of giving that are apparent in the present life, I don’t have to rely on faith in the Buddha, for I know them too.  
Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sandiṭṭhikāni dānaphalāni akkhātāni, nāhaṁ ettha bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi; ahaṁ petāni jānāmi.  
When it comes to these four fruits of giving that are apparent in the present life, I don’t have to rely on faith in the Buddha, for I know them too.  
‘dāyako, sīha, dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatī’ti, etāhaṁ na jānāmi; ettha ca panāhaṁ bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmī”ti.  
‘When a giver’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ I don’t know this, so I have to rely on faith in the Buddha.”  

an5.41bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an5.43bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an5.44bhagavantaṁ bhagavato10Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho uggo gahapati vesāliko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggo gahapati vesāliko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Ugga went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
“Sir, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
“Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
“Sir, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
“Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
 
“Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
 
“Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
 
“Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
 
‘netaṁ bhagavato kappatī’ti.  
this is not proper for the Buddha.  
Atha kho uggo devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho uggaṁ devaputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
Then, late at night, the glorious god Ugga, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to him,  

an5.49bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.   Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.  

an5.51bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an5.55bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  

an5.56bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho so bhikkhu taṁ saddhivihārikaṁ bhikkhuṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then that mendicant took his pupil to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavatā iminā ovādena ovadito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
When that mendicant had been given this advice by the Buddha, he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho so bhikkhu taṁ saddhivihārikaṁ bhikkhuṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then that mendicant took his pupil to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  

an5.58bhagavantaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā licchavikumārakā sajjāni dhanūni ādāya kukkurasaṅghaparivutā mahāvane anucaṅkamamānā anuvicaramānā addasu bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ;   Now at that time several Licchavi youths took strung bows and, escorted by a pack of hounds, were going for a walk in the Great Wood when they saw the Buddha seated at the root of a tree.  
disvāna sajjāni dhanūni nikkhipitvā kukkurasaṅghaṁ ekamantaṁ uyyojetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtā pañjalikā bhagavantaṁ payirupāsanti.  
When they saw him, they put down their strung bows, tied their hounds up to one side, and went up to him. They bowed and silently paid homage to the Buddha with joined palms.  
Tena kho pana samayena mahānāmo licchavi mahāvane jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno addasa te licchavikumārake tuṇhībhūte tuṇhībhūte pañjalike bhagavantaṁ payirupāsante;  
Now at that time Mahānāma the Licchavi was going for a walk in the Great Wood when he saw those Licchavi youths silently paying homage to the Buddha with joined palms.  
disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Seeing this, he went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
Te dānime tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtā pañjalikā bhagavantaṁ payirupāsantī”ti.  
But now they’re silently paying homage to the Buddha with joined palms.”  

an5.73bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an5.74bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an5.76bhagavatā23Pi En Ru dhamma

‘appassādā, āvuso, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.   ‘Reverend, the Buddha says that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks.  
Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
With the similes of a skeleton …  
Maṁsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
a scrap of meat …  
Tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
a grass torch …  
Aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
a pit of glowing coals …  
Supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
a dream …  
Yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
borrowed goods …  
Rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
fruit on a tree …  
Asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
a butcher’s knife and chopping block …  
Sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
a staking sword …  
Sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
a snake’s head, the Buddha says that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks.  
‘kiñcāpi, āvuso, appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo;  
‘Reverends, even though the Buddha says that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks,  
‘appassādā, āvuso, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
‘Reverend, the Buddha says that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks.  
Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
With the simile of a skeleton …  
Maṁsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā …pe… tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā … aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā … supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā … yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā … rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā … asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā … sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā … sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
a scrap of meat … a grass torch … a pit of glowing coals … a dream … borrowed goods … fruit on a tree … a butcher’s knife and chopping block … a staking sword … a snake’s head, the Buddha says that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks.  

an5.100bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  

an5.106bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  

an5.114bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an5.133bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, one of the mendicants asked the Buddha,  

an5.143bhagavantaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“yadā tvaṁ, ambho purisa, passeyyāsi bhagavantaṁ, atha amhākaṁ āroceyyāsī”ti.   “Mister, please tell us when you see the Buddha.”  
Addasā kho so puriso bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ;  
That man saw the Buddha coming off in the distance.  
Atha kho te licchavī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho te licchavī bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then those Licchavis went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  

an5.144bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an5.159bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an5.166bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatopi3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.   Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
“bhagavatopi kho me sammukhā āyasmā udāyī yāvatatiyakaṁ paṭikkosati, na ca me koci bhikkhu anumodati.  
“Even in front of the Buddha Venerable Udāyī disagrees with me three times, and not one mendicant agrees with me.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkantassa bhagavato yenāyasmā upavāṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ etadavoca:  
Then, not long after the Buddha had left, Venerable Ānanda went to Venerable Upavāna and said to him,  

an5.171bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an5.174bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an5.176bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati pañcamattehi upāsakasatehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika, escorted by around five hundred lay followers, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to the Buddha,  
Yāva subhāsitañcidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā:  
How well said this was by the Buddha:  

an5.179bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati pañcamattehi upāsakasatehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika, escorted by around five hundred lay followers, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an5.180bhagavantaṁ bhagavato10Pi En Ru dhamma

“ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo bhagavato sitassa pātukammāya?   “What is the cause, what is the reason why the Buddha smiled?  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
So Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
“ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo bhagavato sitassa pātukammāya?  
“What is the cause, what is the reason why the Buddha smiled?  
Kassapassa kho panānanda, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa gavesī nāma upāsako ahosi sīlesu aparipūrakārī.  
He had a lay follower called Gavesī who had not fulfilled all the precepts.  
Atha kho, ānanda, gavesī upāsako yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:  
Then the lay follower Gavesī went up to the blessed one Kassapa, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha and said to him:  
‘labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ labheyyaṁ upasampadan’ti.  
‘Sir, may I receive the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence?’  
Alattha kho, ānanda, gavesī upāsako kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And he received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  
Atha kho, ānanda, tāni pañca upāsakasatāni yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then those five hundred lay followers went up to the blessed one Kassapa, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha and said to him:  
‘labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan’ti.  
‘Sir, may we receive the going forth and ordination in the Buddha’s presence?’  
Alabhiṁsu kho, ānanda, tāni pañca upāsakasatāni kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṁ, alabhiṁsu upasampadaṁ.  
And they did receive the going forth and ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  

an5.192bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho doṇo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Doṇa the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho doṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Doṇa sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes sir,” Doṇa replied.  

an5.193bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Saṅgārava the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Saṅgārava sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  

an5.194bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.   “Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassāti.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  

an5.195bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena pañcamattāni licchavisatāni bhagavantaṁ payirupāsanti.   Now at that time around five hundred Licchavis were visiting the Buddha.  
Atha kho piṅgiyānī brāhmaṇo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then the brahmin Piṅgīyānī got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said,  
Atha kho piṅgiyānī brāhmaṇo bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāya gāthāya abhitthavi:  
So the brahmin Piṅgīyānī extolled the Buddha in his presence with a fitting verse.  
Atha kho piṅgiyānī brāhmaṇo tehi pañcahi uttarāsaṅgasatehi bhagavantaṁ acchādesi.  
And Piṅgiyānī clothed the Buddha with them.  

an5.201bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā kimilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Kimbila went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an6.1bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

an6.10bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno, kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an6.13bhagavantaṁ bhagavato12Pi En Ru dhamma

So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo: ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.   They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! Don’t say that. Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say that.  
So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo: ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! …  
So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo: ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! …  
So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo: ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! …  
So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo: ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! …  
So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo: ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! Don’t say that. Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say that.  

an6.16bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā16Pi En Ru dhamma

garahitā ca bhagavatā sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā.   and it’s criticized by the Buddha.  
garahitā ca bhagavatā sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā.  
 
garahitā ca bhagavatā sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā.  
 
‘nakulamātā gahapatānī mamaccayena na dassanakāmā bhavissati bhagavato na dassanakāmā bhikkhusaṅghassā’ti.  
‘When I’ve gone, the housewife Nakula’s mother won’t want to see the Buddha and his Saṅgha of mendicants.’  
Ahañhi, gahapati, tavaccayena dassanakāmatarā ceva bhavissāmi bhagavato, dassanakāmatarā ca bhikkhusaṅghassa.  
When you’ve gone, I’ll want to see the Buddha and his mendicant Saṅgha even more.  
garahitā ca bhagavatā sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā.  
 
Yāvatā kho, gahapati, tassa bhagavato sāvikā gihī odātavasanā sīlesu paripūrakāriniyo, ahaṁ tāsaṁ aññatarā.  
I am one of those white-robed disciples of the Buddha who fulfills their ethics.  
Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā—ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye—taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchatu.  
Whoever doubts this can go and ask the Buddha. He is staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood.  
garahitā ca bhagavatā sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā.  
 
Yāvatā kho, gahapati, tassa bhagavato sāvikā gihī odātavasanā lābhiniyo ajjhattaṁ cetosamathassa, ahaṁ tāsaṁ aññatarā.  
I am one of those white-robed disciples of the Buddha who has internal serenity of heart.  
Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā—ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye—taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchatu.  
Whoever doubts this can go and ask the Buddha. He is staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood.  
garahitā ca bhagavatā sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā.  
 
Yāvatā kho, gahapati, tassa bhagavato sāvikā gihī odātavasanā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ogādhappattā patigādhappattā assāsappattā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane viharanti, ahaṁ tāsaṁ aññatarā.  
I am one of those white-robed disciples of the Buddha who has gained a basis, a firm basis, and solace in this teaching and training. I have gone beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and gained assurance. And I am independent of others in the Teacher’s instructions.  
Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā—ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye—taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchatu.  
Whoever doubts this can go and ask the Buddha. He is staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood.  
garahitā ca bhagavatā sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā”ti.  
and it’s criticized by the Buddha.”  
Atha kho nakulapitā gahapati gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā daṇḍamolubbha yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nakulapitaraṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
Soon after recovering, leaning on a staff he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an6.17bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Āyasmāpi kho sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.   Venerable Sāriputta also came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.  
āyasmāpi kho ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
and Ānanda did the same.  
Tepi kho āyasmanto acirapakkantassa bhagavato uṭṭhāyāsanā yathāvihāraṁ agamaṁsu.  
And soon after the Buddha left those venerables each went to their own dwelling.  
“Tepi kho, bhante, āyasmanto acirapakkantassa bhagavato uṭṭhāyāsanā yathāvihāraṁ agamaṁsū”ti.  
“Soon after the Buddha left those venerables each went to their own dwelling.”  

an6.19bhagavantaṁ bhagavato19Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, one of the mendicants said to the Buddha,  
‘aho vatāhaṁ rattindivaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
‘Oh, if I’d only live for another day and night, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’  
Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Another mendicant said to the Buddha,  
‘aho vatāhaṁ divasaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
‘Oh, if I’d only live for another day, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’  
Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Another mendicant said to the Buddha,  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekapiṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to eat a meal of almsfood, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’  
Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Another mendicant said to the Buddha,  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ cattāro pañca ālope saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to chew and swallow four or five mouthfuls, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’  
Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Another mendicant said to the Buddha,  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekaṁ ālopaṁ saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to chew and swallow a single mouthful, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’  
Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Another mendicant said to the Buddha,  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ assasitvā vā passasāmi passasitvā vā assasāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to breathe out after breathing in, or to breathe in after breathing out, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’  
‘aho vatāhaṁ rattindivaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
to live for a day and night …  
‘aho vatāhaṁ divasaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
or to live for a day …  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekapiṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
or to live as long as it takes to eat a meal of almsfood …  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ cattāro pañca ālope saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
or to live as long as it takes to chew and swallow four or five mouthfuls— 
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekaṁ ālopaṁ saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
to live as long as it takes to chew and swallow a single mouthful …  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ assasitvā vā passasāmi passasitvā vā assasāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
or to live as long as it takes to breathe out after breathing in, or to breathe in after breathing out— 

an6.21bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ pokkharaṇiyaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire lotus pond, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  
Atha kho sā devatā “samanuñño me satthā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.  
Then that deity, knowing that the teacher approved, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an6.25bhagavato bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo …pe… paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.   ‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an6.26bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sambādhe okāsādhigamo anubuddho sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṁ cha anussatiṭṭhānāni.   How this Blessed One who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, has found an opportunity amid confinement; that is, the six topics for recollection. They are in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to discover the system, and to realize extinguishment.  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo …pe… paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
Yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sambādhe okāsādhigamo anubuddho sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṁ cha anussatiṭṭhānānī”ti.  
How this Blessed One who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, has found an opportunity amid confinement; that is, the six topics for recollection. They are in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to discover the system, and to realize extinguishment.” 

an6.27bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an6.28bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:   “Reverends, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
Reverends, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  

an6.29bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Suṇomahaṁ, āvuso ānanda, bhagavato.   “Reverend Ānanda, I hear the Buddha.  

an6.32bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:  
Atha kho sā devatā “samanuñño me satthā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.  
Then that deity, knowing that the teacher approved, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there.  

an6.38bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  

an6.40bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā kimilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Kimbila went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an6.42bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nāgito bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti.   Now, at that time Venerable Nāgita was the Buddha’s attendant.  
“Ete, bhante, icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā pahūtaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā bhagavantaṁyeva uddissa bhikkhusaṅghañcā”ti.  
“Sir, it’s these brahmins and householders of Icchānaṅgala. They’ve brought many fresh and cooked foods, and they’re standing outside the gates wanting to offer it specially to the Buddha and the mendicant Saṅgha.”  
adhivāsanakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
Now is the time for the Buddha to relent.  
Tathā hi, bhante, bhagavato sīlapaññāṇan”ti.  
Because of the Buddha’s ethics and wisdom.”  

an6.43bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.   “Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When they said this, Venerable Udāyī said to the Buddha,  
Yāva subhāsitañcidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā— 
How well said this was by the Buddha:  
Idañca panāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā subhāsitaṁ imāhi gāthāhi anumodāmi— 
And I celebrate the well-spoken words of the Buddha with these verses:  

an6.44bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā12Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kathaṁ kathaṁ nāmāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā dhammo desito aññeyyo, yatra hi nāma brahmacārī ca abrahmacārī ca ubho samasamagatikā bhavissanti abhisamparāyaṁ?   “Honorable Ānanda, how on earth are we supposed to understand the teaching taught by the Buddha, when the chaste and the unchaste are both reborn in exactly the same place in the next life?  
So kālaṅkato bhagavatā byākato sakadāgāmī satto tusitaṁ kāyaṁ upapannoti.  
When he passed away the Buddha declared that, since he was a once-returner, he was reborn in the host of Joyful Gods.  
Sopi kālaṅkato bhagavatā byākato sakadāgāmipatto tusitaṁ kāyaṁ upapannoti.  
When he passed away the Buddha declared that, since he was also a once-returner, he was reborn in the host of Joyful Gods.  
Kathaṁ kathaṁ nāmāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā dhammo desito aññeyyo, yatra hi nāma brahmacārī ca abrahmacārī ca ubho samasamagatikā bhavissanti abhisamparāyan”ti?  
How on earth are we supposed to understand the teaching taught by the Buddha, when the chaste and the unchaste are both reborn in exactly the same place in the next life?”  
“Evaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhagini, bhagavatā byākatan”ti.  
“You’re right, sister, but that’s how the Buddha declared it.”  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, Ānanda went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
‘kathaṁ kathaṁ nāmāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā dhammo desito aññeyyo, yatra hi nāma brahmacārī ca abrahmacārī ca ubho samasamagatikā bhavissanti abhisamparāyaṁ.  
 
So kālaṅkato bhagavatā byākato sakadāgāmipatto tusitaṁ kāyaṁ upapannoti.  
 
Sopi kālaṅkato bhagavatā byākato sakadāgāmipatto tusitaṁ kāyaṁ upapannoti.  
 
Kathaṁ kathaṁ nāmāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā dhammo desito aññeyyo, yatra hi nāma brahmacārī ca abrahmacārī ca ubho samasamagatikā bhavissanti abhisamparāyan’ti?  
 
‘evaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhagini, bhagavatā byākatan’”ti.  
 

an6.47bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho moḷiyasīvako paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   And then the wanderer Moḷiyasīvaka went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho moḷiyasīvako paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  

an6.48bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  

an6.49bhagavantaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ca khemo āyasmā ca sumano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā khemo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then they went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Venerable Khema said to the Buddha:  
Atha kho āyasmā khemo “samanuñño me satthā”ti uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then Khema, knowing that the teacher approved, got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho āyasmā sumano acirapakkante āyasmante kheme bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And then, not long after Khema had left, Sumana said to the Buddha:  
Atha kho āyasmā sumano “samanuñño me satthā”ti uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then Sumana, knowing that the teacher approved, got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

an6.52bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   And then the brahmin Jāṇussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  

an6.53bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  

an6.54bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Anupubbena yena rājagahaṁ gijjhakūṭo pabbato yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Eventually he came to Rājagaha and the Vulture’s Peak. He went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  

an6.55bhagavantaṁ bhagavato7Pi En Ru dhamma

“ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhavīriyā viharanti, ahaṁ tesaṁ aññataro.   “I am one of the Buddha’s most energetic disciples.  
Āyasmāpi kho soṇo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Soṇa bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.  
‘ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhavīriyā viharanti, ahaṁ tesaṁ aññataro.  
‘I am one of the Buddha’s most energetic disciples.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Soṇa replied.  
“yannūnāhaṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyaṁ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike aññaṁ byākareyyan”ti.  
“Why don’t I go to the Buddha and declare my enlightenment in his presence?”  
Atha kho āyasmā soṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Soṇa went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an6.56bhagavantaṁ bhagavato7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Addasā kho āyasmā phagguno bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.  
Venerable Phagguna saw the Buddha coming off in the distance  
Atha kho āyasmā phagguno acirapakkantassa bhagavato kālamakāsi.  
Not long after the Buddha left, Venerable Phagguna passed away.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“āyasmā, bhante, phagguno acirapakkantassa bhagavato kālamakāsi.  
“Sir, soon after the Buddha left, Venerable Phagguna died.  

an6.57bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  

an6.59bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho dārukammiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho dārukammikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Dārukammika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  

an6.60bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho cittassa hatthisāriputtassa sahāyakā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then the mendicants who were Citta Hatthisāriputta’s companions went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  

an6.61bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

“vuttamidaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā pārāyane metteyyapañhe:   “Reverends, this was said by the Buddha in ‘The Way to the Far Shore’, in ‘The Questions of Metteyya’:  
Āyāmāvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocessāma.  
Come, reverends, let’s go to the Buddha, and inform him about this.  
Atha kho therā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
Then those senior mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho therā bhikkhū yāvatako ahosi sabbeheva saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesuṁ.  
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. They asked,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho therā bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an6.62bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā9Pi En Ru dhamma

“kiṁ nu kho, āvuso ānanda, sabbaṁ cetaso samannāharitvā nu kho devadatto bhagavatā byākato:   “Reverend Ānanda, when the Buddha declared that Devadatta was  
Evaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā byākatan”ti.  
“You’re right, reverend, that’s how the Buddha declared it.”  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
‘kiṁ nu kho, āvuso ānanda, sabbaṁ cetaso samannāharitvā nu kho devadatto bhagavatā byākato— 
 
‘evaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā byākatan’”ti.  
 
yaṁ bhagavā purisindriyañāṇāni vibhajeyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
Let the Buddha analyze the faculties of persons. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  

an6.63bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an6.69bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:  
Atha kho sā devatā “samanuñño me satthā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.  
Then that deity, knowing that the teacher approved, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there.  
Evaṁ vutte āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to the Buddha:  
“imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  

an6.170-649bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.   Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

an7.1bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an7.7bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho uggo rājamahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggo rājamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Ugga the government minister went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  

an7.21bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā licchavī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā etadavoca:   Then several Licchavis went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and the Buddha said to these Licchavis:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te licchavī bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an7.22bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

“ehi tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ puccha:   “Please, brahmin, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Ask him if he is healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.  
‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī’ti.  
 
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo māgadhamahāmatto rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
“Yes, sir,” Vassakāra replied. He went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo māgadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ bījayamāno.  
Now at that time Venerable Ānanda was standing behind the Buddha fanning him.  
“Ekamekenapi, bho gotama, aparihāniyena dhammena samannāgatānaṁ vajjīnaṁ vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni;  
When the Buddha had spoken, Vassakāra said to him: “Master Gotama, if the Vajjis follow even a single one of these principles they can expect growth, not decline.  
Ekamekenapi → evaṁ vutte vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca ekamekenapi (bj); ekamekenapi tena kho (mr)  
Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo māgadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti.  
Then Vassakāra the brahmin, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, got up from his seat and left. 

an7.23bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an7.32bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:  
Atha kho sā devatā “samanuñño me satthā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.  
Then that deity, knowing that the teacher approved, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there.  

an7.35bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to the Buddha:  
“imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  

an7.42bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmī”ti.   “I will learn the meaning of this statement from the Buddha himself.”  
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Sāriputta wandered for alms in Sāvatthī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding:  
‘bhagavato santike etassa atthaṁ ājānissāmī’ti.  
 

an7.43bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmī”ti.   “I will learn the meaning of this statement from the Buddha himself.”  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Ānanda wandered for alms in Kosambī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding:  
‘bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmī’ti.  
 

an7.47bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho uggatasarīro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin Uggatasarīra went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggatasarīro brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,  
tatiyampi kho uggatasarīro brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and third time Uggatasarīra said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho uggatasarīro brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Uggatasarīra said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, uggatasarīro brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the brahmin Uggatasarīra said to the Buddha,  

an7.50bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the brahmin Jānussoṇi said to the Buddha,  

an7.52bhagavantaṁ bhagavato11Pi En Ru dhamma

“cirassutā no, bhante, bhagavato sammukhā dhammīkathā.   “Sir, it’s been a long time since we’ve heard a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.  
Sādhu mayaṁ, bhante, labheyyāma bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti.  
It would be good if we got to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.”  
bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ → bhagavato santikā dhammiṁ kathaṁ (bj); bhagavato dhammiṁ kathaṁ (sya-all); bhagavato sammukhā dhammikathaṁ (pts1ed)  
appeva nāma labheyyātha bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti.  
Hopefully you’ll get to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.”  
bhagavato sammukhā → bhagavato santike (sya-all)  
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto tehi campeyyakehi upāsakehi saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then they went together with Sāriputta to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Sāriputta said to the Buddha:  

an7.53bhagavatā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā desitāni pañcorambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni nāhaṁ tesaṁ kiñci attani appahīnaṁ samanupassāmī”ti.   Of the five lower fetters taught by the Buddha, I don’t see any that I haven’t given up.”  

an7.54bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an7.55bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” the mendicants replied.  

an7.56bhagavantaṁ bhagavato9Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho dve devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then, late at night, two glorious deities, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. One deity said to him,  
Aparā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
The other deity said to him,  
Atha kho tā devatā “samanuñño satthā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyiṁsu.  
Then those deities, knowing that the teacher approved, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there.  
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti.  
Now at that time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was sitting not far from the Buddha.  
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yāvatako ahosi tissena brahmunā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
and told him what had happened.  
Yaṁ bhagavā sattamaṁ animittavihāriṁ puggalaṁ deseyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
May the Buddha teach the seventh person, the signless meditator. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Mahāmoggallāna replied.  

an7.57bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sīho senāpati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then General Sīha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā sandiṭṭhikāni dānaphalāni akkhātāni, nāhaṁ ettha bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi.  
When it comes to these fruits of giving that are apparent in the present life, I don’t have to rely on faith in the Buddha,  
Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā sandiṭṭhikāni dānaphalāni akkhātāni, nāhaṁ ettha bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi.  
When it comes to these fruits of giving that are apparent in the present life, I don’t have to rely on faith in the Buddha,  
Etāhaṁ na jānāmi, ettha ca panāhaṁ, bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmī”ti.  
so I have to rely on faith in the Buddha.”  

an7.59bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā kimilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Kimbila went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an7.61bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, Venerable Moggallāna asked the Buddha,  

an7.63bhagavantampi bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
Sā neva sassuṁ ādiyati, na sasuraṁ ādiyati, na sāmikaṁ ādiyati, bhagavantampi na sakkaroti na garuṁ karoti na māneti na pūjetī”ti.  
She doesn’t obey her mother-in-law or father-in-law or her husband. And she does not honor, respect, esteem, and venerate the Buddha.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho sujātā gharasuṇhā bhagavato paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sujātaṁ gharasuṇhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” she replied. She went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her:  
“Na kho ahaṁ, bhante, imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
“Sir, I don’t understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha has said in brief.  
Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā dhammaṁ desetu yathāhaṁ imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ jāneyyan”ti.  
Please teach me this matter so I can understand the detailed meaning.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho sujātā gharasuṇhā bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” she replied.  

an7.66bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an7.70bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā9Pi En Ru dhamma

“ime kho me dhammā parisuddhā pariyodātā, yannūnāhaṁ ime dhamme gantvā bhagavato āroceyyaṁ.   “These qualities are pure and bright in me. Why don’t I go and tell them to the Buddha?  
Evamevaṁ me ime dhammā parisuddhā pariyodātā, yannūnāhaṁ ime dhamme gantvā bhagavato āroceyyaṁ.  
In the same way, these qualities are pure and bright in me. Why don’t I go and tell them to the Buddha?  
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his thoughts while on retreat.  
‘ime kho me dhammā parisuddhā pariyodātā, yannūnāhaṁ ime dhamme gantvā bhagavato āroceyyaṁ.  
 
Evamevaṁ me ime dhammā parisuddhā pariyodātā, yannūnāhaṁ ime dhamme gantvā bhagavato āroceyyaṁ.  
 
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to the Buddha:  
“imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  

an7.83bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā upāli yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Upāli went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  

an7.645-1124bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.   Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

an8.1bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an8.6bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an8.8bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kiṁ panidaṁ, bhante, āyasmato uttarassa sakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, udāhu tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā”ti?   “Sir, did this teaching come to you from your own inspiration, or was it spoken by the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?”  
“Evamevaṁ kho, devānaminda, yaṁ kiñci subhāsitaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
“In the same way, lord of gods, whatever is well spoken is spoken by the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
‘yaṁ kiñci subhāsitaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
‘Whatever is well spoken is spoken by the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  

an8.11bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho verañjo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin Verañja went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the brahmin Verañja said to the Buddha:  

an8.12bhagavantan’ti bhagavantaṁ bhagavato22Pi En Ru dhamma

Yannūnāhaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti.   Why don’t I go to see that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!”  
Atha kho sīhassa senāpatissa yo ahosi gamiyābhisaṅkhāro bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, so paṭippassambhi.  
Then Sīha’s determination to go and see the Buddha died down.  
Yannūnāhaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti.  
“Why don’t I go to see that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!”  
Dutiyampi kho sīhassa senāpatissa yo ahosi gamiyābhisaṅkhāro bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, so paṭippassambhi.  
Then for a second time Sīha’s determination to go and see the Buddha died down.  
Yannūnāhaṁ anapaloketvāva nigaṇṭhe taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti.  
Why don’t I, without taking leave of them, go to see that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!”  
Atha kho sīho senāpati pañcamattehi rathasatehi divādivassa vesāliyā niyyāsi bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.  
Then Sīha, with around five hundred chariots, set out from Vesālī in the middle of the day to see the Buddha.  
Atha kho sīho senāpati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then General Sīha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Ye te, bhante, evamāhaṁsu: ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaronti na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchati?  
I trust those who say this repeat what the Buddha has said, and do not misrepresent him with an untruth? Is their explanation in line with the teaching? Are there any legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?  
Anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantan”ti.  
For we don’t want to misrepresent the Blessed One.”  
Evaṁ vutte, sīho senāpati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, General Sīha said to the Buddha,  
“Imināpāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyoso mattāya attamano abhiraddho, yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evamāha: ‘anuviccakāraṁ kho, sīha, karohi. Anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṁ ñātamanussānaṁ sādhu hotī’ti.  
“Now I’m even more delighted and satisfied with the Buddha, since he tells me to act after careful consideration.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, dutiyampi bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
For a second time, I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
“Imināpāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyoso mattāya attamano abhiraddho, yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evamāha:  
“Now I’m even more delighted and satisfied with the Buddha, since he tells me to  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, tatiyampi bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
For a third time, I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Atha kho sīho senāpati diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Sīha saw, attained, understood, and fathomed the Dhamma. He went beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and became self-assured and independent of others regarding the Teacher’s instructions. He said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho sīho senāpati bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Sīha got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho sīho senāpati tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi:  
And when the night had passed General Sīha had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in his own home. Then he had the Buddha informed of the time, saying,  
Na ca panete āyasmanto jiridanti taṁ bhagavantaṁ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhituṁ;  
They’ll never stop misrepresenting the Buddha with their false, hollow, lying, untruthful claims.  
Atha kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Sīha sat down to one side.  

an8.14bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an8.19bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho pahārādo asurindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho pahārādaṁ asurindaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Pahārāda, lord of titans, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to him,  

an8.20bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante paṭhame yāme, uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   And then, as the night was getting late, in the first watch of the night, Venerable Ānanda got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha and said,  
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante majjhime yāme, uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a second time, as the night was getting late, in the middle watch of the night, Ānanda got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha and said,  
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante pacchime yāme, uddhaste aruṇe, nandimukhiyā rattiyā uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a third time, as the night was getting late, in the last watch of the night, as dawn stirred, bringing joy to the night, Ānanda got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha and said,  
“uṭṭhehāvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā.  
“Get up, reverend. The Buddha has seen you.  
“uṭṭhehāvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā.  
 
“uṭṭhehāvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā.  
he asked that monk to leave.  
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ bāhāyaṁ gahetvā bahidvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhāmetvā sūcighaṭikaṁ datvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna took that person by the arm, ejected him out the gate, and bolted the door. Then he went up to the Buddha, and said to him,  

an8.21bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā12Pi En Ru dhamma

“Aṭṭhahi kho tvaṁ, gahapati, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato.   “Householder, the Buddha declared that you have eight amazing and incredible qualities.  
Katame te, gahapati, aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, yehi tvaṁ samannāgato bhagavatā byākato”ti?  
What are the eight qualities that he spoke of?”  
‘katamehi aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’ti.  
what eight amazing and incredible qualities the Buddha was referring to.  
“yadāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ paṭhamaṁ dūratova addasaṁ;  
“Sir, when I first saw the Buddha off in the distance,  
saha dassaneneva me, bhante, bhagavato cittaṁ pasīdi.  
my heart was inspired as soon as I saw him.  
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, pasannacitto bhagavantaṁ payirupāsiṁ.  
With confident heart I paid homage to the Buddha.  
‘svākkhāto, gahapati, bhagavatā dhammo’ti.  
‘Householder, the Buddha’s teaching is well explained!’  
‘vadeyyātha vā evaṁ kho tumhe devatā no vā vadeyyātha, atha kho svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo’ti.  
‘The Buddha’s teaching is well explained, regardless of whether or not you deities say so!’  
Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā desitāni pañcorambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni, nāhaṁ tesaṁ kiñci attani appahīnaṁ samanupassāmi.  
Of the five lower fetters taught by the Buddha, I don’t see any that I haven’t given up.  
katamehi cāhaṁ aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato”ti.  
what eight amazing and incredible qualities the Buddha was referring to.”  
Atha kho so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu yāvatako ahosi uggena gahapatinā vesālikena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
He informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the householder Ugga of Vesālī. The Buddha said:  

an8.22bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā12Pi En Ru dhamma

“aṭṭhahi kho tvaṁ, gahapati, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato.   “Householder, the Buddha declared that you have eight amazing and incredible qualities.  
Katame te, gahapati, aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, yehi tvaṁ samannāgato bhagavatā byākato”ti?  
What are the eight qualities that he spoke of?”  
‘katamehi aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’ti.  
what eight amazing and incredible qualities the Buddha was referring to.  
“yadāhaṁ, bhante, nāgavane paricaranto bhagavantaṁ paṭhamaṁ dūratova addasaṁ;  
“Sir, when I first saw the Buddha off in the distance I was partying in the Dragon’s Park.  
saha dassaneneva me, bhante, bhagavato cittaṁ pasīdi, surāmado ca pahīyi.  
My heart was inspired as soon as I saw him, and I sobered up.  
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, pasannacitto bhagavantaṁ payirupāsiṁ.  
With confident heart I paid homage to the Buddha.  
‘svākkhāto, gahapati, bhagavatā dhammo’ti.  
‘Householder, the Buddha’s teaching is well explained!’  
‘vadeyyātha vā evaṁ kho tumhe devatā no vā vadeyyātha, atha kho svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo’ti.  
‘The Buddha’s teaching is well explained, regardless of whether or not you deities say so!’  
Sace kho panāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato paṭhamataraṁ kālaṁ kareyyaṁ, anacchariyaṁ kho panetaṁ yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evaṁ byākareyya:  
If I pass away before the Buddha, it wouldn’t be surprising if the Buddha declares of me:  
‘katamehi cāhaṁ aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’”ti.  
what eight amazing and incredible qualities the Buddha was referring to.”  
Atha kho so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu yāvatako ahosi uggena gahapatinā hatthigāmakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
He informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the householder Ugga of Elephant Village. The Buddha said:  

an8.23bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sattahi kho tvaṁ, āvuso, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato.   “Householder, the Buddha declared that you have seven amazing and incredible qualities.  
Imehi kho tvaṁ, āvuso, sattahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato”ti.  
The Buddha declared that you have these seven amazing and incredible qualities.”  
Atha kho so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him of what he had discussed with the householder Hatthaka. The Buddha said:  
‘sattahi kho tvaṁ, āvuso, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato.  
 
Imehi kho tvaṁ, āvuso, sattahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’ti.  
 

an8.24bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho hatthako āḷavako pañcamattehi upāsakasatehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho hatthakaṁ āḷavakaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Hatthaka of Āḷavī, escorted by around five hundred lay followers, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to Hatthaka:  
“Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā desitāni cattāri saṅgahavatthūni, tehāhaṁ imaṁ mahatiṁ parisaṁ saṅgaṇhāmi.  
“Sir, I bring together such a large congregation by using the four ways of being inclusive as taught by the Buddha.  
Atha kho hatthako āḷavako bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Hatthaka of Āḷavī with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha before leaving.  

an8.25bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an8.26bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Jīvaka Komārabhacca went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  

an8.28bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an8.30bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Āyasmāpi kho anuruddho bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.   Anuruddha bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Anuruddha replied.  

an8.41bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an8.43bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho visākhā migāramātā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho visākhaṁ migāramātaraṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Visākhā, Migāra’s mother, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her:  

an8.44bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vāseṭṭho upāsako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho vāseṭṭhaṁ upāsakaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the layman Vāseṭṭha went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
Evaṁ vutte, vāseṭṭho upāsako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Vāseṭṭha said to the Buddha:  

an8.45bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bojjhā upāsikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho bojjhaṁ upāsikaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the laywoman Bojjhā went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her:  

an8.46bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then in the late afternoon, Anuruddha came out of retreat and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding:  

an8.51bhagavantaṁ bhagavato16Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:  
Dutiyampi kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a second time …  
Tatiyampi kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a third time, Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī said to the Buddha:  
Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī “na bhagavā anujānāti mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjan”ti dukkhī dummanā assumukhī rudamānā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī thought, “The Buddha does not permit females to go forth.” Miserable and sad, weeping, with a tearful face, she bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on her right, before leaving.  
“Tena hi tvaṁ, gotami, muhuttaṁ idheva tāva hohi, yāvāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ yācāmi mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjan”ti.  
“Well then, Gotamī, wait here just a moment, while I ask the Buddha to grant the going forth for females.”  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a third time, Ānanda said to the Buddha:  
Yannūnāhaṁ aññenapi pariyāyena bhagavantaṁ yāceyyaṁ mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjan”ti.  
Why don’t I try another approach?”  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
bahukārā, bhante, mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavato mātucchā āpādikā posikā khīrassa dāyikā;  
Sir, Mahāpajāpatī has been very helpful to the Buddha. She is his aunt who raised him, nurtured him, and gave him her milk.  
bhagavantaṁ janettiyā kālaṅkatāya thaññaṁ pāyesi.  
When the Buddha’s birth mother passed away, she nurtured him at her own breast.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato santike ime aṭṭha garudhamme uggahetvā yena mahāpajāpatī gotamī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā mahāpajāpatiṁ gotamiṁ etadavoca:  
Then Ānanda, having learned these eight principles of respect from the Buddha himself, went to Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī and said:  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  

an8.52bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  
na kho panetaṁ bhagavantaṁ uddissa pabbajitāya kāsāyavatthavasanāya garudhammaṁ ajjhāpannapubbo hoti;  
They have never previously sexually harassed any woman wearing the ocher robe who has gone forth in the Buddha’s name.  

an8.53bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:  
“Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā ekā vūpakaṭṭhā appamattā ātāpinī pahitattā vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  

an8.54bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho dīghajāṇu koliyaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho dīghajāṇu koliyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Dīghajāṇu the Koliyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  

an8.55bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho ujjayo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Ujjaya the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ujjayo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  

an8.63bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  
“Desetu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ, desetu sugato saṅkhittena dhammaṁ. Appeva nāmāhaṁ bhagavato bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājāneyyaṁ, appeva nāmāhaṁ bhagavato bhāsitassa dāyādo assan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief! May the Holy One teach me the Dhamma in brief! Hopefully I can understand the meaning of what the Buddha says! Hopefully I can be an heir of the Buddha’s teaching!”  
Atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavatā iminā ovādena ovadito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
When that mendicant had been given this advice by the Buddha, he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

an8.70bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavato’ti bhagavatā23Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṁ ādāya bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi.   “Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. Taking his sitting cloth he followed behind the Buddha.  
Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ;  
But Ānanda didn’t get it, even though the Buddha dropped such an obvious hint, such a clear sign.  
na bhagavantaṁ yāci:  
He didn’t beg the Buddha,  
Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ;  
But Ānanda didn’t get it, even though the Buddha dropped such an obvious hint, such a clear sign.  
na bhagavantaṁ yāci:  
He didn’t beg the Buddha,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā bhagavato avidūre aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. He rose from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before sitting at the root of a tree close by.  
Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And then, not long after Ānanda had left, Māra the Wicked said to the Buddha:  
“Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
“Sir, may the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One now become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.  
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:  
Sir, you once made this statement:  
Etarahi, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā pattayogakkhemā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.  
Today you do have such monk disciples.  
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
May the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One now become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.  
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:  
Sir, you once made this statement:  
Etarahi, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā pattayogakkhemā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.  
Today you do have such laywoman disciples.  
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
Sir, may the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.  
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:  
Sir, you once made this statement:  
Etarahi, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṁ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṁ.  
Today your spiritual path is successful and prosperous, extensive, popular, widespread, and well proclaimed wherever there are gods and humans.  
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato”ti.  
Sir, may the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.”  
Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.  
When he did so there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  

an8.73bhagavantaṁ bhagavato25Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, one of the mendicants said to the Buddha,  
‘aho vatāhaṁ rattindivaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
‘Oh, if I’d only live for another day and night, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’  
Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Another mendicant said to the Buddha,  
‘aho vatāhaṁ divasaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
‘Oh, if I’d only live for another day, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’  
Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Another mendicant said to the Buddha,  
‘aho vatāhaṁ upaḍḍhadivasaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
‘Oh, if I’d only live for half a day, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’  
Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Another mendicant said to the Buddha,  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekapiṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to eat a single almsmeal, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’  
Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Another mendicant said to the Buddha,  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ upaḍḍhapiṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to eat half an almsmeal, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’  
Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Another mendicant said to the Buddha,  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ cattāro pañca ālope saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to chew and swallow four or five mouthfuls, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’  
Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Another mendicant said to the Buddha,  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekaṁ ālopaṁ saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to chew and swallow a single mouthful, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’  
Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Another mendicant said to the Buddha,  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ assasitvā vā passasāmi, passasitvā vā assasāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to breathe out after breathing in, or to breathe in after breathing out, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’  
‘aho vatāhaṁ rattindivaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
to live for a day and night …  
‘aho vatāhaṁ divasaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti;  
or to live for a day …  
‘aho vatāhaṁ upaḍḍhadivasaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
or to live for half a day …  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekapiṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti;  
or to live as long as it takes to eat a meal of almsfood …  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ upaḍḍhapiṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
or to live as long as it takes to eat half a meal of almsfood …  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ cattāro pañca ālope saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti— 
or to live as long as it takes to chew and swallow four or five mouthfuls …  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekaṁ ālopaṁ saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti.  
to live as long as it takes to chew and swallow a single mouthful …  
‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ assasitvā vā passasāmi, passasitvā vā assasāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti— 
or to live as long as it takes to breathe out after breathing in, or to breathe in after breathing out …  

an8.82bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā puṇṇiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Puṇṇiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an8.83bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā, bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an8.86bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nāgito bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti.   Now, at that time Venerable Nāgita was the Buddha’s attendant.  
“Ete, bhante, icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā pahutaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā bhagavantaṁyeva uddissa bhikkhusaṅghañcā”ti.  
“Sir, it’s these brahmins and householders of Icchānaṅgala. They’ve brought abundant fresh and cooked foods, and they’re standing outside the gates wanting to offer it specially to the Buddha and the mendicant Saṅgha.”  
Adhivāsanakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
Now is the time for the Buddha to relent.  
Tathā hi, bhante, bhagavato sīlapaññāṇan”ti.  
Because of the Buddha’s ethics and wisdom.”  

an9.1bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe… bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. … The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an9.2bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an9.3bhagavantaṁ bhagavato12Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā meghiyo bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti.   Now, at that time Venerable Meghiya was the Buddha’s attendant.  
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Meghiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Meghiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding,  
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a second time Meghiya said to the Buddha,  
“bhagavato, bhante, natthi kiñci uttari karaṇīyaṁ, natthi katassa paṭicayo.  
“Sir, the Buddha has nothing more to do, and nothing that needs improvement.  
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a third time Meghiya said to the Buddha,  
“bhagavato, bhante, natthi kiñci uttari karaṇīyaṁ, natthi katassa paṭicayo.  
“Sir, the Buddha has nothing more to do, and nothing that needs improvement.  
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena taṁ ambavanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ ambavanaṁ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṁ nisīdi.  
Then Meghiya got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he went to that mango grove, and, having plunged deep into it, sat at the root of a certain tree for the day’s meditation.  
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Meghiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  

an9.4bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Vivariṁsu kho te bhikkhū bhagavato dvāraṁ.   The mendicants opened the door for the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā nandako sārajjamānarūpo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Nandaka felt embarrassed and said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho āyasmā nandako acirapakkantassa bhagavato bhikkhū āmantesi:  
Then soon after the Buddha left, Venerable Nandaka said to the mendicants,  

an9.7bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sutavā paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Sutavā went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sutavā paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Tatra me, bhante, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
There I heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Kacci metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sussutaṁ suggahitaṁ sumanasikataṁ sūpadhāritan”ti?  
I trust I properly heard, learned, applied the mind, and remembered that from the Buddha?”  

an9.8bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sajjho paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Sajjha went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sajjho paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Tatra me, bhante, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
There I heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Kacci metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sussutaṁ suggahitaṁ sumanasikataṁ sūpadhāritan”ti?  
I trust I properly heard, learned, applied the mind, and remembered that from the Buddha?”  

an9.11bhagavantaṁ bhagavato9Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then Sāriputta got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu acirapakkante āyasmante sāriputte bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And then, not long after Sāriputta had left, a certain monk said to the Buddha,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Sāriputta and said to him,  
Idānāyasmā sāriputto bhagavato sammukhā sīhanādaṁ nadissatī”ti.  
Now Venerable Sāriputta will roar his lion’s roar in the presence of the Buddha!”  
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
Atha kho so bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then that monk rose from his seat, placed his robe over one shoulder, bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet, and said,  

an9.12bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmī”ti.   “I will learn the meaning of this statement from the Buddha himself.”  
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Sāriputta wandered for alms in Sāvatthī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
‘bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmī’”ti.  
 

an9.13bhagavati26Pi En Ru dhamma

“kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ samparāyavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?   “Reverend Sāriputta, is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced in this life be experienced by me in lives to come’?”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ samparāyavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced in lives to come be experienced by me in this life’?”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ dukkhavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced as pleasant be experienced by me as painful’?”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso, sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ dukkhavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced as painful be experienced by me as pleasant’?”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ paripakkavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ aparipakkavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced when ripe be experienced by me when unripe’?”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ aparipakkavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ paripakkavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced when unripe be experienced by me when ripe’?”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ bahuvedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ appavedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced a lot be experienced by me a little’?”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ appavedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ bahuvedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced a little be experienced by me a lot’?”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ vedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ avedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced by me be not experienced’?”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṁ kammaṁ avedanīyaṁ, taṁ me kammaṁ vedanīyaṁ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds not to be experienced be experienced’?”  
“‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ samparāyavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, when you were asked whether the spiritual life was lived under the Buddha so that deeds to be experienced in this life are experienced in lives to come, you said, ‘Certainly not’.  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ samparāyavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
When you were asked whether the spiritual life was lived under the Buddha so that deeds to be experienced in lives to come are experienced in this life …  
‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ dukkhavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
deeds to be experienced as pleasant are experienced as painful …  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ dukkhavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ sukhavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
deeds to be experienced as painful are experienced as pleasant …  
‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ paripakkavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ aparipakkavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
deeds to be experienced when ripe are experienced when unripe …  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ aparipakkavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ paripakkavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
deeds to be experienced when unripe are experienced when ripe …  
‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ bahuvedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ appavedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
deeds to be experienced a lot are experienced a little …  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ appavedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ bahuvedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
deeds to be experienced a little are experienced a lot …  
‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ vedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ avedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
deeds to be experienced are not experienced …  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṁ kammaṁ avedanīyaṁ taṁ me kammaṁ vedanīyaṁ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
When you were asked whether the spiritual life was lived under the Buddha so that deeds not to be experienced are experienced, you said, ‘Certainly not.’  
Atha kimatthaṁ carahāvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
Then what exactly is the purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha?”  
“Yaṁ khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ, tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatīti.  
“Reverend, the spiritual life is lived under the Buddha to know, see, attain, realize, and comprehend that which is unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended.”  
Kiṁ panassāvuso, aññātaṁ adiṭṭhaṁ appattaṁ asacchikataṁ anabhisametaṁ, yassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatīti?  
“But what is the unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended?”  
Tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati.  
 
Tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati.  
 
Tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti.  
The spiritual life is lived under the Buddha to know, see, attain, realize, and comprehend this.” 

an9.20bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  

an9.22bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Taṁ suṇātha. (…)   Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.  
(…) → (sādhukaṁ manasikarotha bhāsissāmīti. evaṁ bhanteti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ bhagavā etadavoca.) (bj, pts1ed)  

an9.27bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho; yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an9.34bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.   And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.  

an9.37bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti3Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sambādhe okāsādhigamo anubuddho sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya.   How this Blessed One who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, has found an opportunity amid confinement. It’s in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to discover the system, and to realize extinguishment.  
Ayaṁ, bhante ānanda, samādhi kiṁphalo vutto bhagavatā’ti?  
What did the Buddha say was the fruit of this immersion?’  
Ayaṁ, bhagini, samādhi aññāphalo vutto bhagavatā’ti.  
The Buddha said that the fruit of this immersion is enlightenment.’  

an9.38bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho dve lokāyatikā brāhmaṇā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu.   Then two brahmin cosmologists went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes sir,” those brahmins replied.  

an9.41bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.   “Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
“Atthi kho etaṁ, gahapati, kathāpābhataṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.  
“Householder, we should see the Buddha about this matter.  
Āyāma, gahapati, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocessāma.  
Come, let’s go to the Buddha and inform him about this.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando tapussena gahapatinā saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Ānanda together with Tapussa went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Ānanda told him what had happened.  

an9.42bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti12Pi En Ru dhamma

Katamo, āvuso, sambādho, katamo sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā”ti?   But what is confinement, and what is the opportunity amid confinement that the Buddha spoke of?”  
“Pañcime, āvuso, kāmaguṇā sambādho vutto bhagavatā.  
“Reverend, these five kinds of sensual stimulation are called ‘confinement’ by the Buddha.  
Ime kho, āvuso, pañca kāmaguṇā sambādho vutto bhagavatā.  
These are the five kinds of sensual stimulation that are called ‘confinement’ by the Buddha.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of creating an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a qualified sense.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of an opportunity amid confinement in a definitive sense.” 

an9.43bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti5Pi En Ru dhamma

Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā”ti?   What is the personal witness that the Buddha spoke of?”  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the personal witness in a qualified sense.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the personal witness in a qualified sense.  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the personal witness in a qualified sense. Furthermore, take a mendicant who enters and remains in the dimension of infinite consciousness … the dimension of nothingness … the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception …  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the personal witness in a definitive sense.” 

an9.44bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti3Pi En Ru dhamma

Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, paññāvimutto vutto bhagavatā”ti?   What is the one freed by wisdom that the Buddha spoke of?”  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, paññāvimutto vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed by wisdom in a qualified sense. …  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, paññāvimutto vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed by wisdom in a definitive sense.” 

an9.45bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti3Pi En Ru dhamma

Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, ubhatobhāgavimutto vutto bhagavatā”ti?   What is the one freed both ways that the Buddha spoke of?”  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ubhatobhāgavimutto vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed both ways in a qualified sense. …  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ubhatobhāgavimutto vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed both ways in a definitive sense.” 

an9.46bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti3Pi En Ru dhamma

Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā”ti?   In what way did the Buddha speak of a teaching apparent in the present life?”  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the teaching apparent in the present life in a qualified sense. …  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the teaching apparent in the present life in a definitive sense.” 

an9.47bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti3Pi En Ru dhamma

Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhikaṁ nibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti?   In what way did the Buddha say extinguishment is apparent in the present life?”  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhikaṁ nibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha said that extinguishment is apparent in the present life in a qualified sense. …  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhikaṁ nibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha said that extinguishment is apparent in the present life in a definitive sense.” 

an9.51bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti3Pi En Ru dhamma

Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti?   In what way did the Buddha speak of extinguishment in the present life?”  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of extinguishment in the present life in a qualified sense. …  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of extinguishment in the present life in a definitive sense.”  

an9.52bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti3Pi En Ru dhamma

Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, khemaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti?   In what way did the Buddha speak of a safe place?”  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, khemaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of a safe place in a qualified sense. …  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, khemaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of a safe place in a definitive sense.” 

an9.61bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti3Pi En Ru dhamma

Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, anupubbanirodho vutto bhagavatā”ti?   What is the progressive cessation that the Buddha spoke of?”  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, anupubbanirodho vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena …pe….  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of progressive cessation in a qualified sense. …  
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, anupubbanirodho vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.  
To this extent the Buddha spoke of progressive cessation in a definitive sense.” 

an10.1bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an10.6bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an10.18bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

an10.22bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an10.26bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

“vuttamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā kumāripañhesu:   “Sir, this was said by the Buddha in ‘The Maidens’ Questions’:  
Imassa kho, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṁ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo”ti?  
How should we see the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement?”  
Iti kho, bhagini, yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā kumāripañhesu:  
So, sister, that’s how to understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha said in brief in ‘The Maiden’s Questions’:  
Imassa kho, bhagini, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo”ti.  
" 

an10.27bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmā”ti.   “We will learn the meaning of this statement from the Buddha himself.”  
Atha kho te bhikkhū sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
‘bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmā’”ti.  
 

an10.28bhagavantaññeva bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā21Pi En Ru dhamma

“Vuttamidaṁ, ayye, bhagavatā mahāpañhesu:   “Ma’am, this was said by the Buddha in ‘The Great Questions’:  
Imassa nu kho, ayye, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṁ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo”ti?  
How should we see the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement?”  
“Na kho panetaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ, napi manobhāvanīyānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ;  
“Good people, I haven’t heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha or from esteemed mendicants.  
“‘Eko pañho eko uddeso ekaṁ veyyākaraṇan’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
“‘One thing: question, passage for recitation, and answer.’ That’s what the Buddha said,  
‘Eko pañho eko uddeso ekaṁ veyyākaraṇan’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
‘One thing: question, passage for recitation, and answer.’ That’s what the Buddha said, and this is why he said it.  
‘Dve pañhā dve uddesā dve veyyākaraṇānī’ti iti, kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
 
‘Tayo pañhā tayo uddesā tīṇi veyyākaraṇānī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
 
‘Cattāro pañhā cattāro uddesā cattāri veyyākaraṇānī’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
 
‘Cattāro pañhā cattāro uddesā cattāri veyyākaraṇānī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
 
‘Pañca pañhā pañcuddesā pañca veyyākaraṇānī’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
 
‘Aṭṭha pañhā aṭṭhuddesā aṭṭha veyyākaraṇānī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
 
‘Nava pañhā navuddesā nava veyyākaraṇānī’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
 
‘Nava pañhā navuddesā nava veyyākaraṇānī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
 
‘Dasa pañhā dasuddesā dasa veyyākaraṇānī’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
‘Ten things: question, passage for recitation, and answer.’ That’s what the Buddha said,  
‘Dasa pañhā dasuddesā dasa veyyākaraṇānī’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
‘Ten things: question, passage for recitation, and answer.’ That’s what the Buddha said, and this is why he said it.  
Iti kho, āvuso, yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitāsu mahāpañhāsu:  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha said in brief in ‘The Great Questions’.  
bhāsitāsu mahāpañhāsu → bhagavatā mahāpañhesu (sya-all, pts1ed)  
dasa pañhā dasuddesā dasa veyyākaraṇānī’ti, imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
 
Ākaṅkhamānā ca pana tumhe, āvuso, bhagavantaññeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha.  
If you wish, you may go to the Buddha and ask him about this.  
“Evaṁ, ayye”ti kho kajaṅgalakā upāsakā kajaṅgalikāya kho bhikkhuniyā bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā kajaṅgalikaṁ bhikkhuniṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
“Yes, ma’am,” replied those lay followers, approving and agreeing with what the nun Kajaṅgalikā said. Then they got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled her, keeping her on their right. Then they went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho kajaṅgalakā upāsakā yāvatako ahosi kajaṅgalikāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesuṁ.  
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.  

an10.30bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato15Pi En Ru dhamma

Dassanakāmā hi mayaṁ, bhante, taṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti.   For I want to see the Buddha.”  
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo vihāraṁ pavisitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati nāmañca sāveti:  
Then King Pasenadi entered the Buddha’s dwelling. He bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet, caressing them and covering them with kisses, and pronounced his name:  
“Kataññutaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, kataveditaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.  
“Sir, it’s because of my gratitude and thanks for the Buddha that I demonstrate such utmost devotion, conveying my manifest love.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā bahujanahitāya paṭipanno bahujanasukhāya bahuno janassa ariye ñāye patiṭṭhāpitā yadidaṁ kalyāṇadhammatāya kusaladhammatāya, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.  
This is a reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā sīlavā vuddhasīlo ariyasīlo kusalasīlo kusalasīlena samannāgato, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.  
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā dīgharattaṁ āraññiko, araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.  
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā santuṭṭho itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.  
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.  
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā yāyaṁ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṁ—appicchakathā …pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpāya kathāya nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.  
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.  
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.  
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena …pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.  
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.  
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.  
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmīti.  
Then King Pasenadi got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

an10.31bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā upāli yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Upāli went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an10.39bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  

an10.41bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā upāli yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Upāli went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an10.44bhagavato bhagavatā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
No ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ubhayāni pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ‘idaṁ panāyasmā, kattha vuttaṁ bhagavatā’ti, iti puṭṭho na sampāyissati.  
If it’s not, and if they are unable to respond when asked “Venerable, where was this spoken by the Buddha?” there will be people who say:  

an10.46bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā sakkā upāsakā tadahuposathe yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho sakke upāsake bhagavā etadavoca:   Then on the sabbath several Sakyan lay followers went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:  

an10.47bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahāli licchavi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahāli licchavi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahāli the Licchavi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an10.51bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an10.55bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti6Pi En Ru dhamma

Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, parihānadhammo puggalo vutto bhagavatā, kittāvatā ca pana aparihānadhammo puggalo vutto bhagavatā”ti?   But how did the Buddha define a person liable to decline, and one not liable to decline?”  
“Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, parihānadhammo puggalo vutto bhagavatā?  
“How did the Buddha define a person liable to decline?  
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, parihānadhammo puggalo vutto bhagavatā.  
That’s how the Buddha defined a person liable to decline.  
Kittāvatā ca panāvuso, aparihānadhammo puggalo vutto bhagavatā?  
And how did the Buddha define a person not liable to decline?  
Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, aparihānadhammo puggalo vutto bhagavatā.  
That’s how the Buddha defined a person not liable to decline.  

an10.58bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an10.60bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato santike imā dasa saññā uggahetvā yenāyasmā girimānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmato girimānandassa imā dasa saññā abhāsi.  
Then Ānanda, having learned these ten perceptions from the Buddha himself, went to Girimānanda and recited them.  

an10.67bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato paccassosi.   “Yes, sir,” Sāriputta replied.  

an10.68bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato paccassosi.   “Yes, sir,” Sāriputta replied.  

an10.71bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an10.72bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi parapurāya uccāsaddā mahāsaddā mahāvanaṁ ajjhogāhanti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.   Now at that time several well-known Licchavis plunged deep into the Great Wood to see the Buddha. Driving a succession of fine carriages, they made a dreadful racket.  
“ime kho sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi parapurāya uccāsaddā mahāsaddā mahāvanaṁ ajjhogāhanti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.  
“These several well-known Licchavis have plunged deep into the Great Wood to see the Buddha. Driving a succession of fine carriages, they’re making a dreadful racket.  
Saddakaṇṭakā kho pana jhānā vuttā bhagavatā.  
But the Buddha has said that sound is a thorn to absorption.  
‘ime kho sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi parapurāya uccāsaddā mahāsaddā mahāvanaṁ ajjhogāhanti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya saddakaṇṭakā kho pana jhānā vuttā bhagavatā yannūna mayaṁ yena gosiṅgasālavanadāyo tenupasaṅkameyyāma tattha mayaṁ appasaddā appākiṇṇā phāsuṁ vihareyyāmā’ti.  
 

an10.75bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā12Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kathaṁ kathaṁ nāmāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā dhammo desito aññeyyo, yatra hi nāma brahmacārī ca abrahmacārī ca ubho samasamagatikā bhavissanti abhisamparāyaṁ.   “Honorable Ānanda, how on earth are we supposed to understand the teaching taught by the Buddha, when the chaste and the unchaste are both reborn in exactly the same place in the next life?  
So kālaṅkato bhagavatā byākato: ‘sakadāgāmī satto tusitaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno’ti.  
When he passed away the Buddha declared that, since he was a once-returner, he was reborn in the host of Joyful Gods.  
Sopi kālaṅkato bhagavatā byākato: ‘sakadāgāmī satto tusitaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno’ti.  
When he passed away the Buddha also declared that, since he was a once-returner, he was reborn in the host of Joyful Gods.  
Kathaṁ kathaṁ nāmāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā dhammo desito aññeyyo, yatra hi nāma brahmacārī ca abrahmacārī ca ubho samasamagatikā bhavissanti abhisamparāyan”ti?  
How on earth are we supposed to understand the teaching taught by the Buddha, when the chaste and the unchaste are both reborn in exactly the same place in the next life?”  
“Evaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhagini, bhagavatā byākatan”ti.  
“You’re right, sister, but that’s how the Buddha declared it.”  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, Ānanda went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
‘Kathaṁ kathaṁ nāmāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā dhammo desito aññeyyo, yatra hi nāma brahmacārī ca abrahmacārī ca ubho samasamagatikā bhavissanti abhisamparāyaṁ.  
 
So kālaṅkato bhagavatā byākato sakadāgāmī satto tusitaṁ kāyaṁ upapannoti.  
 
Sopi kālaṅkato bhagavatā byākato—sakadāgāmī satto tusitaṁ kāyaṁ upapannoti.  
 
Kathaṁ kathaṁ nāmāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā dhammo desito aññeyyo, yatra hi nāma brahmacārī ca abrahmacārī ca ubho samasamagatikā bhavissanti abhisamparāyan’ti?  
 
‘evaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhagini, bhagavatā byākatan’”ti.  
 

an10.81bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā vāhano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā vāhano bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Bāhuna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an10.82bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an10.83bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā puṇṇiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Puṇṇiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an10.87bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an10.89bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā10Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kokāliko bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kokāliko bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the mendicant Kokālika went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Dutiyampi kho kokāliko bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a second time Kokālika said to the Buddha,  
Tatiyampi kho kokāliko bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a third time Kokālika said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho kokāliko bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then Kokālika got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
“Nanu tvaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā anāgāmī byākato, atha kiñcarahi idhāgato?  
“Didn’t the Buddha declare you a non-returner? So what exactly are you doing back here?  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then, late at night, the beautiful Brahmā Sahampati, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  
Idaṁ vatvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.  
Then he bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right side, before vanishing right there.  
Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, one of the mendicants asked the Buddha,  

an10.90bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

an10.91bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Seated to one side, the Buddha said to the householder Anāthapiṇḍika:  

an10.92bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti;  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti;  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an10.93bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati divā divassa sāvatthiyā nikkhami bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika left Sāvatthī in the middle of the day to see the Buddha.  
“akālo kho tāva bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.  
“It’s the wrong time to see the Buddha,  
“Na kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sabbaṁ diṭṭhiṁ jānāmī”ti.  
“Sirs, I don’t know all his views.”  
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati te paribbājake tuṇhībhūte maṅkubhūte pattakkhandhe adhomukhe pajjhāyante appaṭibhāne viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yāvatako ahosi tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
Seeing this, Anāthapiṇḍika got up from his seat. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.  
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
after which Anāthapiṇḍika got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha before leaving.  

an10.94bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vajjiyamāhito gahapati divā divassa campāya nikkhami bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.   Then the householder Vajjiyamāhita left Sāvatthī in the middle of the day to see the Buddha.  
“akālo kho tāva bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.  
“It’s the wrong time to see the Buddha,  
‘idaṁ kusalan’ti, bhante, bhagavatā paññattaṁ;  
The Buddha has stated ‘This is skillful’ and  
‘idaṁ akusalan’ti, bhante, bhagavatā paññattaṁ.  
‘This is unskillful’.  
Atha kho vajjiyamāhito gahapati te paribbājake tuṇhībhūte maṅkubhūte pattakkhandhe adhomukhe pajjhāyante appaṭibhāne viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Seeing this, Vajjiyamāhita got up from his seat. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vajjiyamāhito gahapati yāvatako ahosi tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.  
Atha kho vajjiyamāhito gahapati bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
After Vajjiyamāhita had been educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired with a Dhamma talk by the Buddha, he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha before leaving.  

an10.95bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho uttiyo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Uttiya went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uttiyo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,  
Yadeva kho tvaṁ, āvuso uttiya, bhagavantaṁ pañhaṁ apucchi tadevetaṁ pañhaṁ bhagavantaṁ aññena pariyāyena apucchi.  
Uttiya, you were just asking the Buddha the same question as before in a different way.  

an10.99bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā upāli yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Upāli went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  

an10.107bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an10.108bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an10.111bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an10.115bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā18Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:   Soon after the Buddha left, those mendicants considered,  
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā”ti?  
Who can explain in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha?”  
Pahoti cāyasmā ānando imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
He is capable of explaining in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha.  
Tesaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
‘idaṁ kho no, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesaṁ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṁ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ paviṭṭho— 
 
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā’ti?  
 
Pahoti cāyasmā ānando imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
 
evaṁsampadamidaṁ āyasmantānaṁ satthari sammukhībhūte taṁ bhagavantaṁ atisitvā amhe etamatthaṁ paṭipucchitabbaṁ maññatha.  
Such is the consequence for the venerables. Though you were face to face with the Buddha, you overlooked him, imagining that you should ask me about this matter.  
So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi yaṁ tumhe bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha.  
That was the time to approach the Buddha and ask about this matter.  
So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi yaṁ mayaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma,  
That was the time to approach the Buddha and ask about this matter.  
Pahoti cāyasmā ānando imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
You are capable of explaining in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha.  
tathā paṭipajjitabban’ti, imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
and practice accordingly.’ And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.  
Ākaṅkhamānā ca pana tumhe, āvuso, bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha.  
If you wish, you may go to the Buddha and ask him about this.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
“Yes, reverend,” said those mendicants, approving and agreeing with what Ānanda said. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then they said:  
Tesaṁ no, bhante, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā’ti?  
 
Pahoti cāyasmā ānando imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
 

an10.116bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho ajito paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Ajita went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ajito paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,  
yaṁ bhagavā bhāseyya, bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
Let the Buddha speak and the mendicants will remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an10.117bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Saṅgārava the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  

an10.118bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an10.119bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya bhagavato avidūre ekamantaṁ ṭhito hoti.   Now, at that time it was the sabbath. The brahmin Jānussoṇi had bathed his head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes. Holding a handful of fresh grass, he stood to one side not far from the Buddha.  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes sir,” Jānussoṇi replied.  

an10.134bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an10.167bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo tadahuposathe sīsaṁnhāto navaṁ khomayugaṁ nivattho allakusamuṭṭhiṁ ādāya bhagavato avidūre ekamantaṁ ṭhito hoti.   Now, at that time it was the sabbath. The brahmin Jānussoṇi had bathed his head and dressed in a new pair of linen robes. Holding a handful of fresh grass, he stood to one side not far from the Buddha.  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes sir,” Jānussoṇi replied.  

an10.168bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an10.169bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Saṅgārava the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  

an10.172bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā17Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:   Soon after the Buddha left, those mendicants considered,  
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā”ti?  
Who can explain in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha?”  
Pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
He is capable of explaining in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha.  
Tesaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā’ti?  
 
Pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
 
Evaṁsampadamidaṁ āyasmantānaṁ satthari sammukhībhūte taṁ bhagavantaṁ atisitvā amhe etamatthaṁ paṭipucchitabbaṁ maññatha.  
Such is the consequence for the venerables. Though you were face to face with the Buddha, you overlooked him, imagining that you should ask me about this matter.  
So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi yaṁ tumhe bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha.  
That was the time to approach the Buddha and ask about this matter.  
So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi yaṁ mayaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma.  
That was the time to approach the Buddha and ask about this matter.  
Pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
He is capable of explaining in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha.  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.  
Ākaṅkhamānā ca pana tumhe, āvuso, bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha.  
If you wish, you may go to the Buddha and ask him about this.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahākaccānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
“Yes, reverend,” said those mendicants, approving and agreeing with what Mahākaccāna said. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then they said:  
Tesaṁ no, bhante, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā’ti?  
 
Pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
 

an10.176bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Cunda the smith went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Cunda replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, cundo kammāraputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Cunda the smith said to the Buddha,  

an10.177bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,  

an10.178bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an10.216bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an10.220bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” the brahmin replied.  

an11.1bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an11.7bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi.  
And then Ānanda approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Idānāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ apucchiṁ.  
Just now I went to the Buddha and asked him about this matter.  

an11.8bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an11.9bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā saddho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ saddhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Sandha went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā saddho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Sandha asked the Buddha,  

an11.10bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

an11.11bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā11Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti:   At that time several mendicants were making a robe for the Buddha, thinking that  
“sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti:  
 
Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
‘sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti— 
several mendicants are making a robe for the Buddha, thinking that  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an11.12bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti:   At that time several mendicants were making a robe for the Buddha …  
“sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti:  
 
Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
‘sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti— 
several mendicants are making a robe for the Buddha, thinking that  

an11.13bhagavantañca bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Tattha kammantañceva adhiṭṭhahissāmi, bhagavantañca lacchāmi kālena kālaṁ dassanāyā”ti.   There I can apply myself to my work and from time to time get to see the Buddha.”  
Tattha kammantañceva adhiṭṭhāsi, bhagavantañca labhi kālena kālaṁ dassanāya.  
There he applied himself to his work and from time to time got to see the Buddha.  
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti:  
At that time several mendicants were making a robe for the Buddha, thinking that  
“sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti:  
 
Atha kho nandiyo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho nandiyo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
‘sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti— 
several mendicants are making a robe for the Buddha, thinking that  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  

an11.14bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā subhūti saddhena bhikkhunā saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ subhūtiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   And then Venerable Subhūti together with the mendicant Saddha went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā subhūti bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Subhūti replied.  
Evaṁ vutte āyasmā subhūti bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Subhūti said to the Buddha:  
“yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā saddhassa saddhāpadānāni bhāsitāni, saṁvijjanti tāni imassa bhikkhuno, ayañca bhikkhu etesu sandissati.  
“Sir, the outcomes of faith for a faithful person that the Buddha speaks of are found in this mendicant; he does exhibit them.  
Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā saddhassa saddhāpadānāni bhāsitāni, saṁvijjanti tāni imassa bhikkhuno, ayañca bhikkhu etesu sandissatī”ti.  
The outcomes of faith for a faithful person that the Buddha speaks of are found in this mendicant; he does exhibit them.”  

an11.16bhagavatā9Pi En Ru dhamma

“atthi nu kho, bhante ānanda, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo sammadakkhāto, yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattaṁ vā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇātī”ti?   “Honorable Ānanda, is there one thing that has been rightly explained by the Blessed One—who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha—practicing which a diligent, keen, and resolute mendicant’s mind is freed, their defilements are ended, and they arrive at the supreme sanctuary from the yoke?”  
“Atthi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo sammadakkhāto, yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattaṁ vā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇātī”ti.  
“There is, householder.”  
“Katamo pana, bhante ānanda, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo sammadakkhāto, yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattaṁ vā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇātī”ti?  
“And what is that one thing?”  
Ayampi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo sammadakkhāto, yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattaṁ vā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇāti.  
This is one thing that has been rightly explained by the Blessed One—who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha—practicing which a diligent, keen, and resolute mendicant’s mind is freed, their defilements are ended, and they arrive at the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.  
Ayampi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo sammadakkhāto, yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ vimuccati aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattaṁ vā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇāti.  
This too is one thing that has been rightly explained by the Blessed One—who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha—practicing which a diligent, keen, and resolute mendicant’s mind is freed, their defilements are ended, and they arrive at the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.  
Ayampi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā …pe… ananuppattaṁ vā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇāti.  
This too is one thing that has been rightly explained by the Blessed One …  
Ayampi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā …pe… ananuppattaṁ vā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇāti.  
This too is one thing that has been rightly explained by the Blessed One …  
Ayampi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā …pe… ananuppattaṁ vā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇāti.  
This too is one thing that has been rightly explained by the Blessed One …  
Ayampi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā …pe… ananuppattaṁ vā anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇātī”ti.  
This too is one thing that has been rightly explained by the Blessed One—who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha—practicing which a diligent, keen, and resolute mendicant’s mind is freed, their defilements are ended, and they reach the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.”  

an11.18bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   And then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

an11.19bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā7Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
“Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

an11.992-1151bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.   Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

dn1bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Itiha te ubho ācariyantevāsī aññamaññassa ujuvipaccanīkavādā bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti bhikkhusaṅghañca.   And so both teacher and pupil followed behind the Buddha and the Saṅgha of mendicants directly contradicting each other.  
“acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso, yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sattānaṁ nānādhimuttikatā suppaṭividitā.  
“It’s incredible, reverends, it’s amazing how the diverse convictions of sentient beings have been clearly comprehended by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Itihame ubho ācariyantevāsī aññamaññassa ujuvipaccanīkavādā bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti bhikkhusaṅghañcā”ti.  
And so both teacher and pupil followed behind the Buddha and the Saṅgha of mendicants directly contradicting each other.”  
Evaṁ vutte, te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
The mendicants told him what had happened, adding,  
‘acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso, yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sattānaṁ nānādhimuttikatā suppaṭividitā.  
 
Itihame ubho ācariyantevāsī aññamaññassa ujuvipaccanīkavādā bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti bhikkhusaṅghañcā’ti.  
 
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

dn2bhagavantampi bhagavantarūpo bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā18Pi En Ru dhamma

Taṁ kho pana bhagavantaṁ evaṁ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato:   He has this good reputation:  
bhagavantaṁ → bhagavantaṁ gotamaṁ (bj, pts1ed, mr)  
Taṁ devo bhagavantaṁ payirupāsatu.  
Let Your Majesty pay homage to him.  
Appeva nāma devassa bhagavantaṁ payirupāsato cittaṁ pasīdeyyā”ti.  
Hopefully in so doing your mind will find peace.”  
Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā, bhikkhusaṅghassa añjaliṁ paṇāmetvā, ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Then the king bowed to the Buddha, raised his joined palms toward the Saṅgha, and sat down to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He said to the Buddha,  
“puccheyyāmahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ kañcideva desaṁ;  
“Sir, I’d like to ask you about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.”  
“Na kho me, bhante, garu, yatthassa bhagavā nisinno, bhagavantarūpo vā”ti.  
“It’s no trouble when someone such as the Blessed One is sitting here.”  
Sohaṁ, bhante, bhagavantampi pucchāmi:  
And so I ask the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied the king.  
Evaṁ vutte, rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the Buddha had spoken, King Ajātasattu said to him,  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Evaṁ vutte, rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the Buddha had spoken, King Ajātasattu said to him,  
Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then the king, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled him, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

dn3bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā38Pi En Ru dhamma

Agaru kho pana bhagavato evarūpehi kulaputtehi saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo hotī”ti.   The Buddha won’t mind having a discussion together with such gentlemen.”  
Pāvisi ambaṭṭho māṇavo. Māṇavakāpi pavisitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
Ambaṭṭha and the other students entered the dwelling. The other students exchanged greetings with the Buddha, and when the greetings and polite conversation were over, sat down to one side.  
Ambaṭṭho pana māṇavo caṅkamantopi nisinnena bhagavatā kañci kañci kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāreti, ṭhitopi nisinnena bhagavatā kañci kañci kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāreti.  
But while the Buddha was sitting, Ambaṭṭha spoke some polite words or other while walking around or standing.  
Atha kho ambaṭṭho māṇavo bhagavatā avusitavādena vuccamāno kupito anattamano bhagavantaṁyeva khuṁsento bhagavantaṁyeva vambhento bhagavantaṁyeva upavadamāno:  
When he said this, Ambaṭṭha became angry and upset with the Buddha because of being described as unqualified. He even attacked and badmouthed the Buddha himself, saying,  
“samaṇo ca me bho gotamo pāpito bhavissatī”ti bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“The ascetic Gotama will be worsted!” He said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, te māṇavakā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
When he said this, those students said to him,  
“sacāyaṁ ambaṭṭho māṇavo bhagavatā yāvatatiyakaṁ sahadhammikaṁ pañhaṁ puṭṭho na byākarissati, etthevassa sattadhā muddhaṁ phālessāmī”ti.  
“If this Ambaṭṭha doesn’t answer when asked a third time, I’ll blow his head into seven pieces there and then!”  
Atha kho ambaṭṭho māṇavo bhīto saṁviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto bhagavantaṁyeva tāṇaṁ gavesī bhagavantaṁyeva leṇaṁ gavesī bhagavantaṁyeva saraṇaṁ gavesī upanisīditvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Ambaṭṭha was terrified, shocked, and awestruck. Looking to the Buddha for shelter, protection, and refuge, he sat down close by the Buddha and said,  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to the Buddha,  
Atha kho ambaṭṭho māṇavo bhagavantaṁ caṅkamantaṁ anucaṅkamamāno bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesi.  
Then while walking beside the Buddha, Ambaṭṭha scrutinized his body for the thirty-two marks of a great man.  
Addasā kho ambaṭṭho māṇavo bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni yebhuyyena ṭhapetvā dve.  
He saw all of them except for two,  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to the Buddha,  
Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi. Yathā addasa ambaṭṭho māṇavo bhagavato kosohitaṁ vatthaguyhaṁ.  
Then the Buddha used his psychic power to will that Ambaṭṭha would see his private parts covered in a foreskin.  
Bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho ambaṭṭho māṇavo yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ brāhmaṇassa pokkharasātissa ārocesi.  
Then Ambaṭṭha informed Pokkharasādi of all they had discussed.  
Icchati ca tāvadeva bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
and wanted to go and see the Buddha right away.  
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and entered the monastery on foot. He went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Pokkharasādi said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesi.  
Then Pokkharasādi scrutinized the Buddha’s body for the thirty-two marks of a great man.  
Addasā kho brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni yebhuyyena ṭhapetvā dve.  
He saw all of them except for two,  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to the Buddha,  
Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā addasa brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti bhagavato kosohitaṁ vatthaguyhaṁ.  
Then the Buddha used his psychic power to will that Pokkharasādi would see his private parts covered in a foreskin.  
Bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocesi:  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Pokkharasādi announced the time to him,  
Atha kho brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti bhagavantaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi, māṇavakāpi bhikkhusaṅghaṁ.  
Then Pokkharasādi served and satisfied the Buddha with his own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods, while his students served the Saṅgha.  
Atha kho brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Pokkharasādi took a low seat and sat to one side.  
Atha kho brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Pokkharasādi saw, attained, understood, and fathomed the Dhamma. He went beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and became self-assured and independent of others regarding the Teacher’s instructions. He said to the Buddha,  

dn4bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā13Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Soṇadaṇḍa went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Campeyyakāpi kho brāhmaṇagahapatikā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu; sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
Before sitting down to one side, some of the brahmins and householders of Campā bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent.  
Atha kho bhagavato soṇadaṇḍassa brāhmaṇassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya etadahosi:  
Then the Buddha, knowing what Soṇadaṇḍa was thinking, thought,  
Atha kho soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo abbhunnāmetvā kāyaṁ anuviloketvā parisaṁ bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Soṇadaṇḍa straightened his back, looked around the assembly, and said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Soṇadaṇḍa said to the Buddha,  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes sir,” Soṇadaṇḍa replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Soṇadaṇḍa said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Soṇadaṇḍa got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi:  
And when the night had passed Soṇadaṇḍa had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in his own home. Then he had the Buddha informed of the time, saying,  
Atha kho soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Soṇadaṇḍa took a low seat and sat to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:  

dn5bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā11Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kūṭadanto brāhmaṇo mahatā brāhmaṇagaṇena saddhiṁ yena ambalaṭṭhikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Kūṭadanta together with a large group of brahmins went to see the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Khāṇumatakāpi kho brāhmaṇagahapatikā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
Before sitting down to one side, some of the brahmins and householders of Khāṇumata bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kūṭadanto brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Kūṭadanta said to the Buddha,  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho kūṭadanto brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes sir,” Kūṭadanta replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, kūṭadanto brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Kūṭadanta said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho kūṭadanto brāhmaṇo diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Kūṭadanta saw, attained, understood, and fathomed the Dhamma. He went beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and became self-assured and independent of others regarding the Teacher’s instructions. He said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho kūṭadanto brāhmaṇo bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Kūṭadanta got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho kūṭadanto brāhmaṇo tassā rattiyā accayena sake yaññavāṭe paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi:  
And when the night had passed Kūṭadanta had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in his own home. Then he had the Buddha informed of the time, saying,  
Atha kho kūṭadanto brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Kūṭadanta took a low seat and sat to one side.  

dn6bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato bhagavatā22Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nāgito bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti.   Now, at that time Venerable Nāgita was the Buddha’s attendant.  
“Akālo kho, āvuso, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, paṭisallīno bhagavā”ti.  
“It’s the wrong time to see the Buddha; he is on retreat.”  
dassanakāmā hi mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti.  
For we want to see him.”  
“Akālo kho, mahāli, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, paṭisallīno bhagavā”ti.  
“It’s the wrong time to see the Buddha; he is on retreat.”  
“disvāva ahaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ gamissāmi arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti.  
“I’ll go only after I’ve seen the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.”  
“ete, bhante kassapa, sambahulā kosalakā ca brāhmaṇadūtā māgadhakā ca brāhmaṇadūtā idhūpasaṅkantā bhagavantaṁ dassanāya; oṭṭhaddhopi licchavī mahatiyā licchavīparisāya saddhiṁ idhūpasaṅkanto bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, sādhu, bhante kassapa, labhataṁ esā janatā bhagavantaṁ dassanāyā”ti.  
“Honorable Kassapa, these several brahmin emissaries from Kosala and Magadha, and also Oṭṭhaddha the Licchavi together with a large assembly of Licchavis, have come here to see the Buddha. It’d be good if these people got to see the Buddha.”  
“Tena hi, sīha, tvaññeva bhagavato ārocehī”ti.  
“Well then, Sīha, tell the Buddha yourself.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho sīho samaṇuddeso āyasmato nāgitassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sīho samaṇuddeso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” replied Sīha. He went to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and told him of the people waiting to see him, adding:  
“ete, bhante, sambahulā kosalakā ca brāhmaṇadūtā māgadhakā ca brāhmaṇadūtā idhūpasaṅkantā bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, oṭṭhaddhopi licchavī mahatiyā licchavīparisāya saddhiṁ idhūpasaṅkanto bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.  
 
Sādhu, bhante, labhataṁ esā janatā bhagavantaṁ dassanāyā”ti.  
“Sir, it’d be good if these people got to see the Buddha.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho sīho samaṇuddeso bhagavato paṭissutvā vihārapacchāyāyaṁ āsanaṁ paññapesi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Sīha, and he did so.  
Atha kho te kosalakā ca brāhmaṇadūtā māgadhakā ca brāhmaṇadūtā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu.  
Then the brahmin emissaries went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Oṭṭhaddhopi licchavī mahatiyā licchavīparisāya saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho oṭṭhaddho licchavī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “purimāni, bhante, divasāni purimatarāni sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ etadavoca:  
Oṭṭhaddha the Licchavi together with a large assembly of Licchavis also went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Oṭṭhaddha said to the Buddha, “Sir, a few days ago Sunakkhatta the Licchavi came to me and said:  
‘yadagge ahaṁ, mahāli, bhagavantaṁ upanissāya viharāmi, na ciraṁ tīṇi vassāni, dibbāni hi kho rūpāni passāmi piyarūpāni kāmūpasaṁhitāni rajanīyāni, no ca kho dibbāni saddāni suṇāmi piyarūpāni kāmūpasaṁhitāni rajanīyānī’ti.  
‘Mahāli, soon I will have been living in dependence on the Buddha for three years. I see divine sights that are pleasant, sensual, and arousing, but I don’t hear divine sounds that are pleasant, sensual, and arousing.’  
“Etāsaṁ nūna, bhante, samādhibhāvanānaṁ sacchikiriyāhetu bhikkhū bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ carantī”ti.  
“Surely the mendicants must lead the spiritual life under the Buddha for the sake of realizing such a development of immersion?”  
“Katame pana te, bhante, dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca, yesaṁ sacchikiriyāhetu bhikkhū bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ carantī”ti?  
“But sir, what are those finer things?”  
Attamano oṭṭhaddho licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Oṭṭhaddha the Licchavi was happy with what the Buddha said. 

dn7bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

muṇḍiyo ca paribbājako jāliyo ca dārupattikantevāsī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu.   the wanderer Muṇḍiya and Jāliya, the pupil of the wood-bowl ascetic—came to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho te dve pabbajitā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they stood to one side and said to the Buddha,  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te dve pabbajitā bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, reverend,” they replied.  
Attamanā te dve pabbajitā bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the two renunciates approved what the Buddha said. 

dn8bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā12Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho acelo kassapo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the naked ascetic Kassapa went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho acelo kassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he stood to one side, and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, acelo kassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Kassapa said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, acelo kassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Kassapa said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, acelo kassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Kassapa said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, acelo kassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Kassapa said to the Buddha,  
“Ko hi, bhante, bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā na attamano assa paraṁ viya mattāya?  
“Sir, who wouldn’t be extremely happy after hearing the Buddha’s teaching?  
Ahampi hi, bhante, bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā attamano paraṁ viya mattāya.  
For I too am extremely happy after hearing the Buddha’s teaching!  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, so too the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.  
Sir, may I receive the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence?”  
Alattha kho acelo kassapo bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And the naked ascetic Kassapa received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  

dn9bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā25Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:   Then it occurred to him,  
Addasā kho poṭṭhapādo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ;  
Poṭṭhapāda saw the Buddha coming off in the distance,  
Atha kho poṭṭhapādo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
who said to him,  
Svāgataṁ, bhante, bhagavato.  
Welcome to the Blessed One, sir!  
Evaṁ vutte, poṭṭhapādo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the wanderer Poṭṭhapāda said to the Buddha,  
Nesā, bhante, kathā bhagavato dullabhā bhavissati pacchāpi savanāya.  
It won’t be hard for you to hear about that later.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva ārabbha sati udapādi:  
That reminded me of the Buddha:  
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavato bhāsitaṁ ājānāmi:  
This is how I understand what the Buddha said:  
“Kasmā panetaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā abyākatan”ti?  
“Why haven’t these things been declared by the Buddha?”  
“Kiṁ pana, bhante, bhagavatā byākatan”ti?  
“Then what has been declared by the Buddha?”  
“Kasmā panetaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā byākatan”ti?  
“Why have these things been declared by the Buddha?”  
Atha kho te paribbājakā acirapakkantassa bhagavato poṭṭhapādaṁ paribbājakaṁ samantato vācā sannitodakena sañjhabbharimakaṁsu:  
Soon after the Buddha left, those wanderers beset Poṭṭhapāda on all sides with sneering and jeering.  
Atha kho dvīhatīhassa accayena citto ca hatthisāriputto poṭṭhapādo ca paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā citto hatthisāriputto bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Then after two or three days had passed, Citta Hatthisāriputta and Poṭṭhapāda went to see the Buddha. Citta Hatthisāriputta bowed and sat down to one side.  
Poṭṭhapādo pana paribbājako bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
But the wanderer Poṭṭhapāda exchanged greetings with the Buddha, and when the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho poṭṭhapādo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Poṭṭhapāda told the Buddha what had happened after he left. The Buddha said:  
“tadā maṁ, bhante, te paribbājakā acirapakkantassa bhagavato samantato vācāsannitodakena sañjhabbharimakaṁsu:  
Evaṁ vutte, citto hatthisāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the Buddha had spoken, Citta Hatthisāriputta said,  
Evaṁ vutte, poṭṭhapādo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the wanderer Poṭṭhapāda said to the Buddha,  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, so too the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Citto pana hatthisāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
But Citta Hatthisāriputta said to the Buddha,  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, so too the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.  
Sir, may I receive the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence?”  
Alattha kho citto hatthisāriputto bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And Citta Hatthisāriputta received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  

dn10bhagavati1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme aciraparinibbute bhagavati.   At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. It was not long after the Buddha had become fully extinguished.  

dn11bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato15Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kevaṭṭo gahapatiputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kevaṭṭo gahapatiputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the householder Kevaḍḍha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“ayaṁ, bhante, nāḷandā iddhā ceva phītā ca bahujanā ākiṇṇamanussā bhagavati abhippasannā.  
“Sir, this Nāḷandā is successful and prosperous, populous, full of people.  
evāyaṁ nāḷandā bhiyyoso mattāya bhagavati abhippasīdissatī”ti.  
Then Nāḷandā will become even more devoted to the Buddha!”  
Dutiyampi kho kevaṭṭo gahapatiputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a second time, Kevaḍḍha made the same request,  
“nāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ dhaṁsemi;  
“Sir, I am not teaching you the Dhamma,  
‘ayaṁ, bhante, nāḷandā iddhā ceva phītā ca bahujanā ākiṇṇamanussā bhagavati abhippasannā.  
‘Sir, this Nāḷandā is successful and prosperous, populous, full of people.  
evāyaṁ nāḷandā bhiyyoso mattāya bhagavati abhippasīdissatī’”ti.  
Then Nāḷandā will become even more devoted to the Buddha!’”  
Tatiyampi kho kevaṭṭo gahapatiputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a third time, Kevaḍḍha made the same request,  
“nāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ dhaṁsemi;  
 
‘ayaṁ, bhante, nāḷandā iddhā ceva phītā ca bahujanā ākiṇṇamanussā bhagavati abhippasannā.  
 
Evāyaṁ nāḷandā bhiyyoso mattāya bhagavati abhippasīdissatī’”ti.  
at which the Buddha said the following.  
Tasmātiha, bhikkhu, tuyhevetaṁ dukkaṭaṁ, tuyhevetaṁ aparaddhaṁ, yaṁ tvaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ atidhāvitvā bahiddhā pariyeṭṭhiṁ āpajjasi imassa pañhassa veyyākaraṇāya.  
Therefore, mendicant, the misdeed is yours alone, the mistake is yours alone, in that you passed over the Buddha and searched elsewhere for an answer to this question.  
Gaccha tvaṁ, bhikkhu, tameva bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā imaṁ pañhaṁ puccha, yathā ca te bhagavā byākaroti, tathā naṁ dhāreyyāsī’ti.  
Mendicant, go to the Buddha and ask him this question. You should remember it in line with his answer.’  
Attamano kevaṭṭo gahapatiputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, the householder Kevaḍḍha was happy with what the Buddha said. 

dn12bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā’ti15Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho rosikā nhāpito lohiccassa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rosikā nhāpito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   “Yes, sir,” Rosika replied. He did as he was asked, and  
“lohicco, bhante, brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchati;  
 
Atha kho rosikā nhāpito bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena lohicco brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā lohiccaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ etadavoca:  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Rosika got up from his seat, went to Lohicca, and said to him,  
“avocumhā kho mayaṁ bhoto vacanena taṁ bhagavantaṁ:  
“I gave the Buddha your message,  
‘lohicco, bhante, brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchati;  
 
Adhivutthañca pana tena bhagavatā”ti.  
and he accepted.”  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho rosikā nhāpito lohiccassa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.  
“Yes, sir,” Rosika replied. He did as he was asked.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho rosikā nhāpito bhagavato kālaṁ ārocesi:  
 
Tena kho pana samayena rosikā nhāpito bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandho hoti.  
Now, Rosika was following behind the Buddha,  
Atha kho rosikā nhāpito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and told him of Lohicca’s views, adding,  
Atha kho lohicco brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Lohicca took a low seat and sat to one side.  
Evaṁ vutte, lohicco brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Lohicca said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, lohicco brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Lohicca said to the Buddha:  

dn13bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vāseṭṭhabhāradvājā māṇavā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu.   So they went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vāseṭṭho māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and Vāseṭṭha told him of their conversation, adding:  
Evaṁ vutte, vāseṭṭho māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Vāseṭṭha said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, vāseṭṭho māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Vāseṭṭha said to the Buddha,  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho vāseṭṭho māṇavo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Vāseṭṭha.  
Evaṁ vutte, vāseṭṭhabhāradvājā māṇavā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
When he had spoken, Vāseṭṭha and Bhāradvāja said to him,  

dn14bhagavantaṁ bhagavanto bhagavati bhagavato bhagavatā subhagavane153Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   The mendicants told him what had happened, adding,  
yaṁ bhagavā pubbenivāsapaṭisaṁyuttaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ kareyya, bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
Let the Buddha give a Dhamma talk on the subject of past lives. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
bhagavato sutvā → bhagavato vacanaṁ sutvā (sya-all)  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asītivassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṁ ahosi.  
For Vipassī, the life-span was 80,000 years.  
Sikhissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sattativassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṁ ahosi.  
For Sikhī, the life-span was 70,000 years.  
Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa saṭṭhivassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṁ ahosi.  
For Vessabhū, the life-span was 60,000 years.  
Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa cattālīsavassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṁ ahosi.  
For Kakusandha, the life-span was 40,000 years.  
Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tiṁsavassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṁ ahosi.  
For Koṇāgamana, the life-span was 30,000 years.  
Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa vīsativassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṁ ahosi.  
For Kassapa, the life-span was 20,000 years.  
Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa khaṇḍatissaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
Vipassī had a fine pair of chief disciples named Khaṇḍa and Tissa.  
Sikhissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa abhibhūsambhavaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
Sikhī had a fine pair of chief disciples named Abhibhū and Sambhava.  
Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa soṇuttaraṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
Vessabhū had a fine pair of chief disciples named Soṇa and Uttara.  
Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa vidhurasañjīvaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
Kakusandha had a fine pair of chief disciples named Vidhura and Sañjīva.  
Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa bhiyyosuttaraṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
Koṇāgamana had a fine pair of chief disciples named Bhiyyosa and Uttara.  
Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tissabhāradvājaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
Kassapa had a fine pair of chief disciples named Tissa and Bhāradvāja.  
Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṁ sannipātā ahesuṁ. Eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassaṁ, eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi bhikkhusatasahassaṁ, eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi asītibhikkhusahassāni. Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṁ sannipātā ahesuṁ sabbesaṁyeva khīṇāsavānaṁ.  
Vipassī had three gatherings of disciples—one of 6,800,000, one of 100,000, and one of 80,000—all of them mendicants who had ended their defilements.  
Sikhissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṁ sannipātā ahesuṁ. Eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi bhikkhusatasahassaṁ, eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi asītibhikkhusahassāni, eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi sattatibhikkhusahassāni. Sikhissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṁ sannipātā ahesuṁ sabbesaṁyeva khīṇāsavānaṁ.  
Sikhī had three gatherings of disciples—one of 100,000, one of 80,000, and one of 70,000—all of them mendicants who had ended their defilements.  
Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṁ sannipātā ahesuṁ. Eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi asītibhikkhusahassāni, eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi sattatibhikkhusahassāni, eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi saṭṭhibhikkhusahassāni. Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṁ sannipātā ahesuṁ sabbesaṁyeva khīṇāsavānaṁ.  
Vessabhū had three gatherings of disciples—one of 80,000, one of 70,000, and one of 60,000—all of them mendicants who had ended their defilements.  
Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi cattālīsabhikkhusahassāni. Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ayaṁ eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṁyeva khīṇāsavānaṁ.  
Kakusandha had one gathering of disciples—40,000 mendicants who had ended their defilements.  
Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi tiṁsabhikkhusahassāni. Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ayaṁ eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṁyeva khīṇāsavānaṁ.  
Koṇāgamana had one gathering of disciples—30,000 mendicants who had ended their defilements.  
Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi vīsatibhikkhusahassāni. Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ayaṁ eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṁyeva khīṇāsavānaṁ.  
Kassapa had one gathering of disciples—20,000 mendicants who had ended their defilements.  
Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asoko nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko.  
Vipassī had as chief attendant a mendicant named Asoka.  
Sikhissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa khemaṅkaro nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko.  
Sikhī had as chief attendant a mendicant named Khemaṅkara.  
Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa upasanto nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko.  
Vessabhū had as chief attendant a mendicant named Upasanta.  
Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa buddhijo nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko.  
Kakusandha had as chief attendant a mendicant named Buddhija.  
Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sotthijo nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko.  
Koṇāgamana had as chief attendant a mendicant named Sotthija.  
Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sabbamitto nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko.  
Kassapa had as chief attendant a mendicant named Sabbamitta.  
Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa bandhumā nāma rājā pitā ahosi.  
Vipassī’s father was King Bandhuma,  
Sikhissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa aruṇo nāma rājā pitā ahosi.  
Sikhī’s father was King Aruṇa,  
Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa suppatito nāma rājā pitā ahosi.  
Vessabhū’s father was King Suppatita,  
Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa aggidatto nāma brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi.  
Kakusandha’s father was the brahmin Aggidatta,  
Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa yaññadatto nāma brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi.  
Koṇāgamana’s father was the brahmin Yaññadatta,  
Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa brahmadatto nāma brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi.  
Kassapa’s father was the brahmin Brahmadatta,  
Atha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato ayamantarākathā udapādi:  
Soon after the Buddha left, those mendicants discussed among themselves:  
‘evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁnāmā evaṅgottā evaṁsīlā evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī’”ti.  
He knows the caste they were born in, and also their names, clans, conduct, qualities, wisdom, meditation, and freedom.  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, tathāgatasseva nu kho esā dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā, yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati: ‘evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁnāmā evaṅgottā evaṁsīlā evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī’ti,  
Is it because the Realized One has clearly comprehended the principle of the teachings that he can recollect all these things?  
udāhu devatā tathāgatassa etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ, yena tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati: ‘evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁnāmā evaṅgottā evaṁsīlā evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī’”ti.  
Or did deities tell him?”  
Evaṁ vutte, te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
The mendicants told him what had happened, adding,  
“idha, bhante, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato ayaṁ antarākathā udapādi:  
 
“evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁnāmā evaṅgottā evaṁsīlā evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī”ti.  
 
“evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁnāmā evaṅgottā evaṁsīlā evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī”ti.  
 
“evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁnāmā evaṅgottā evaṁsīlā evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī”’ti?  
 
‘evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁnāmā evaṅgottā evaṁsīlā evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī’ti.  
 
‘evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁnāmā evaṅgottā evaṁsīlā evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī’ti.  
 
yaṁ bhagavā bhiyyoso mattāya pubbenivāsapaṭisaṁyuttaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ kareyya, bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
Let the Buddha give a further Dhamma talk on the subject of past lives. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asītivassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṁ ahosi.  
He lived for 80,000 years.  
Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa khaṇḍatissaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
He had a fine pair of chief disciples named Khaṇḍa and Tissa.  
Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṁ sannipātā ahesuṁ.  
He had three gatherings of disciples— 
Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṁ sannipātā ahesuṁ sabbesaṁyeva khīṇāsavānaṁ.  
all of them mendicants who had ended their defilements.  
Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asoko nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko.  
He had as chief attendant a mendicant named Asoka.  
Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa bandhumā nāma rājā pitā ahosi.  
His father was King Bandhuma,  
Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa etadahosi:  
Then the Blessed One Vipassī, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, thought,  
Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa etadahosi:  
Then he thought,  
Apissu, bhikkhave, vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṁsu pubbe assutapubbā:  
And then these verses, which were neither supernaturally inspired, nor learned before in the past, occurred to him:  
Itiha, bhikkhave, vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṁ nami, no dhammadesanāya.  
So, as the Buddha Vipassī reflected like this, his mind inclined to remaining passive, not to teaching the Dhamma.  
Atha kho, bhikkhave, aññatarassa mahābrahmuno vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya etadahosi:  
Then a certain Great Brahmā, knowing what the Buddha Vipassī was thinking, thought,  
‘nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati, no dhammadesanāyā’ti.  
‘Alas! The world will be lost, the world will perish! For the mind of the Blessed One Vipassī, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, inclines to remaining passive, not to teaching the Dhamma.’  
Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa purato pāturahosi.  
Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the Brahmā realm and reappeared in front of the Buddha Vipassī.  
Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dakkhiṇaṁ jāṇumaṇḍalaṁ pathaviyaṁ nihantvā yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:  
He arranged his robe over one shoulder, knelt on his right knee, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha Vipassī, and said,  
tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, so mahābrahmā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:  
and a third time that Great Brahmā begged the Buddha to teach.  
Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:  
Then that Great Brahmā, knowing what the Buddha Vipassī was thinking, addressed him in verse:  
Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā: ‘katāvakāso khomhi vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammadesanāyā’ti vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tattheva antaradhāyi.  
Then the Great Brahmā, knowing that his request for the Buddha Vipassī to teach the Dhamma had been granted, bowed and respectfully circled him, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there.  
Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa etadahosi:  
Then the Blessed One Vipassī, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, thought,  
Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa etadahosi:  
Then he thought,  
‘Evaṁ, bhante’ti kho, bhikkhave, dāyapālo vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paṭissutvā bandhumatiṁ rājadhāniṁ pavisitvā khaṇḍañca rājaputtaṁ tissañca purohitaputtaṁ etadavoca:  
‘Yes, sir,’ replied the park keeper, and did as he was asked.  
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
They went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha Vipassī on foot. They bowed and sat down to one side.  
Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
They saw, attained, understood, and fathomed the Dhamma. They went beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and became self-assured and independent of others regarding the Teacher’s instructions. They said to the Buddha Vipassī,  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: “cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī”ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Ete mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca.  
We go for refuge to the Blessed One and to the teaching.  
Labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan’ti.  
Sir, may we receive the going forth and ordination in the Buddha’s presence?’  
Alatthuṁ kho, bhikkhave, khaṇḍo ca rājaputto, tisso ca purohitaputto vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṁ alatthuṁ upasampadaṁ.  
And they received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha Vipassī’s presence.  
Tesaṁ vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānānaṁ samādapiyamānānaṁ samuttejiyamānānaṁ sampahaṁsiyamānānaṁ nacirasseva anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu.  
Being taught like this their minds were soon freed from defilements by not grasping.  
Khaṇḍo ca kira rājaputto tisso ca purohitaputto vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitā’ti.  
And they heard that the king’s son Khaṇḍa and the high priest’s son Tissa had shaved off their hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and gone forth from the lay life to homelessness in the Buddha’s presence.  
Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahājanakāyo caturāsītipāṇasahassāni bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā nikkhamitvā yena khemo migadāyo yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
Then those 84,000 people left Bandhumatī for the deer park named Sanctuary, where they approached the Buddha Vipassī, bowed and sat down to one side.  
Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
They saw, attained, understood, and fathomed the Dhamma. They went beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and became self-assured and independent of others regarding the Teacher’s instructions. They said to the Buddha Vipassī,  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: “cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī”ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
And just like Khaṇḍa and Tissa they asked for and received ordination. Then the Buddha taught them further.  
Ete mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
 
Labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ labheyyāma upasampadan’ti.  
 
Alatthuṁ kho, bhikkhave, tāni caturāsītipāṇasahassāni vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṁ, alatthuṁ upasampadaṁ.  
 
Tesaṁ vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānānaṁ samādapiyamānānaṁ samuttejiyamānānaṁ sampahaṁsiyamānānaṁ nacirasseva anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu.  
Being taught like this their minds were soon freed from defilements by not grasping.  
Atha kho, bhikkhave, tāni caturāsītipabbajitasahassāni yena bandhumatī rājadhānī yena khemo migadāyo yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
Then they too went to see the Buddha Vipassī, realized the Dhamma, went forth, and became freed from defilements.  
Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
 
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: “cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī”ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
 
Ete mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
 
Labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ labheyyāma upasampadan’ti.  
 
Alatthuṁ kho, bhikkhave, tāni caturāsītipabbajitasahassāni vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṁ alatthuṁ upasampadaṁ.  
 
Tesaṁ vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānānaṁ samādapiyamānānaṁ samuttejiyamānānaṁ sampahaṁsiyamānānaṁ nacirasseva anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu.  
 
Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:  
As the Buddha Vipassī was in private retreat this thought came to his mind,  
Atha kho, bhikkhave, aññataro mahābrahmā vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa purato pāturahosi.  
Then a certain Great Brahmā, knowing what the Buddha Vipassī was thinking, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from the Brahmā realm and reappeared in front of the Buddha Vipassī.  
Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:  
He arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha Vipassī, and said,  
Idaṁ vatvā vipassiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tattheva antaradhāyi.  
Then he bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha Vipassī, keeping him on his right side, before vanishing right there.  
Ekamidāhaṁ, bhikkhave, samayaṁ ukkaṭṭhāyaṁ viharāmi subhagavane sālarājamūle.  
At one time, mendicants, I was staying near Ukkaṭṭhā, in the Subhaga Forest at the root of a magnificent sal tree.  
Atha khvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—ukkaṭṭhāyaṁ subhagavane sālarājamūle antarahito avihesu devesu pāturahosiṁ.  
Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, I vanished from the Subhaga Forest and reappeared with the Aviha gods.  
Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asītivassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṁ ahosi.  
He lived for 80,000 years.  
Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa khaṇḍatissaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
He had a fine pair of chief disciples named Khaṇḍa and Tissa.  
Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṁ sannipātā ahesuṁ. Eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassaṁ. Eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi bhikkhusatasahassaṁ. Eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi asītibhikkhusahassāni. Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṁ sannipātā ahesuṁ sabbesaṁyeva khīṇāsavānaṁ.  
He had three gatherings of disciples—one of 6,800,000, one of 100,000, and one of 80,000—all of them mendicants who had ended their defilements.  
Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asoko nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko.  
He had as chief attendant a mendicant named Asoka.  
Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa bandhumā nāma rājā pitā ahosi.  
His father was King Bandhuma,  
Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa evaṁ abhinikkhamanaṁ ahosi evaṁ pabbajjā evaṁ padhānaṁ evaṁ abhisambodhi evaṁ dhammacakkappavattanaṁ.  
And such was his renunciation, such his going forth, such his striving, such his awakening, and such his rolling forth of the wheel of Dhamma.  
Te mayaṁ, mārisā, vipassimhi bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṁ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti …  
And good sir, after leading the spiritual life under that Buddha Vipassī we lost our desire for sensual pleasures and were reborn here.’  
Bhagavato, mārisā, appakaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ parittaṁ lahukaṁ yo ciraṁ jīvati, so vassasataṁ appaṁ vā bhiyyo.  
For you the life-span is short, brief, and fleeting. A long-lived person lives for a century or a little more.  
Bhagavato, mārisā, sāriputtamoggallānaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
You have a fine pair of chief disciples named Sāriputta and Moggallāna.  
Bhagavato, mārisā, eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni. Bhagavato, mārisā, ayaṁ eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṁyeva khīṇāsavānaṁ.  
You have had one gathering of disciples—1,250 mendicants who had ended their defilements.  
Bhagavato, mārisā, ānando nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko.  
You have as chief attendant a mendicant named Ānanda.  
Bhagavato, mārisā, suddhodano nāma rājā pitā ahosi.  
Your father was King Suddhodana,  
Bhagavato, mārisā, evaṁ abhinikkhamanaṁ ahosi evaṁ pabbajjā evaṁ padhānaṁ evaṁ abhisambodhi evaṁ dhammacakkappavattanaṁ.  
And such was your renunciation, such your going forth, such your striving, such your awakening, and such your rolling forth of the wheel of Dhamma.  
Te mayaṁ, mārisā, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṁ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti.  
And good sir, after leading the spiritual life under you we lost our desire for sensual pleasures and were reborn here.’  
Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asītivassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṁ ahosi.  
 
Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa khaṇḍatissaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
 
Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṁ sannipātā ahesuṁ.  
 
Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṁ sannipātā ahesuṁ sabbesaṁyeva khīṇāsavānaṁ.  
 
Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asoko nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko.  
 
Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa bandhumā nāma rājā pitā ahosi bandhumatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janetti.  
 
Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa evaṁ abhinikkhamanaṁ ahosi evaṁ pabbajjā evaṁ padhānaṁ evaṁ abhisambodhi, evaṁ dhammacakkappavattanaṁ.  
 
Te mayaṁ, mārisā, vipassimhi bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṁ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti.  
 
te mayaṁ, mārisā, sikhimhi bhagavati tasmiññeva kho, mārisā, ekatiṁse kappe yaṁ vessabhū bhagavā …pe…  
 
te mayaṁ, mārisā, vessabhumhi bhagavati …pe…  
 
te mayaṁ, mārisā, kakusandhamhi koṇāgamanamhi kassapamhi bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṁ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti.  
 
Bhagavato, mārisā, appakaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ parittaṁ lahukaṁ yo ciraṁ jīvati, so vassasataṁ appaṁ vā bhiyyo.  
 
Bhagavato, mārisā, sāriputtamoggallānaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
 
Bhagavato, mārisā, eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni.  
 
Bhagavato, mārisā, ayaṁ eko sāvakānaṁ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṁyeva khīṇāsavānaṁ.  
 
Bhagavato, mārisā, ānando nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko aggupaṭṭhāko ahosi.  
 
Bhagavato, mārisā, suddhodano nāma rājā pitā ahosi.  
 
Bhagavato, mārisā, evaṁ abhinikkhamanaṁ ahosi, evaṁ pabbajjā, evaṁ padhānaṁ, evaṁ abhisambodhi, evaṁ dhammacakkappavattanaṁ.  
 
Te mayaṁ, mārisā, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṁ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti.  
 
Iti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgatassevesā dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā, yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati ‘evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ itipi.  
And that is how the Realized One is able to recollect the caste, names, clans, life-span, chief disciples, and gatherings of disciples of the Buddhas of the past who have become completely extinguished, cut off proliferation, cut off the track, finished off the cycle, and transcended suffering. It is both because I have clearly comprehended the principle of the teachings,  
‘Evaṁnāmā evaṅgottā evaṁsīlā evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ itipīti.  
 
Devatāpi tathāgatassa etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ, yena tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati ‘evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ itipi.  
and also because the deities told me.”  
‘Evaṁnāmā evaṅgottā evaṁsīlā evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ itipī”ti.  
 
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

dn15bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

dn16bhagavantameva bhagavantaṁ bhagavanto bhagavantānaṁ bhagavati bhagavato bhagavato’ti bhagavatā282Pi En Ru dhamma

“ehi tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ puccha:   “Please, brahmin, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Ask him if he is healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.  
‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī’ti.  
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
He went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha on foot, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,  
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ bījayamāno.  
Now at that time Venerable Ānanda was standing behind the Buddha fanning him.  
Evaṁ vutte, vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the Buddha had spoken, Vassakāra said to him,  
Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.  
Then Vassakāra the brahmin, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, got up from his seat and left.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṁ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. He did what the Buddha asked. Then he went back, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati;  
“Sir, I have such confidence in the Buddha that  
na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan”ti.  
I believe there’s no other ascetic or brahmin—whether past, future, or present—whose direct knowledge is superior to the Buddha when it comes to awakening.”  
‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati;  
‘I have such confidence in the Buddha that  
na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan’ti.  
I believe there’s no other ascetic or brahmin—whether past, future, or present—whose direct knowledge is superior to the Buddha when it comes to awakening.’  
Kiṁ te, sāriputta, ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā:  
What about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past? Have you comprehended their minds to know that  
‘evaṁsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī’”ti?  
those Buddhas had such ethics, or such qualities, or such wisdom, or such meditation, or such freedom?”  
“Kiṁ pana te, sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā:  
“And what about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who will live in the future? Have you comprehended their minds to know that  
‘evaṁsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipi, evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipī’”ti?  
those Buddhas will have such ethics, or such qualities, or such wisdom, or such meditation, or such freedom?”  
‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan’”ti?  
‘ye te, bhante, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā sattabojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhiṁsu.  
‘All the perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas—whether past, future, or present—give up the five hindrances, corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom. Their mind is firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. They correctly develop the seven awakening factors. And they wake up to the supreme perfect awakening.’”  
Yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhissanti.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
So they went to see him, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ āvasathāgāraṁ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, the lay followers of Pāṭali Village got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the guest house, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed a lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and told him of their preparations, saying:  
Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṁ pavisitvā pacchimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.  
The Saṅgha of mendicants also washed their feet, entered the guest house, and sat against the west wall facing east, with the Buddha right in front of them.  
Pāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṁ pavisitvā puratthimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṁsu bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.  
The lay followers of Pāṭali Village also washed their feet, entered the guest house, and sat against the east wall facing west, with the Buddha right in front of them.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.  
“Yes, sir,” replied the lay followers of Pāṭali Village. They got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right, before leaving.  
Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu,  
Then the Magadhan ministers Sunidha and Vassakāra approached the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu, ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they stood to one side and said,  
Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā yena sako āvasatho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sake āvasathe paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesuṁ:  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, they went to their own guest house, where they had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared. Then they had the Buddha informed of the time, saying,  
Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Sunidha and Vassakāra took a low seat and sat to one side.  
Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti:  
Sunidha and Vassakāra followed behind the Buddha, thinking,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
She went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha on foot. She bowed and sat down to one side.  
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then she said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Ambapālī got up from her seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on her right, before leaving.  
Atha kho te licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
The Licchavis went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha on foot. They bowed to the Buddha, sat down to one side,  
Atha kho te licchavī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then they said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho te licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.  
And then those Licchavis approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. They got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right, before leaving.  
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi:  
And when the night had passed Ambapālī had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in her own park. Then she had the Buddha informed of the time, saying,  
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hands and bowl, Ambapālī took a low seat, sat to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and said to the Buddha,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā samantā vesāliṁ yathāmittaṁ yathāsandiṭṭhaṁ yathāsambhattaṁ vassaṁ upagacchiṁsu.  
“Yes, sir,” those mendicants replied. They did as the Buddha said,  
Atha kho bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho uppajji, bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā.  
After the Buddha had commenced the rainy season residence, he fell severely ill, struck by dreadful pains, close to death.  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to the Buddha,  
Atha kho bhagavato so ābādho paṭippassambhi.  
Then the Buddha’s illness died down.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“diṭṭho me, bhante, bhagavato phāsu; diṭṭhaṁ me, bhante, bhagavato khamanīyaṁ, api ca me, bhante, madhurakajāto viya kāyo, disāpi me na pakkhāyanti, dhammāpi maṁ na paṭibhanti bhagavato gelaññena.  
“Sir, it’s fantastic that the Buddha is comfortable and well. Because when the Buddha was sick, my body felt like it was drugged. I was disorientated, and the teachings weren’t clear to me.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṁ ādāya bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. Taking his sitting cloth he followed behind the Buddha.  
Āyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Ānanda bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.  
Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ;  
But Ānanda didn’t get it, even though the Buddha dropped such an obvious hint, such a clear sign.  
na bhagavantaṁ yāci:  
He didn’t beg the Buddha:  
Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ;  
But Ānanda didn’t get it, even though the Buddha dropped such an obvious hint, such a clear sign.  
na bhagavantaṁ yāci:  
He didn’t beg the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. He rose from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before sitting at the root of a tree close by.  
Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And then, not long after Ānanda had left, Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha, stood to one side, and said to him:  
“parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
“Sir, may the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One now become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.  
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:  
Sir, you once made this statement:  
Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.  
Today you do have such monk disciples.  
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
May the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One now become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.  
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:  
Sir, you once made this statement:  
Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhuniyo bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.  
Today you do have such nun disciples.  
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
May the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One now become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.  
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:  
Sir, you once made this statement:  
Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsakā bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.  
Today you do have such layman disciples.  
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
May the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One now become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.  
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:  
Sir, you once made this statement:  
Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.  
Today you do have such laywoman disciples.  
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
May the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One now become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.  
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:  
Sir, you once made this statement:  
Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṁ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṁ.  
Today your spiritual path is successful and prosperous, extensive, popular, widespread, and well proclaimed wherever there are gods and humans.  
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato”ti.  
May the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One now become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.”  
Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.  
When he did so there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky.  
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi,  
bowed, sat down to one side,  
ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and said to him,  
‘parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti.  
‘Sir, may the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One now become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.’  
‘parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:  
Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṁ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṁ.  
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a third time, Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
“Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
“Sir, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṁ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. He did what the Buddha asked, went up to him, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
‘sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ,  
‘Reverend, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;  
‘Clearly this is not the word of the Buddha.  
‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;  
‘Clearly this is the word of the Buddha.  
‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;  
‘Clearly this is not the word of the Buddha.  
‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;  
‘Clearly this is the word of the Buddha.  
‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;  
‘Clearly this is not the word of the Buddha.  
‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;  
‘Clearly this is the word of the Buddha.  
‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;  
‘Clearly this is not the word of the Buddha.  
‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;  
‘Clearly this is the word of the Buddha.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Then he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.  
Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Cunda said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Cunda got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho cundo kammāraputto tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañca sūkaramaddavaṁ bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi:  
And when the night had passed Cunda had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in his own home, and plenty of pork on the turn. Then he had the Buddha informed of the time, saying,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṁ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṁ paṭiyattaṁ, tena bhagavantaṁ parivisi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Cunda, and did as he was asked.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṁ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṁ avasiṭṭhaṁ, taṁ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Cunda. He did as he was asked, then came back to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.  
Atha kho bhagavato cundassa kammāraputtassa bhattaṁ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, lohitapakkhandikā pabāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā.  
After the Buddha had eaten Cunda’s meal, he fell severely ill with bloody dysentery, struck by dreadful pains, close to death.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ paññapesi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda, and did as he was asked.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and for a second time Ānanda suggested going to the Kakutthā river.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā pattaṁ gahetvā yena sā nadikā tenupasaṅkami.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. Taking his bowl he went to the river.  
Pattena pānīyaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Gathering a bowl of drinking water he went back to the Buddha, and said to him,  
Addasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ.  
He saw the Buddha sitting at the root of a certain tree.  
Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He went up to him, bowed, sat down to one side, and said,  
Evaṁ vutte, pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Pukkusa said to him,  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato upanāmesi:  
Then Pukkusa brought the garments to the Buddha,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṁ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Pukkusa, and did so.  
Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
after which he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha before leaving.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmesi.  
Then, not long after Pukkusa had left, Ānanda placed the pair of garments the color of rose-gold by the Buddha’s body.  
Taṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmitaṁ hataccikaṁ viya khāyati.  
But when placed by the Buddha’s body they seemed to lose their shine.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
Idaṁ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmitaṁ hataccikaṁ viya khāyatī”ti.  
When this pair of ready to wear garments the color of rose-gold is placed by the Buddha’s body they seem to lose their lustre.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā cundako bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ paññapesi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Cundaka, and did as he was asked.  
Āyasmā pana cundako tattheva bhagavato purato nisīdi.  
But Cundaka sat down right there in front of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso cunda, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā antarena yamakasālānaṁ uttarasīsakaṁ mañcakaṁ paññapesi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda, and did as he was asked.  
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato purato ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ bījayamāno.  
Now at that time Venerable Upavāna was standing in front of the Buddha fanning him.  
“ayaṁ kho āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṁ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī.  
“This Venerable Upavāna has been the Buddha’s attendant for a long time, close to him, living in his presence.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
“ayaṁ, bhante, āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṁ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī.  
“This Venerable Upavāna has been the Buddha’s attendant for a long time, close to him, living in his presence.  
Ayañca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṁ labhāma pacchime kāle tathāgataṁ dassanāyā’”ti.  
And this illustrious mendicant is standing in front of the Buddha blocking the view. We won’t get to see the Realized One in his final hour!’”  
Bhagavato pana mayaṁ, bhante, accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, na labhissāma payirupāsanāyā”ti.  
But when the Buddha has passed, we won’t get to see the esteemed mendicants or to pay homage to them.”  
‘Ayaṁ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṁ pasādenti.  
So that many people will inspire confidence in their hearts, thinking: ‘This is the monument for that Blessed One, perfected and fully awakened!’  
‘Ayaṁ tassa bhagavato paccekasambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṁ pasādenti.  
So that many people will inspire confidence in their hearts, thinking: ‘This is the monument for that independent Buddha!’  
‘Ayaṁ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sāvakassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṁ pasādenti.  
So that many people will inspire confidence in their hearts, thinking: ‘This is the monument for that Blessed One’s disciple!’  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Ānanda and said to him,  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” Ānanda replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
“yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā ahesuṁ, seyyathāpi mayhaṁ ānando.  
“The Buddhas of the past or the future have attendants who are no better than Ānanda is for me.  
Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā bhavissanti, seyyathāpi mayhaṁ ānando.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṁ pāvisi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. Then he robed up and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Kusinārā with a companion.  
“sace kho ahaṁ kosinārake malle ekamekaṁ bhagavantaṁ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṁ ratti vibhāyissati.  
“If I have the Mallas pay homage to the Buddha one by one, they won’t be finished before first light.  
Yannūnāhaṁ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṁ vandāpeyyaṁ:  
I’d better separate them family by family and then have them pay homage, saying:  
‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’”ti.  
‘Sir, the Malla named so-and-so with children, wives, retinue, and ministers bows with his head at your feet.’”  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṁ vandāpesi:  
And so that’s what he did.  
“itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī”ti.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṁ vandāpesi.  
So by this means Ānanda got the Mallas to finish paying homage to the Buddha in the first watch of the night.  
Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then the wanderer Subhadda went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Subhadda replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Subhadda said to the Buddha,  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.  
Sir, may I receive the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence?”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
Alattha kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And the wanderer Subhadda received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  
So bhagavato pacchimo sakkhisāvako ahosīti.  
He was the last personal disciple of the Buddha.  
‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, na mayaṁ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṁ sammukhā paṭipucchitun’”ti.  
‘We were in the Teacher’s presence and we weren’t able to ask the Buddha a question.’”  
‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, na mayaṁ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṁ sammukhā paṭipucchitun’”ti.  
‘We were in the Teacher’s presence and we weren’t able to ask the Buddha a question.’”  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso. Devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.  
When the Buddha became fully extinguished, along with the full extinguishment there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky.  
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā brahmāsahampati imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
When the Buddha became fully extinguished, Brahmā Sahampati recited this verse:  
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā sakko devānamindo imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
When the Buddha became fully extinguished, Sakka, lord of gods, recited this verse:  
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
When the Buddha became fully extinguished, Venerable Anuruddha recited this verse:  
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā ānando imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
When the Buddha became fully extinguished, Venerable Ānanda recited this verse:  
Parinibbute bhagavati ye te tattha bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti, “atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antarahito”ti.  
When the Buddha became fully extinguished, some of the mendicants there who were not free of desire, with arms raised, falling down like their feet were chopped off, rolling back and forth, lamented: “Too soon the Blessed One has become fully extinguished! Too soon the Holy One has become fully extinguished! Too soon the Eye of the World has vanished!”  
Nanu etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ:  
Did the Buddha not prepare us for this when he explained that  
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṁ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ, yena bhagavato sarīraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṁ vītināmesuṁ.  
Then—taking those fragrances and garlands, all the musical instruments, and five hundred pairs of garments—they went to the Mallian sal grove at Upavattana and approached the Buddha’s corpse. They spent the day honoring, respecting, revering, and venerating the Buddha’s corpse with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances, and making awnings and setting up pavilions.  
“ativikālo kho ajja bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpetuṁ, sve dāni mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā”ti.  
“It’s too late to cremate the Buddha’s corpse today. Let’s do it tomorrow.”  
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, tatiyampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, catutthampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, pañcamampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ.  
But they spent the next day the same way, and so too the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth days.  
“mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṁ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṁ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā”ti.  
“Honoring, respecting, revering, and venerating the Buddha’s corpse with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances, let us carry it to the south of the town, and cremate it there outside the town.”  
“mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ uccāressāmā”ti na sakkonti uccāretuṁ.  
“We shall lift the Buddha’s corpse.” But they were unable to do so.  
‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ uccāressāmā’ti na sakkonti uccāretun”ti?  
‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṁ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṁ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā’ti;  
carry the Buddha’s corpse to the south of the town while venerating it with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances, and cremate it there outside the town.  
‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṁ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṁ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṁ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ ettha bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā’”ti.  
carry the Buddha’s corpse to the north of the town while venerating it with heavenly dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances. Then they plan to enter the town by the northern gate, carry it through the center of the town, leave by the eastern gate, and cremate it there at the Mallian shrine named Coronation.”  
Atha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṁ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṁ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṁ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṁ nikkhipiṁsu.  
Then the deities and the Mallas of Kusinārā carried the Buddha’s corpse to the north of the town while venerating it with heavenly and human dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances. Then they entered the town by the northern gate, carried it through the center of the town, left by the eastern gate, and deposited the corpse there at the Mallian shrine named Coronation.  
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṁ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṁ.  
So the Mallas wrapped the Buddha’s corpse,  
Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi bhagavato sarīraṁ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṁ citakaṁ karitvā bhagavato sarīraṁ citakaṁ āropesuṁ.  
and placed it in an iron case filled with oil. Then, having built a funeral pyre out of all kinds of fragrant substances, they lifted the corpse on to the pyre.  
Nanu etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ:  
Did the Buddha not prepare us for this when he explained that  
“mayaṁ bhagavato citakaṁ āḷimpessāmā”ti na sakkonti āḷimpetuṁ.  
“We shall light the Buddha’s funeral pyre.” But they were unable to do so.  
‘mayaṁ bhagavato citakaṁ āḷimpessāmā’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetun”ti?  
Na tāva bhagavato citako pajjalissati, yāvāyasmā mahākassapo bhagavato pāde sirasā na vandissatī’”ti.  
The Buddha’s funeral pyre shall not burn until he bows with his head at the Buddha’s feet.”  
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ, yena bhagavato citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā añjaliṁ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṁ citakaṁ padakkhiṇaṁ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi.  
Then Venerable Mahākassapa arrived at the Mallian shrine named Coronation at Kusinārā and approached the Buddha’s funeral pyre. Arranging his robe over one shoulder and raising his joined palms, he respectfully circled the Buddha three times, keeping him on his right, and bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet.  
Tānipi kho pañcabhikkhusatāni ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā añjaliṁ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṁ citakaṁ padakkhiṇaṁ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandiṁsu.  
And the five hundred mendicants did likewise.  
Vandite ca panāyasmatā mahākassapena tehi ca pañcahi bhikkhusatehi sayameva bhagavato citako pajjali.  
And when Mahākassapa and the five hundred mendicants bowed the Buddha’s funeral pyre burst into flames all by itself.  
Jhāyamānassa kho pana bhagavato sarīrassa yaṁ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṁsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi;  
And when the Buddha’s corpse was cremated no ash or soot was found from outer or inner skin, flesh, sinews, or synovial fluid.  
evameva bhagavato sarīrassa jhāyamānassa yaṁ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṁsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi;  
In the same way, when the Buddha’s corpse was cremated no ash or soot was found from outer or inner skin, flesh, sinews, or synovial fluid.  
Daḍḍhe ca kho pana bhagavato sarīre antalikkhā udakadhārā pātubhavitvā bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesi.  
But when the Buddha’s corpse was consumed the funeral pyre was extinguished by a stream of water that appeared in the sky,  
Udakasālatopi abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesi.  
by water dripping from the sal trees,  
Kosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesuṁ.  
and by the Mallas’ fragrant water.  
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṁ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṁ karitvā dhanupākāraṁ parikkhipāpetvā naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṁsu garuṁ kariṁsu mānesuṁ pūjesuṁ.  
Then the Mallas made a cage of spears for the Buddha’s relics in the meeting hall and surrounded it with a buttress of bows. For seven days they honored, respected, revered, and venerated them with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances.  
“bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampi khattiyo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī”ti.  
“The Buddha was an aristocrat and so am I. I too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. I will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”  
“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.  
“The Buddha was an aristocrat and so are we. We too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. We will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”  
“bhagavā amhākaṁ ñātiseṭṭho, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.  
“The Buddha was our foremost relative. We too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. We will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”  
“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.  
“The Buddha was an aristocrat and so are we. We too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. We will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”  
“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.  
“The Buddha was an aristocrat and so are we. We too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. We will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”  
“bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampismi brāhmaṇo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī”ti.  
“The Buddha was an aristocrat and I am a brahmin. I too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. I will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”  
“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.  
“The Buddha was an aristocrat and so are we. We too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. We will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”  
“bhagavā amhākaṁ gāmakkhette parinibbuto, na mayaṁ dassāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgan”ti.  
“The Buddha became fully extinguished in our village district. We will not give away a share of his relics.”  
“Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, tvaññeva bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṁ savibhattaṁ vibhajāhī”ti.  
“Well then, brahmin, you yourself should fairly divide the Buddha’s relics in eight portions.”  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo tesaṁ saṅghānaṁ gaṇānaṁ paṭissutvā bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṁ suvibhattaṁ vibhajitvā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca:  
“Yes, sirs,” replied Doṇa to those various groups. He divided the relics as asked and said to them,  
“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.  
“The Buddha was an aristocrat, and so are we. We too deserve a share of the Buddha’s relics. We will build a monument for them and conduct a memorial service.”  
“Natthi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgo, vibhattāni bhagavato sarīrāni.  
“There is no portion of the Buddha’s relics left, they have already been portioned out.  
Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto rājagahe bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akāsi.  
Then King Ajātasattu of Magadha,  
Vesālikāpi licchavī vesāliyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.  
the Licchavis of Vesālī,  
Kapilavatthuvāsīpi sakyā kapilavatthusmiṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.  
the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu,  
Allakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.  
the Bulis of Allakappa,  
Rāmagāmakāpi koḷiyā rāmagāme bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.  
the Koḷiyans of Rāmagāma,  
Veṭṭhadīpakopi brāhmaṇo veṭṭhadīpe bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akāsi.  
the brahmin of Veṭhadīpa,  
Pāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.  
the Mallas of Pāvā,  
Kosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.  
the Mallas of Kusinārā,  

dn17bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  

dn18bhagavantañca bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato bhagavatā40Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena ca nātikiyā paricārakā attamanā ahesuṁ pamuditā pītisomanassajātā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṁ sutvā.   answers to those questions, they became uplifted and overjoyed, full of rapture and happiness.  
Tena ca nātikiyā paricārakā attamanā ahesuṁ pamuditā pītisomanassajātā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṁ sutvā”ti.  
 
Te abbhatītā kālaṅkatā bhagavatā abyākatā;  
The Buddha hasn’t declared their passing.  
‘yāva maraṇakālāpi rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavantaṁ kittayamānarūpo kālaṅkato’ti.  
‘Until his dying day, King Bimbisāra sang the Buddha’s praises!’  
So abbhatīto kālaṅkato bhagavatā abyākato.  
The Buddha hasn’t declared his passing.  
Bhagavato kho pana sambodhi magadhesu.  
Besides, the Buddha was awakened in Magadha;  
Yattha kho pana bhagavato sambodhi magadhesu, kathaṁ tatra bhagavā māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu na byākareyya.  
so why hasn’t he declared the rebirth of the Magadhan devotees?  
Idamāyasmā ānando māgadhake paricārake ārabbha eko raho anuvicintetvā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
After pondering the fate of the Magadhan devotees alone in private, Ānanda rose at the crack of dawn and went to see the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his concerns, finishing by saying,  
Tena ca nātikiyā paricārakā attamanā ahesuṁ pamuditā pītisomanassajātā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṁ sutvā”’ti.  
 
Te kho panāpi, bhante, ahesuṁ buddhe pasannā dhamme pasannā saṅghe pasannā sīlesu paripūrakārino, te abbhatītā kālaṅkatā bhagavatā abyākatā.  
 
‘yāva maraṇakālāpi rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavantaṁ kittayamānarūpo kālaṅkato’ti.  
 
So abbhatīto kālaṅkato bhagavatā abyākato;  
 
Bhagavato kho pana, bhante, sambodhi magadhesu.  
 
Yattha kho pana, bhante, bhagavato sambodhi magadhesu, kathaṁ tatra bhagavā māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu na byākareyya?  
 
Idamāyasmā ānando māgadhake paricārake ārabbha bhagavato sammukhā parikathaṁ katvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then Ānanda, after making this suggestion regarding the Magadhan devotees, got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“upasantapadisso, bhante, bhagavā bhātiriva bhagavato mukhavaṇṇo vippasannattā indriyānaṁ.  
“Sir, you look so serene; your face seems to shine owing to the clarity of your faculties.  
yadagge ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati ekantikato abhippasanno, tadagge ahaṁ, bhante, dīgharattaṁ avinipāto avinipātaṁ sañjānāmi, āsā ca pana me santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāya.  
From the day I had absolute devotion to the Buddha I have known that I won’t be reborn in the underworld, but that I still hope to become a once-returner.  
Idhāhaṁ, bhante, vessavaṇena mahārājena pesito virūḷhakassa mahārājassa santike kenacideva karaṇīyena addasaṁ bhagavantaṁ antarāmagge giñjakāvasathaṁ pavisitvā māgadhake paricārake ārabbha aṭṭhiṁ katvā manasikatvā sabbaṁ cetasā samannāharitvā nisinnaṁ:  
Just now, sir, I had been sent out by the great king Vessavaṇa to the great king Virūḷhaka’s presence on some business, and on the way I saw the Buddha giving his attention to the fate of the Magadhan devotees.  
“bhagavantañca dakkhāmi, idañca bhagavato ārocessāmī”ti.  
“I shall see the Buddha and inform him of this.”  
Ime kho me, bhante, dvepaccayā bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
These are the two reasons I’ve come to see the Buddha.  
Ye te, bhante, devā bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caritvā adhunūpapannā tāvatiṁsakāyaṁ, te aññe deve atirocanti vaṇṇena ceva yasasā ca.  
Sir, those gods who had been recently reborn in the company of the Thirty-Three after leading the spiritual life under the Buddha outshone the other gods in beauty and glory.  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññanti, bhonto devā tāvatiṁsā, yāva supaññattā cime tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro iddhipādā paññattā iddhipahutāya iddhivisavitāya iddhivikubbanatāya.  
“What do the good gods of the Thirty-Three think? How well described by the Blessed One—who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha—are the four bases of psychic power! They are taught for the amplification, burgeoning, and transformation of psychic power.  
Ime kho, bho, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro iddhipādā paññattā iddhipahutāya iddhivisavitāya iddhivikubbanatāya.  
These are the four bases of psychic power taught by the Buddha for the amplification, burgeoning, and transformation of psychic power.  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññanti, bhonto devā tāvatiṁsā, yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tayo okāsādhigamā anubuddhā sukhassādhigamāya.  
“What do the good gods of the Thirty-Three think? How well understood by the Buddha are the three opportunities for achieving happiness!  
Ayaṁ kho, bho, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena paṭhamo okāsādhigamo anubuddho sukhassādhigamāya.  
This is the first opportunity for achieving happiness.  
Ayaṁ kho, bho, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dutiyo okāsādhigamo anubuddho sukhassādhigamāya.  
This is the second opportunity for achieving happiness.  
Ayaṁ kho, bho, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tatiyo okāsādhigamo anubuddho sukhassādhigamāya.  
This is the third opportunity for achieving happiness.  
Ime kho, bho, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tayo okāsādhigamā anubuddhā sukhassādhigamāyā”ti.  
These are the three opportunities for achieving happiness that have been understood by the Buddha.”  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññanti, bhonto devā tāvatiṁsā, yāva supaññattā cime tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro satipaṭṭhānā paññattā kusalassādhigamāya.  
“What do the good gods of the Thirty-Three think? How well described by the Buddha are the four kinds of mindfulness meditation! They are taught for achieving what is skillful.  
Ime kho, bho, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro satipaṭṭhānā paññattā kusalassādhigamāyā”ti.  
These are the four kinds of mindfulness meditation taught by the Buddha for achieving what is skillful.”  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññanti, bhonto devā tāvatiṁsā, yāva supaññattā cime tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena satta samādhiparikkhārā sammāsamādhissa paribhāvanāya sammāsamādhissa pāripūriyā.  
“What do the good gods of the Thirty-Three think? How well described by the Buddha are the seven prerequisites of immersion for the development and fulfillment of right immersion!  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhi apārutā amatassa dvārā’ti idameva taṁ sammā vadamāno vadeyya.  
‘a teaching that’s well explained by the Buddha, apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves; and the doors to the deathless are flung open,’ it’s this.  
Svākkhāto hi, bho, bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko, akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhi apārutā amatassa dvārā.  
For the teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves—and the doors of the deathless are flung open.  
Imamatthaṁ janavasabho yakkho vessavaṇassa mahārājassa sayaṁ parisāyaṁ bhāsato sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
And the spirit Janavasabha, having heard and learned it in the presence of the great king Vessavaṇa as he was speaking on that topic to his own assembly, informed the Buddha.  
Imamatthaṁ bhagavā janavasabhassa yakkhassa sammukhā sutvā sammukhā paṭiggahetvā sāmañca abhiññāya āyasmato ānandassa ārocesi, imamatthamāyasmā ānando bhagavato sammukhā sutvā sammukhā paṭiggahetvā ārocesi bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ.  
And the Buddha, having heard and learned it in the presence of the spirit Janavasabha, and also from his own direct knowledge, informed Venerable Ānanda. And Venerable Ānanda, having heard and learned it in the presence of the Buddha, informed the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen.  

dn19bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato bhagavato’ti bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti42Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho pañcasikho gandhabbaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ pabbataṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho pañcasikho gandhabbaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then, late at night, the centaur Pañcasikha, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  
“yaṁ kho me, bhante, devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ, ārocemi taṁ bhagavato”ti.  
“Sir, I would tell you of what I heard and learned directly from the gods of the Thirty-Three.”  
Ye te, bhante, devā bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caritvā adhunūpapannā tāvatiṁsakāyaṁ, te aññe deve atirocanti vaṇṇena ceva yasasā ca.  
Sir, those gods who had been recently reborn in the company of the Thirty-Three after leading the spiritual life under the Buddha outshine the other gods in beauty and glory.  
‘iccheyyātha no tumhe, mārisā, tassa bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe sotun’ti?  
‘Gentlemen, would you like to hear eight genuine praises of the Buddha?’  
‘Icchāma mayaṁ, mārisa, tassa bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe sotun’ti.  
‘Indeed we would, sir.’  
Atha kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe payirudāhāsi:  
Then Sakka proffered these eight genuine praises of the Buddha:  
Evaṁ bahujanahitāya paṭipannaṁ bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.  
I don’t see any Teacher, past or present, who has such compassion for the world, apart from the Buddha.  
Svākkhāto kho pana tena bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhi.  
Also, the Buddha has explained the teaching well—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.  
Evaṁ opaneyyikassa dhammassa desetāraṁ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.  
I don’t see any Teacher, past or present, who explains such a relevant teaching, apart from the Buddha.  
“Idaṁ kusalan”ti kho pana tena bhagavatā supaññattaṁ, “idaṁ akusalan”ti supaññattaṁ.  
Also, the Buddha has well described what is skillful and what is unskillful,  
Evaṁ kusalākusalasāvajjānavajjasevitabbāsevitabbahīnapaṇītakaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgānaṁ dhammānaṁ paññāpetāraṁ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.  
I don’t see any Teacher, past or present, who so clearly describes all these things, apart from the Buddha.  
Supaññattā kho pana tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṁ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā, saṁsandati nibbānañca paṭipadā ca.  
Also, the Buddha has well described the practice that leads to extinguishment for his disciples. And extinguishment converges with the practice,  
evameva supaññattā tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṁ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā, saṁsandati nibbānañca paṭipadā ca.  
 
Evaṁ nibbānagāminiyā paṭipadāya paññāpetāraṁ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.  
I don’t see any Teacher, past or present, who so clearly describes the practice that leads to extinguishment for his disciples, apart from the Buddha.  
Abhinipphanno kho pana tassa bhagavato lābho abhinipphanno siloko, yāva maññe khattiyā sampiyāyamānarūpā viharanti, vigatamado kho pana so bhagavā āhāraṁ āhāreti.  
Also, possessions and popularity have accrued to the Buddha, so much that you’d think it would thrill even the aristocrats. But he takes his food free of vanity.  
Evaṁ vigatamadaṁ āhāraṁ āharayamānaṁ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.  
I don’t see any Teacher, past or present, who takes their food so free of vanity, apart from the Buddha.  
Evaṁ ekārāmataṁ anuyuttaṁ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.  
I don’t see any Teacher, past or present, so committed to the joy of solitude, apart from the Buddha.  
Evaṁ dhammānudhammappaṭipannaṁ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.  
I don’t see any Teacher, past or present, who so practices in line with the teaching, apart from the Buddha.  
Evaṁ tiṇṇavicikicchaṁ vigatakathaṅkathaṁ pariyositasaṅkappaṁ ajjhāsayaṁ ādibrahmacariyaṁ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā’ti.  
I don’t see any Teacher, past or present, who has achieved these things, apart from the Buddha.’  
Ime kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe payirudāhāsi.  
These are the eight genuine praises of the Buddha proffered by Sakka.  
Tena sudaṁ, bhante, devā tāvatiṁsā bhiyyoso mattāya attamanā honti pamuditā pītisomanassajātā bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe sutvā.  
Hearing them, the gods of the Thirty-Three became even more uplifted and overjoyed.  
atthi ca sakkena devānamindena tassa bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhuccā vaṇṇā bhāsitā;  
And there are the eight genuine praises of the Buddha spoken by Sakka— 
‘sādhu, devānaminda, mayampi tassa bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe suṇeyyāmā’ti.  
‘It would be good, lord of gods, if I could also hear the eight genuine praises of the Buddha.’  
‘Evaṁ, mahābrahme’ti kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo brahmuno sanaṅkumārassa bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe payirudāhāsi.  
Saying, ‘Yes, Great Brahmā,’ Sakka repeated the eight genuine praises for him.  
Evaṁ bahujanahitāya paṭipannaṁ bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.  
 
Svākkhāto kho pana tena bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhi.  
 
Evaṁ opaneyyikassa dhammassa desetāraṁ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.  
 
“Idaṁ kusalan”ti kho pana tena bhagavatā supaññattaṁ, “idaṁ akusalan”ti supaññattaṁ, “idaṁ sāvajjaṁ idaṁ anavajjaṁ, idaṁ sevitabbaṁ idaṁ na sevitabbaṁ, idaṁ hīnaṁ idaṁ paṇītaṁ, idaṁ kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgan”ti supaññattaṁ.  
 
Imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.  
 
Supaññattā kho pana tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṁ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā saṁsandati nibbānañca paṭipadā ca.  
 
evameva supaññattā tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṁ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā saṁsandati nibbānañca paṭipadā ca.  
 
Evaṁ nibbānagāminiyā paṭipadāya paññāpetāraṁ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.  
 
Abhinipphanno kho pana tassa bhagavato lābho abhinipphanno siloko, yāva maññe khattiyā sampiyāyamānarūpā viharanti.  
 
Evaṁ vigatamadaṁ āhāraṁ āharayamānaṁ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.  
 
Evaṁ ekārāmataṁ anuyuttaṁ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.  
 
Evaṁ dhammānudhammappaṭippannaṁ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.  
 
Imināpaṅgena samannāgataṁ satthāraṁ neva atītaṁse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā’ti.  
 
Ime kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo brahmuno sanaṅkumārassa bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe payirudāhāsi.  
 
Tena sudaṁ, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro attamano hoti pamudito pītisomanassajāto bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe sutvā.  
Hearing them, Brahmā Sanaṅkumāra was uplifted and overjoyed, full of rapture and happiness.  
Attamano pañcasikho gandhabbaputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyīti.  
Delighted, the centaur Pañcasikha approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there. 

dn20bhagavantaṁ bhagavantānaṁ bhagavato12Pi En Ru dhamma

dasahi ca lokadhātūhi devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca.   And most of the deities from ten solar systems had gathered to see the Buddha and the Saṅgha of mendicants.  
dasahi ca lokadhātūhi devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
 
Yannūna mayampi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike paccekaṁ gāthaṁ bhāseyyāmā”ti.  
“Why don’t we go to the Buddha and each recite a verse in his presence?”  
Atha kho tā devatā seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—suddhāvāsesu devesu antarahitā bhagavato purato pāturahesuṁ.  
Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, they vanished from the Pure Abodes and reappeared in front of the Buddha.  
Atha kho tā devatā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.  
They bowed to the Buddha and stood to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Standing to one side, one deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamāyeva devatā sannipatitā ahesuṁ seyyathāpi mayhaṁ etarahi.  
The Buddhas of the past had, and the Buddhas of the future will have, gatherings of deities that are at most like the gathering for me now.  
Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamāyeva devatā sannipatitā bhavissanti seyyathāpi mayhaṁ etarahi.  
 
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

dn21bhagavantarūpo bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato bhagavatā71Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena sakkassa devānamindassa ussukkaṁ udapādi bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.   Now at that time Sakka, the lord of gods, grew eager to see the Buddha.  
Addasā kho sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṁ magadhesu viharantaṁ pācīnato rājagahassa ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tassuttarato vediyake pabbate indasālaguhāyaṁ.  
Seeing that the Buddha was at Indra’s hill cave,  
Yadi pana, mārisā, mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti?  
What if we were to go and see that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?”  
Yadi pana, tāta pañcasikha, mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti?  
What if we were to go and see that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?”  
Yadi pana tvaṁ, tāta pañcasikha, bhagavantaṁ paṭhamaṁ pasādeyyāsi, tayā, tāta, paṭhamaṁ pasāditaṁ pacchā mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti.  
But if you were to charm the Buddha first, then I could go to see him.”  
Yato kho tvaṁ, mārisa, taṁ bhagavantaṁ kittesi, hotu no ajja samāgamo’ti.  
Since you extol the Buddha, let us meet up today.’  
“paṭisammodati pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputto bhagavatā, bhagavā ca pañcasikhenā”ti.  
“Pañcasikha is exchanging pleasantries with the Buddha.”  
“abhivādehi me tvaṁ, tāta pañcasikha, bhagavantaṁ:  
“My dear Pañcasikha, please bow to the Buddha for me, saying:  
‘sakko, bhante, devānamindo sāmacco saparijano bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’”ti.  
‘Sir, Sakka, lord of gods, with his ministers and retinue, bows with his head at your feet.’”  
“Evaṁ, bhaddantavā”ti kho pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputto sakkassa devānamindassa paṭissutvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādeti:  
“Yes, lord,” replied Pañcasikha. He bowed to the Buddha and said,  
“sakko, bhante, devānamindo sāmacco saparijano bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī”ti.  
“Sir, Sakka, lord of gods, with his ministers and retinue, bows with his head at your feet.”  
Abhivadito sakko devānamindo bhagavato indasālaguhaṁ pavisitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.  
And being saluted by the Buddha, Sakka entered Indra’s hill cave, bowed to the Buddha, and stood to one side.  
Devāpi tāvatiṁsā indasālaguhaṁ pavisitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.  
And the gods of the Thirty-Three did likewise,  
Pañcasikhopi gandhabbadevaputto indasālaguhaṁ pavisitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.  
as did Pañcasikha.  
“Cirapaṭikāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamitukāmo; api ca devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ kehici kehici kiccakaraṇīyehi byāvaṭo; evāhaṁ nāsakkhiṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
“For a long time I’ve wanted to come and see the Buddha, but I wasn’t able, being prevented by my many duties and responsibilities for the gods of the Thirty-Three.  
Atha khvāhaṁ, bhante, sāvatthiṁ agamāsiṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.  
Then I went to Sāvatthī to see the Buddha.  
Tena kho pana, bhante, samayena bhagavā aññatarena samādhinā nisinno hoti, bhūjati ca nāma vessavaṇassa mahārājassa paricārikā bhagavantaṁ paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, pañjalikā namassamānā tiṭṭhati.  
But at that time the Buddha was sitting immersed in some kind of meditation. And a divine maiden of Great King Vessavaṇa named Bhūjati was attending on the Buddha, standing there paying homage to him with joined palms.  
‘abhivādehi me tvaṁ, bhagini, bhagavantaṁ:  
‘Sister, please bow to the Buddha for me, saying:  
“sakko, bhante, devānamindo sāmacco saparijano bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī”’ti.  
“Sir, Sakka, lord of gods, with his ministers and retinue, bows with his head at your feet.”’  
‘akālo kho, mārisa, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya;  
‘It’s the wrong time to see the Buddha,  
‘Tena hi, bhagini, yadā bhagavā tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhito hoti, atha mama vacanena bhagavantaṁ abhivādehi:  
‘Well then, sister, please convey my message when the Buddha emerges from that immersion.’  
“sakko, bhante, devānamindo sāmacco saparijano bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī”’ti.  
 
Kacci me sā, bhante, bhaginī bhagavantaṁ abhivādesi?  
I hope that sister bowed to you?  
Aññepi, bhante, tayo bhikkhū bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caritvā hīnaṁ gandhabbakāyaṁ upapannā.  
Meanwhile three others, mendicants who had led the spiritual life under the Buddha, were reborn in the inferior centaur realm.  
‘kutomukhā nāma tumhe, mārisā, tassa bhagavato dhammaṁ assuttha— 
‘Where on earth were you at, good sirs, when you heard the Buddha’s teaching!  
Tumhe pana, mārisā, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caritvā hīnaṁ gandhabbakāyaṁ upapannā.  
But you, having led the spiritual life under the Buddha, were reborn in the inferior centaur realm.  
Katāvakāsā bhagavatā,  
If the Buddha would give me a chance,  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then the Buddha thought,  
Katāvakāso sakko devānamindo bhagavatā imaṁ bhagavantaṁ paṭhamaṁ pañhaṁ apucchi:  
Having been granted an opportunity by the Buddha, Sakka asked the first question.  
devānamindo bhagavatā imaṁ bhagavantaṁ → devānamindo bhagavantaṁ imaṁ (pts1ed)  
Itthaṁ sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṁ pañhaṁ apucchi.  
Such was Sakka’s question to the Buddha.  
bhagavantaṁ pañhaṁ → imaṁ paṭhamaṁ pañhaṁ (pts1ed)  
Attamano sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi anumodi:  
Delighted, Sakka approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, saying,  
Tiṇṇā mettha kaṅkhā vigatā kathaṅkathā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṁ sutvā”ti.  
Hearing the Buddha’s answer, I’ve gone beyond doubt and got rid of indecision.”  
Itiha sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchi:  
And then, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, Sakka asked another question:  
Attamano sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi anumodi:  
Delighted, Sakka approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, saying,  
Tiṇṇā mettha kaṅkhā vigatā kathaṅkathā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṁ sutvā”ti.  
Hearing the Buddha’s answer, I’ve gone beyond doubt and got rid of indecision.”  
Itiha sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchi:  
And then Sakka asked another question:  
Attamano sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi anumodi:  
Delighted, Sakka approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, saying,  
Tiṇṇā mettha kaṅkhā vigatā kathaṅkathā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṁ sutvā”ti.  
Hearing the Buddha’s answer, I’ve gone beyond doubt and got rid of indecision.”  
Itiha sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchi:  
And then Sakka asked another question:  
Evaṁ vutte, sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the Buddha said this, Sakka said to him:  
“Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement:  
Imassa kho me, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānato  
Sir, that’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.  
tiṇṇā mettha kaṅkhā vigatā kathaṅkathā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṁ sutvā”ti.  
Hearing the Buddha’s answer, I’ve gone beyond doubt and got rid of indecision.”  
Itiha sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ uttari pañhaṁ apucchi:  
And then Sakka asked another question:  
Attamano sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi anumodi:  
Delighted, Sakka approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, saying,  
Tiṇṇā mettha kaṅkhā vigatā kathaṅkathā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṁ sutvā”ti.  
Hearing the Buddha’s answer, I’ve gone beyond doubt and got rid of indecision.”  
Itiha sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And then Sakka, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, said to him,  
Yesāhaṁ, bhante, pañhānaṁ ito bahiddhā aññesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu okāsakammampi nālatthaṁ, te me bhagavatā byākatā.  
Elsewhere, among other ascetics and brahmins, I wasn’t even given a chance to ask these questions that the Buddha has answered.  
Dīgharattānusayitañca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ, tañca bhagavatā abbuḷhan”ti.  
The dart of doubt and uncertainty has lain within me for a long time, but the Buddha has plucked it out.”  
“Na kho me, bhante, garu yatthassa bhagavā nisinno bhagavantarūpo vā”ti.  
“It’s no trouble when someone such as the Blessed One is sitting here.”  
Ahaṁ kho pana, bhante, bhagavato sāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo”ti.  
But sir, I am the Buddha’s disciple, a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.”  
Yo kho pana me ayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā vedapaṭilābho somanassapaṭilābho, so adaṇḍāvacaro asatthāvacaro ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattatī”ti.  
But the joy and happiness I feel listening to the Buddha’s teaching is not in the sphere of the rod and the sword. It does lead to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment.”  
“bahūpakāro kho mesi tvaṁ, tāta pañcasikha, yaṁ tvaṁ bhagavantaṁ paṭhamaṁ pasādesi.  
“Dear Pañcasikha, you were very helpful to me, since you first charmed the Buddha,  
Tayā, tāta, paṭhamaṁ pasāditaṁ pacchā mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamimhā arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ.  
after which I went to see him.  
“Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
“Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassā”ti.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!”  
iti ye sakkena devānamindena ajjhiṭṭhapañhā puṭṭhā, te bhagavatā byākatā.  
Such were the questions Sakka was invited to ask, and which were answered by the Buddha.  

dn22bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhaddante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

dn24bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato bhagavatā34Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:   Then it occurred to him,  
Atha kho bhaggavagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then the wanderer of the Bhaggava clan said to the Buddha,  
Svāgataṁ, bhante, bhagavato.  
Welcome to the Blessed One, sir!  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho bhaggavagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and said to the Buddha,  
Na dānāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ uddissa viharāmī’ti.  
Now I no longer live dedicated to him.’  
‘paccakkhāmi dānāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ.  
‘Now I reject the Buddha!  
Na dānāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ uddissa viharissāmī’ti.  
Now I shall no longer live dedicated to you.’  
ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ uddissa viharissāmī’ti?  
“Sir, I shall live dedicated to the Buddha”?’  
ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ uddissa viharissāmīti.  
live dedicated to me.  
ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ uddissa viharissāmi, bhagavā me uttari manussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṁ karissatī’ti?  
“Sir, I shall live dedicated to the Buddha, and the Buddha will perform a superhuman demonstration of psychic power for me”?’  
ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ uddissa viharissāmi, bhagavā me uttari manussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṁ karissatīti.  
 
‘Kate vā, bhante, uttari manussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriye akate vā uttari manussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriye yassatthāya bhagavatā dhammo desito so niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā’ti.  
‘It does, sir.’  
ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ uddissa viharissāmi, bhagavā me aggaññaṁ paññapessatī’ti?  
“Sir, I shall live dedicated to the Buddha, and the Buddha will describe the origin of the world to me”?’  
ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ uddissa viharissāmi, bhagavā me aggaññaṁ paññapessatīti.  
 
‘Paññatte vā, bhante, aggaññe, apaññatte vā aggaññe, yassatthāya bhagavatā dhammo desito, so niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā’ti.  
‘It does, sir.’  
svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhīti.  
“The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.”  
suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
“The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”  
‘Bhagavatā cassa, bhante, esā vācā ekaṁsena odhāritā— 
‘Sir, the Buddha has definitively asserted that  
Acelo ca, bhante, pāthikaputto virūparūpena bhagavato sammukhībhāvaṁ āgaccheyya, tadassa bhagavato musā’ti.  
But Pāṭikaputta might come into the Buddha’s presence in disguise, proving the Buddha wrong.’  
‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, bhagavatā acelo pāthikaputto cetasā ceto paricca vidito— 
‘But sir, did you make that statement after comprehending Pāṭikaputta’s mind with your mind?  
Udāhu, devatā bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ— 
Or did deities tell you about it?’  
abhabbo, bhante, acelo pāthikaputto taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā bhagavato sammukhībhāvaṁ āgantuṁ.  
 
abhabbo, bhante, acelo pāthikaputto taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā bhagavato sammukhībhāvaṁ āgantuṁ.  
 
abhabbo ca, bhante, acelo pāthikaputto taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā bhagavato sammukhībhāvaṁ āgantuṁ.  
Pāṭikaputta is not capable of coming into the Buddha’s presence, otherwise  
abhabbo, bhante, acelo pāthikaputto taṁ vācaṁ appahāya taṁ cittaṁ appahāya taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissajjitvā bhagavato sammukhībhāvaṁ āgantuṁ.  
 
“Te ca, bhante, viparītā, ye bhagavantaṁ viparītato dahanti bhikkhavo ca.  
“They are the ones with a distorted perspective, sir, who regard the Buddha and the mendicants in this way.  
Evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati. Pahoti me bhagavā tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ, yathā ahaṁ subhaṁ vimokkhaṁ upasampajja vihareyyan”ti.  
Sir, I am quite confident that the Buddha is capable of teaching me so that I can enter and remain in the liberation on the beautiful.”  
Yo ca me ayaṁ, bhante, bhagavati pasādo, tamevāhaṁ sādhukamanurakkhissāmī”ti.  
I shall carefully preserve the confidence that I have in the Buddha.”  
Attamano bhaggavagotto paribbājako bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, the wanderer of the Bhaggava clan was happy with what the Buddha said. 

dn25bhagavantaṁ bhagavanto bhagavato bhagavatā22Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sandhāno gahapati divā divassa rājagahā nikkhami bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.   Then the householder Sandhāna left Rājagaha in the middle of the day to see the Buddha.  
“akālo kho bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.  
“It’s the wrong time to see the Buddha,  
Addasā kho nigrodho paribbājako bhagavantaṁ sumāgadhāya tīre moranivāpe abbhokāse caṅkamantaṁ.  
Nigrodha saw him,  
‘ko nāma so, bhante, bhagavato dhammo, yena bhagavā sāvake vineti, yena bhagavatā sāvakā vinītā assāsappattā paṭijānanti ajjhāsayaṁ ādibrahmacariyan’”ti?  
‘Sir, what teaching do you use to guide your disciples, through which they claim solace in the fundamental purpose of the spiritual life?’”  
Atha kho nigrodho paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
who said to him,  
“etu kho, bhante, bhagavā, svāgataṁ, bhante, bhagavato.  
“Let the Blessed One come, sir! Welcome to the Blessed One, sir!  
Evaṁ vutte, nigrodho paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Nigrodha said,  
“idha mayaṁ, bhante, addasāma bhagavantaṁ sumāgadhāya tīre moranivāpe abbhokāse caṅkamantaṁ, disvāna evaṁ avocumhā:  
“Well, sir, I saw you walking mindfully and said:  
“ko nāma so, bhante, bhagavato dhammo, yena bhagavā sāvake vineti, yena bhagavatā sāvakā vinītā assāsappattā paṭijānanti ajjhāsayaṁ ādibrahmacariyan”’ti?  
“Sir, what teaching do you use to guide your disciples, through which they claim solace in the fundamental purpose of the spiritual life?”’  
Atha kho nigrodho paribbājako te paribbājake appasadde katvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Nigrodha, having quieted those wanderers, said to the Buddha,  
‘ko nāma so, bhante, bhagavato dhammo, yena bhagavā sāvake vineti, yena bhagavatā sāvakā vinītā assāsappattā paṭijānanti ajjhāsayaṁ ādibrahmacariyan’ti.  
‘Sir, what teaching do you use to guide your disciples, through which they claim solace in the fundamental purpose of the spiritual life?’  
“aññadatthu kho dānime aññatitthiyā paribbājakā bhagavato bhāsitaṁ sussūsanti, sotaṁ odahanti, aññācittaṁ upaṭṭhāpentī”ti.  
“Obviously, now these wanderers want to listen to what the Buddha says. They’re actively listening and trying to understand!”  
‘ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, evaṁ su te bhagavanto saṅgamma samāgamma unnādino uccāsaddamahāsaddā anekavihitaṁ tiracchānakathaṁ anuyuttā viharanti.  
when the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas of the past came together, they made an uproar, a dreadful racket as they sat and talked about all kinds of low topics,  
Udāhu, evaṁ su te bhagavanto araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, seyyathāpāhaṁ etarahī’”ti.  
Or did they say that the Buddhas frequented remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat, like I do these days?”  
‘ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, na evaṁ su te bhagavanto saṅgamma samāgamma unnādino uccāsaddamahāsaddā anekavihitaṁ tiracchānakathaṁ anuyuttā viharanti.  
when the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas of the past came together, they didn’t make an uproar,  
Evaṁ su te bhagavanto araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, seyyathāpi bhagavā etarahī’”ti.  
They said that the Buddhas of the past frequented remote lodgings in the wilderness, like the Buddha does these days.”  
Evaṁ vutte, nigrodho paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Nigrodha said,  
“accayo maṁ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yvāhaṁ evaṁ bhagavantaṁ avacāsiṁ.  
“I have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of me to speak in that way.  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then the Buddha thought,  

dn26bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhaddante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Taṁ yūpaṁ ussāpetvā ajjhāvasitvā taṁ datvā vissajjitvā samaṇabrāhmaṇakapaṇaddhikavaṇibbakayācakānaṁ dānaṁ datvā metteyyassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissati.  
Having reigned, he will abdicate, offering charity to ascetics and brahmins, paupers, vagrants, nomads, and beggars. Then, having shaved off his hair and beard and dressed in ocher robes, he will go forth from the lay life to homelessness in the Buddha Metteyya’s presence.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

dn27bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatomhi6Pi En Ru dhamma

Addasā kho vāseṭṭho bhagavantaṁ sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitaṁ pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamantaṁ.   Vāseṭṭha saw him  
appeva nāma labheyyāma bhagavato santikā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti.  
Hopefully we’ll get to hear a Dhamma talk from him.”  
Atha kho vāseṭṭhabhāradvājā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā bhagavantaṁ caṅkamantaṁ anucaṅkamiṁsu.  
So they went to the Buddha, bowed, and walked beside him.  
‘bhagavatomhi putto oraso mukhato jāto dhammajo dhammanimmito dhammadāyādo’ti.  
‘I am the Buddha’s rightful child, born from his mouth, born of principle, created by principle, heir to principle.’  
Attamanā vāseṭṭhabhāradvājā bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, Vāseṭṭha and Bhāradvāja approved what the Buddha said. 

dn28bhagavantaṁ bhagavanto bhagavati bhagavato bhagavatā40Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati, na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan”ti.  
“Sir, I have such confidence in the Buddha that I believe there’s no other ascetic or brahmin—whether past, future, or present—whose direct knowledge is superior to the Buddha when it comes to awakening.”  
‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati;  
‘I have such confidence in the Buddha that  
na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan’ti.  
I believe there’s no other ascetic or brahmin—whether past, future, or present—whose direct knowledge is superior to the Buddha when it comes to awakening.’  
Kiṁ te, sāriputta, ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā:  
What about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past? Have you comprehended their minds to know that  
‘evaṁsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁdhammā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁpaññā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁvihārī te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī’”ti?  
those Buddhas had such ethics, or such qualities, or such wisdom, or such meditation, or such freedom?”  
“Kiṁ pana te, sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā:  
“And what about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who will live in the future? Have you comprehended their minds to know that  
‘evaṁsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipi, evaṁdhammā … evaṁpaññā … evaṁvihārī … evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipī’”ti?  
those Buddhas will have such ethics, or such qualities, or such wisdom, or such meditation, or such freedom?”  
‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati, na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan’”ti?  
 
Ye te, bhante, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā, satta sambojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhiṁsu.  
‘All the perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas—whether past, future, or present—give up the five hindrances, corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom. Their mind is firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. They correctly develop the seven awakening factors. And they wake up to the supreme perfect awakening.’  
Yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā, satta sambojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhissanti.  
 
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
Taṁ bhagavā asesamabhijānāti, taṁ bhagavato asesamabhijānato uttari abhiññeyyaṁ natthi, yadabhijānaṁ añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro assa, yadidaṁ kusalesu dhammesu.  
The Buddha understands this without exception. There is nothing to be understood beyond this whereby another ascetic or brahmin might be superior in direct knowledge to the Buddha when it comes to skillful qualities.  
Taṁ bhagavā asesamabhijānāti, taṁ bhagavato asesamabhijānato uttari abhiññeyyaṁ natthi, yadabhijānaṁ añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro assa yadidaṁ āyatanapaṇṇattīsu.  
The Buddha understands this without exception. There is nothing to be understood beyond this whereby another ascetic or brahmin might be superior in direct knowledge to the Buddha when it comes to describing the sense fields.  
Taṁ bhagavā asesamabhijānāti, taṁ bhagavato asesamabhijānato uttari abhiññeyyaṁ natthi, yadabhijānaṁ añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro assa yadidaṁ iddhividhāsu.  
The Buddha understands this without exception. There is nothing to be understood beyond this whereby another ascetic or brahmin might be superior in direct knowledge to the Buddha when it comes to psychic powers.  
Yaṁ taṁ, bhante, saddhena kulaputtena pattabbaṁ āraddhavīriyena thāmavatā purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena purisadhorayhena, anuppattaṁ taṁ bhagavatā.  
The Buddha has achieved what should be achieved by a faithful gentleman by being energetic and strong, by human strength, energy, vigor, and exertion.  
‘kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññatarā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṁ.  
‘Reverend Sāriputta, is there any other ascetic or brahmin—whether past, future, or present—whose direct knowledge is superior to the Buddha when it comes to awakening?’ I would tell them ‘No.’  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññatarā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṁ.  
 
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, atthetarahi añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṁ.  
 
‘kiṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā samasamā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘evan’ti vadeyyaṁ.  
‘Reverend Sāriputta, is there any other ascetic or brahmin—whether past or future—whose direct knowledge is equal to the Buddha when it comes to awakening?’ I would tell them ‘Yes.’  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā samasamā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘evan’ti vadeyyaṁ.  
 
‘Kiṁ panāvuso sāriputta, atthetarahi aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā samasamā sambodhiyan’ti, evaṁ puṭṭho ahaṁ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṁ.  
But if they were to ask: ‘Reverend Sāriputta, is there any other ascetic or brahmin at present whose direct knowledge is equal to the Buddha when it comes to awakening?’ I would tell them ‘No.’  
‘sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
‘Reverends, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
And I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
And I have also heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Kaccāhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ puṭṭho evaṁ byākaramāno vuttavādī ceva bhagavato homi, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhāmi, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaromi, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchatī”ti?  
Answering this way, I trust that I repeated what the Buddha has said, and didn’t misrepresent him with an untruth. I trust my explanation was in line with the teaching, and that there are no legitimate grounds for rebuke or criticism.”  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Venerable Udāyī said to the Buddha,  
Iti hidaṁ āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato sammukhā sampasādaṁ pavedesi.  
That’s how Venerable Sāriputta declared his confidence in the Buddha’s presence.  

dn29bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā21Pi En Ru dhamma

“atthi kho idaṁ, āvuso cunda, kathāpābhataṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.   “Reverend Cunda, we should see the Buddha about this matter.  
Āyāmāvuso cunda, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocessāmā”ti.  
Come, let’s go to the Buddha and tell him about this.”  
bhagavato ārocessāmā”ti → āroceyyāmāti (sya-all)  
Atha kho āyasmā ca ānando cundo ca samaṇuddeso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Ānanda and Cunda went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
‘atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sāvakānaṁ dhammā desitā paññattā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyā.  
‘Reverends, these things have been taught and pointed out for his disciples by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, not to be transgressed so long as life lasts.  
evameva kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sāvakānaṁ dhammā desitā paññattā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyā.  
In the same way, these things have been taught and pointed out for his disciples by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, not to be transgressed so long as life lasts.  
‘abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā:  
‘Reverend, this has not been declared by the Buddha.’  
‘etampi kho, āvuso, bhagavatā abyākataṁ:  
‘This too has not been declared by the Buddha.’  
‘abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā:  
‘This too has not been declared by the Buddha.’  
‘etampi kho, āvuso, bhagavatā abyākataṁ:  
‘This too has not been declared by the Buddha.’  
‘na hetaṁ, āvuso, atthasaṁhitaṁ na dhammasaṁhitaṁ na ādibrahmacariyakaṁ na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattati, tasmā taṁ bhagavatā abyākatan’ti.  
‘Because it’s not beneficial or relevant to the fundamentals of the spiritual life. It doesn’t lead to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. That’s why it hasn’t been declared by the Buddha.’  
‘idaṁ dukkhanti kho, āvuso, bhagavatā byākataṁ, ayaṁ dukkhasamudayoti kho, āvuso, bhagavatā byākataṁ, ayaṁ dukkhanirodhoti kho, āvuso, bhagavatā byākataṁ, ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti kho, āvuso, bhagavatā byākatan’ti.  
‘What has been declared by the Buddha is this: “This is suffering”—“This is the origin of suffering”—“This is the cessation of suffering”—“This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering.”’  
‘etañhi, āvuso, atthasaṁhitaṁ, etaṁ dhammasaṁhitaṁ, etaṁ ādibrahmacariyakaṁ ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati. Tasmā taṁ bhagavatā byākatan’ti.  
‘Because it’s beneficial and relevant to the fundamentals of the spiritual life. It leads to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. That’s why it has been declared by the Buddha.’  
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ bījayamāno.  
Now at that time Venerable Upavāna was standing behind the Buddha fanning him.  
Atha kho āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He said to the Buddha,  
Attamano āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Upavāna was happy with what the Buddha said. 

dn30bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhaddante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

dn31bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho siṅgālako gahapatiputto bhagavato paccassosi.   “Yes, sir,” replied Sigālaka.  
Evaṁ vutte, siṅgālako gahapatiputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When this was said, Sigālaka the householder’s son said to the Buddha,  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  

dn32bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā23Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho cattāro mahārājā mahatiyā ca yakkhasenāya mahatiyā ca gandhabbasenāya mahatiyā ca kumbhaṇḍasenāya mahatiyā ca nāgasenāya catuddisaṁ rakkhaṁ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṁ gumbaṁ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṁ ovaraṇaṁ ṭhapetvā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ pabbataṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.   Then, late at night, the Four Great Kings—with large armies of spirits, centaurs, goblins, and dragons—set guards, troops, and wards at the four quarters and then, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak with their beauty, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.  
Tepi kho yakkhā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
Before sitting down to one side, some spirits bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vessavaṇo mahārājā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Seated to one side, the Great King Vessavaṇa said to the Buddha,  
“santi hi, bhante, uḷārā yakkhā bhagavato appasannā.  
“Sir, some high spirits have confidence in the Buddha,  
Santi hi, bhante, uḷārā yakkhā bhagavato pasannā.  
some do not.  
Santi hi, bhante, majjhimā yakkhā bhagavato appasannā.  
Some middling spirits have confidence in the Buddha,  
Santi hi, bhante, majjhimā yakkhā bhagavato pasannā.  
some do not.  
Santi hi, bhante, nīcā yakkhā bhagavato appasannā.  
Some low spirits have confidence in the Buddha,  
Santi hi, bhante, nīcā yakkhā bhagavato pasannā.  
some do not.  
Yebhuyyena kho pana, bhante, yakkhā appasannāyeva bhagavato.  
But mostly the spirits don’t have confidence in the Buddha.  
Santi hi, bhante, bhagavato sāvakā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni.  
Sir, there are disciples of the Buddha who frequent remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat.  
Tattha santi uḷārā yakkhā nivāsino, ye imasmiṁ bhagavato pāvacane appasannā.  
There dwell high spirits who have no confidence in the Buddha’s dispensation.  
Atha kho vessavaṇo mahārājā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ āṭānāṭiyaṁ rakkhaṁ abhāsi:  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, on that occasion Great King Vessavaṇa recited the Āṭānāṭiya protection.  
Atha kho cattāro mahārājā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyiṁsu.  
Then the Four Great Kings got up from their seats, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right side, before vanishing right there.  
Tepi kho yakkhā uṭṭhāyāsanā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyiṁsu. Appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā tatthevantaradhāyiṁsu. Appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā tatthevantaradhāyiṁsu. Appekacce nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā tatthevantaradhāyiṁsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā tatthevantaradhāyiṁsūti.  
And before the other spirits present vanished, some bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right side, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent.  
‘santi hi, bhante, uḷārā yakkhā bhagavato appasannā …pe… santi hi, bhante, nīcā yakkhā bhagavato pasannā.  
 
Yebhuyyena kho pana, bhante, yakkhā appasannāyeva bhagavato.  
 
Santi hi, bhante, bhagavato sāvakā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni.  
 
Tattha santi uḷārā yakkhā nivāsino, ye imasmiṁ bhagavato pāvacane appasannā, tesaṁ pasādāya uggaṇhātu, bhante, bhagavā āṭānāṭiyaṁ rakkhaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ guttiyā rakkhāya avihiṁsāya phāsuvihārāyā’ti.  
 
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

dn33bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā58Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Tañca kho, bhante, bhagavā paṭhamaṁ paribhuñjatu, bhagavatā paṭhamaṁ paribhuttaṁ pacchā pāveyyakā mallā paribhuñjissanti.  
May the Buddha be the first to use it, and only then will the Mallas of Pāvā use it.  
Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ sandhāgāraṁ santharitvā bhagavato āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhapetvā telapadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu;  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, the Mallas got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the new town hall, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed a lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha,  
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.  
bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho te pāveyyakā mallā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
and told him of their preparations, saying,  
“sabbasantharisanthataṁ, bhante, sandhāgāraṁ, bhagavato āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telapadīpo āropito.  
 
Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā sandhāgāraṁ pavisitvā pacchimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantaṁyeva purakkhatvā.  
The Saṅgha of mendicants also washed their feet, entered the town hall, and sat against the west wall facing east, with the Buddha right in front of them.  
Pāveyyakāpi kho mallā pāde pakkhāletvā sandhāgāraṁ pavisitvā puratthimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṁsu bhagavantaṁyeva purakkhatvā.  
The Mallas of Pāvā also washed their feet, entered the town hall, and sat against the east wall facing west, with the Buddha right in front of them.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.  
“Yes, sir,” replied the Mallas. They got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right, before leaving.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Sāriputta replied.  
Ayaṁ kho panāvuso, amhākaṁ bhagavatā dhammo svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṁvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito.  
But this teaching is well explained and well propounded to us by the Blessed One, emancipating, leading to peace, proclaimed by someone who is a fully awakened Buddha.  
amhākaṁ → asmākaṁ (pts1ed) | bhagavatā → bhagavato (si)  
Katamo cāvuso, amhākaṁ bhagavatā dhammo svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṁvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito;  
And what is that teaching?  
bhagavatā → bhagavato (si)  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena eko dhammo sammadakkhāto.  
There are teachings grouped by one that have been rightly explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena eko dhammo sammadakkhāto.  
These are the teachings grouped by one that have been rightly explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dve dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
There are teachings grouped by two that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dve dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
These are the teachings grouped by two that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tayo dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
There are teachings grouped by three that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tayo dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
These are the teachings grouped by three that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
There are teachings grouped by four that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
These are the teachings grouped by four that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena pañca dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
There are teachings grouped by five that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena pañca dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
These are the teachings grouped by five that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cha dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
There are teachings grouped by six that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo, ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! Don’t say that. Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say that.  
so ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! …  
so ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! …  
So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! …  
So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! …  
So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! Don’t say that. Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say that.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cha dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
These are the teachings grouped by six that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena satta dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
There are teachings grouped by seven that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena satta dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
These are the teachings grouped by seven that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena aṭṭha dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
There are teachings grouped by eight that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena aṭṭha dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
These are the teachings grouped by eight that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena nava dhammā sammadakkhātā;  
There are teachings grouped by nine that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena nava dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
These are the teachings grouped by nine that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dasa dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
There are teachings grouped by ten that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dasa dhammā sammadakkhātā.  
Reverends, these are the teachings grouped by ten that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  

dn34bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.   They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! Don’t say that. Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say that.  
So: ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo, ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi …pe…  
They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! …  
So: ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! Don’t say that. Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say that.  

mn1bhagavato subhagavane4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā ukkaṭṭhāyaṁ viharati subhagavane sālarājamūle.   At one time the Buddha was staying near Ukkaṭṭhā, in the Subhaga Forest at the root of a magnificent sal tree.  
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Na te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
But the mendicants took no pleasure in what the Buddha said. 

mn2bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn3bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
atthi cāyaṁ bhagavato piṇḍapāto atirekadhammo chaḍḍanīyadhammo.  
And he has some extra almsfood that’s going to be thrown away.  
Vuttaṁ kho panetaṁ bhagavatā:  
But the Buddha has also said:  
atthi cāyaṁ bhagavato piṇḍapāto atirekadhammo chaḍḍanīyadhammo.  
And he has some extra almsfood that’s going to be thrown away.  
Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto acirapakkantassa bhagavato bhikkhū āmantesi:  
Then soon after the Buddha left, Venerable Sāriputta said to the mendicants,  

mn4bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  

mn6bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn7bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā11Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti;  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni, aṭṭha purisapuggalā. Esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo, anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
Tena kho pana samayena sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti.  
Now at that time the brahmin Sundarikabhāradvāja was sitting not far from the Buddha.  
Atha kho sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the brahmin Sundarikabhāradvāja said to the Buddha,  
Alattha kho sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And the brahmin Sundarikabhāradvāja received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  

mn8bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā mahācundo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahācundo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahācunda came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  
Attamano āyasmā mahācundo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Mahācunda was happy with what the Buddha said.  

mn10bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

mn11bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
‘atthi kho no, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammā akkhātā ye mayaṁ attani sampassamānā evaṁ vadema— 
‘There are four things explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. Seeing these things in ourselves we say that:  
Ime kho no, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammā akkhātā ye mayaṁ attani sampassamānā evaṁ vadema— 
These are the four things.’  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn12bhagavantaṁ bhagavato6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto vesāliyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then he wandered for alms in Vesālī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nāgasamālo bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ bījayamāno.  
Now at that time Venerable Nāgasamāla was standing behind the Buddha fanning him.  
Atha kho āyasmā nāgasamālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then he said to the Buddha:  
Attamano āyasmā nāgasamālo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Nāgasamāla was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn13bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

“bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmā”ti.   “We will learn the meaning of this statement from the Buddha himself.”  
Atha kho te bhikkhū sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said:  
‘bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmā’”ti.  
 
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn14bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“dīgharattāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā evaṁ dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi:  
“For a long time, sir, I have understood your teaching like this:  
Evañcāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi:  
 
Attamano mahānāmo sakko bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Mahānāma the Sakyan was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn16bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn17bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn18bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā24Pi En Ru dhamma

Mahāvanaṁ ajjhogāhetvā yena beluvalaṭṭhikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   plunged deep into the Great Wood. He approached the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā daṇḍamolubbha ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho daṇḍapāṇi sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he stood to one side leaning on his staff, and said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, one of the mendicants said to him,  
Kathañca pana, bhante, bhagavantaṁ kāmehi visaṁyuttaṁ viharantaṁ taṁ brāhmaṇaṁ akathaṅkathiṁ chinnakukkuccaṁ bhavābhave vītataṇhaṁ saññā nānusentī”ti?  
And how is it that perceptions do not underlie the Buddha, the brahmin who lives detached from sensual pleasures, without indecision, stripped of worry, and rid of craving for rebirth in this or that state?”  
Atha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
Soon after the Buddha left, those mendicants considered,  
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā”ti?  
Who can explain in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha?”  
Pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
He is capable of explaining in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha.  
Tesaṁ no, āvuso kaccāna, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyāti?  
 
‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā mahākaccāno satthu ceva saṁvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṁ sabrahmacārīnaṁ, pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
 
evaṁsampadamidaṁ āyasmantānaṁ satthari sammukhībhūte, taṁ bhagavantaṁ atisitvā, amhe etamatthaṁ paṭipucchitabbaṁ maññatha.  
Such is the consequence for the venerables. Though you were face to face with the Buddha, you overlooked him, imagining that you should ask me about this matter.  
So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi, yaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha.  
That was the time to approach the Buddha and ask about this matter.  
So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi, yaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma.  
That was the time to approach the Buddha and ask about this matter.  
pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
You are capable of explaining in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha.  
etthete pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhantī’ti, imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi— 
just this is the end of the underlying tendencies to desire, repulsion, views, doubt, conceit, the desire to be reborn, and ignorance. This is the end of taking up the rod and the sword, the end of quarrels, arguments, and disputes, of accusations, divisive speech, and lies. This is where these bad, unskillful qualities cease without anything left over.’ This is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.  
etthete pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhantī’ti, imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
 
Ākaṅkhamānā ca pana tumhe āyasmanto bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha.  
If you wish, you may go to the Buddha and ask him about this.  
Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahākaccānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then those mendicants, approving and agreeing with what Mahākaccāna said, rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding:  
Tesaṁ no, bhante, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā’ti?  
 
‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā mahākaccāno satthu ceva saṁvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṁ sabrahmacārīnaṁ, pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ, yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti.  
 
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn19bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn20bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

mn21bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was going on.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā moḷiyaphagguno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ moḷiyaphaggunaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Phagguna of the Top-Knot and said to him,  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ moḷiyaphaggunaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” Phagguna replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn22bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā56Pi En Ru dhamma

“tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā”ti.   “As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, the acts that he says are obstructions are not really obstructions for the one who performs them.”  
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’”ti.  
 
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’”ti.  
‘As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, the acts that he says are obstructions are not really obstructions for the one who performs them’?”  
“Evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā”ti.  
“Absolutely, reverends. As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, the acts that he says are obstructions are not really obstructions for the one who performs them.”  
“mā hevaṁ, āvuso ariṭṭha, avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi; na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
“Don’t say that, Ariṭṭha! Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say that.  
Anekapariyāyenāvuso ariṭṭha, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya.  
In many ways the Buddha has said that obstructive acts are obstructive, and that they really do obstruct the one who performs them.  
Appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
The Buddha says that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks.  
Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā …  
With the similes of a skeleton …  
maṁsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā …  
a scrap of meat …  
tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā …  
a grass torch …  
aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā …  
a pit of glowing coals …  
supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā …  
a dream …  
yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā …  
borrowed goods …  
rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā …  
fruit on a tree …  
asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā …  
a butcher’s knife and chopping block …  
sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā …  
a staking sword …  
sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo”ti.  
a snake’s head, the Buddha says that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks.”  
“evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā”ti.  
 
Yato kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṁsu ariṭṭhaṁ bhikkhuṁ gaddhabādhipubbaṁ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṁ, atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
When they weren’t able to dissuade Ariṭṭha from his view, the mendicants went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’ti.  
 
tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’ti.  
 
tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’ti?  
 
‘evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’ti.  
 
‘mā hevaṁ, āvuso ariṭṭha, avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi; na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
 
Anekapariyāyenāvuso ariṭṭha, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya.  
 
Appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
 
Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā …pe…  
 
sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti.  
 
‘evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’ti.  
 
Yato kho mayaṁ, bhante, nāsakkhimha ariṭṭhaṁ bhikkhuṁ gaddhabādhipubbaṁ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṁ, atha mayaṁ etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocemā”ti.  
 
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā, yena ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ariṭṭhaṁ bhikkhuṁ gaddhabādhipubbaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Ariṭṭha and said to him,  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ariṭṭhaṁ bhikkhuṁ gaddhabādhipubbaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” Ariṭṭha replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’”ti?  
‘As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, the acts that he says are obstructions are not really obstructions for the one who performs them’?”  
“Evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi: ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’”ti.  
“Absolutely, sir. As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, the acts that he says are obstructions are not really obstructions for the one who performs them.”  
Anekapariyāyena hi no, bhante, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā;  
For in many ways the Buddha has told us that obstructive acts are obstructive, and that they really do obstruct the one who performs them.  
Appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
The Buddha has said that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks.  
Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā …pe…  
With the similes of a skeleton …  
sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo”ti.  
a snake’s head, the Buddha has said that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, one of the mendicants asked the Buddha,  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn23bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Ime kho tvaṁ, bhikkhu, pañhe bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyāsi, yathā ca te bhagavā byākaroti tathā naṁ dhāreyyāsi.   Mendicant, go to the Buddha and ask him about this riddle. You should remember it in line with his answer.  
Atha kho āyasmā kumārakassapo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kumārakassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then, when the night had passed, Kassapa the Prince went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then he asked:  
Attamano āyasmā kumārakassapo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Kassapa the Prince was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn24bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato bhagavatā23Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā jātibhūmakā bhikkhū jātibhūmiyaṁ vassaṁvuṭṭhā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:   Then several mendicants who had completed the rainy season residence in their native land went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:  
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti.  
Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was sitting not far from the Buddha.  
Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena sāvatthi jetavanaṁ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Eventually he came to Sāvatthī and Jeta’s Grove. He went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.  
Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena andhavanaṁ tenupasaṅkami divāvihārāya.  
Then, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, Puṇṇa got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he went to the Dark Forest for the day’s meditation.  
“yassa kho tvaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, puṇṇassa nāma bhikkhuno mantāṇiputtassa abhiṇhaṁ kittayamāno ahosi, so bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena andhavanaṁ tena pakkanto divāvihārāyā”ti.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, the mendicant named Puṇṇa, of whom you have often spoken so highly, after being inspired by a talk of the Buddha’s, left for the Dark Forest for the day’s meditation.”  
“Bhagavati no, āvuso, brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Reverend, is our spiritual life lived under the Buddha?”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for the sake of purification of ethics?”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso, cittavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Well, is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for the sake of purification of mind?”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, diṭṭhivisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for the sake of purification of view?”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso, kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Well, is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for the sake of purification through overcoming doubt?”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for the sake of purification of knowledge and vision of what is the path and what is not the path?”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso, paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Well, is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for the sake of purification of knowledge and vision of the practice?”  
“Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, ñāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for the sake of purification of knowledge and vision?”  
“‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
“When asked each of these questions, you answered, ‘Certainly not.’  
‘Kiṁ panāvuso, cittavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ, āvuso’ti vadesi.  
 
kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, ñāṇadassanavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṁ āvuso’ti vadesi.  
 
Kimatthaṁ carahāvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti?  
Then what exactly is the purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha?”  
“Anupādāparinibbānatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti.  
“The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is extinguishment by not grasping.”  
Anupādāparinibbānatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti.  
The spiritual life is lived under the Buddha for the sake of extinguishment by not grasping.”  

mn25bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn26bhagavantameva bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā10Pi En Ru dhamma

“cirassutā no, āvuso ānanda, bhagavato sammukhā dhammī kathā.   “Reverend, it’s been a long time since we’ve heard a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.  
Sādhu mayaṁ, āvuso ānanda, labheyyāma bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti.  
It would be good if we got to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.”  
appeva nāma labheyyātha bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti.  
Hopefully you’ll get to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
Vivariṁsu kho te bhikkhū bhagavato dvāraṁ.  
The mendicants opened the door for the Buddha,  
“Bhagavantameva kho no, bhante, ārabbha dhammī kathā vippakatā, atha bhagavā anuppatto”ti.  
“Sir, our unfinished discussion on the teaching was about the Buddha himself when the Buddha arrived.”  
Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmā sahampati ‘katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā’ti maṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.  
Then Brahmā Sahampati, knowing that his request for me to teach the Dhamma had been granted, bowed and respectfully circled me, keeping me on his right, before vanishing right there.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn27bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā29Pi En Ru dhamma

‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.   ‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’”ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’”  
“Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa;  
“Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa;  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassāti.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yāvatako ahosi pilotikena paribbājakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
and informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the wanderer Pilotika.  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes sir,” Jānussoṇi replied.  
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
 
suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
 
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
 
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
 
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
 
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
Evaṁ vutte, jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the brahmin Jānussoṇi said to the Buddha,  

mn28bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Vuttaṁ kho panetaṁ bhagavatā kakacūpamovāde:   But the Buddha has said in the Advice on the Simile of the Saw:  
Vuttaṁ kho panetaṁ bhagavatā kakacūpamovāde “ubhatodaṇḍakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni okanteyyuṁ. Tatrāpi yo mano padūseyya, na me so tena sāsanakaro”ti.  
But the Buddha has said in the Advice on the Simile of the Saw: “Even if low-down bandits were to sever you limb from limb, anyone who had a thought of hate on that account would not be following my instructions.”  
Vuttaṁ kho panetaṁ bhagavatā:  
But the Buddha has said:  
Vuttaṁ kho panetaṁ bhagavatā:  
But the Buddha has also said:  

mn29bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.   Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn30bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho piṅgalakoccho brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin Piṅgalakoccha went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho piṅgalakoccho brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho piṅgalakoccho brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes sir,” Piṅgalakoccha replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, piṅgalakoccho brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the brahmin Piṅgalakoccha said to the Buddha,  

mn31bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā14Pi En Ru dhamma

Addasā kho dāyapālo bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.   The park keeper saw the Buddha coming off in the distance  
Disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and said to him,  
Assosi kho āyasmā anuruddho dāyapālassa bhagavatā saddhiṁ mantayamānassa.  
Anuruddha heard the park keeper conversing with the Buddha,  
“mā, āvuso dāyapāla, bhagavantaṁ vāresi.  
“Don’t keep the Buddha out, good park keeper!  
Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo bhagavantaṁ paccuggantvā— 
Then Anuruddha, Nandiya, and Kimbila came out to greet the Buddha.  
eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahesi, eko āsanaṁ paññapesi, eko pādodakaṁ upaṭṭhāpesi.  
One received his bowl and robe, one spread out a seat, and one set out water for washing his feet.  
Tepi kho āyasmanto bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
Those venerables bowed and sat down to one side.  
āyasmāpi kho kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
 
Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo bhagavantaṁ anusaṁyāyitvā tato paṭinivattitvā āyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
The venerables then accompanied the Buddha for a little way before turning back. Nandiya and Kimbila said to Anuruddha,  
‘imāsañca imāsañca vihārasamāpattīnaṁ mayaṁ lābhino’ti, yaṁ no āyasmā anuruddho bhagavato sammukhā yāva āsavānaṁ khayā pakāsetī”ti?  
gained such and such meditations and attainments, up to the ending of defilements, as you revealed to the Buddha?”  
Tamenaṁ bhagavatā pañhābhipuṭṭhena byākatan”ti.  
I answered when the Buddha directly asked about it.”  
Atha kho dīgho parajano yakkho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho dīgho parajano yakkho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then the native spirit Dīgha Parajana went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  
Attamano dīgho parajano yakkho bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, the native spirit Dīgha Parajana was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn32bhagavantaṁ bhagavato10Pi En Ru dhamma

Svāgataṁ āyasmato ānandassa bhagavato upaṭṭhākassa bhagavato santikāvacarassa.   Welcome to Ānanda, the Buddha’s attendant, who is so close to the Buddha.  
Āyāmāvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocessāma.  
Come, reverends, let’s go to the Buddha, and inform him about this.  
Atha kho te āyasmanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then those venerables went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Venerable Sāriputta told the Buddha of how the mendicants had come to see him, and how he had asked Ānanda:  
Svāgataṁ āyasmato ānandassa bhagavato upaṭṭhākassa bhagavato santikāvacarassa.  
 
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Moggallāna said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Sāriputta asked the Buddha,  
Attamanā te āyasmanto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, those venerables approved what the Buddha said. 

mn33bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn34bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

mn35bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā21Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ kho, aggivessana, bhagavā sāvake vineti, evaṁbhāgā ca pana bhagavato sāvakesu anusāsanī bahulā pavattati:   “Aggivessana, this is how the ascetic Gotama guides his disciples, and his instructions to disciples generally proceed on these topics:  
Evaṁ kho, aggivessana, bhagavā sāvake vineti, evaṁbhāgā ca pana bhagavato sāvakesu anusāsanī bahulā pavattatī”ti.  
This is how the ascetic Gotama guides his disciples, and how instruction to his disciples generally proceeds.”  
“kiṁ so bhavamāno saccako nigaṇṭhaputto yo bhagavato vādaṁ āropessati, atha kho bhagavā saccakassa nigaṇṭhaputtassa vādaṁ āropessatī”ti?  
“Who is Saccaka to refute the Buddha’s doctrine, when it is the Buddha who will refute Saccaka’s doctrine?”  
Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto mahatiyā licchaviparisāya saddhiṁ mahāvanaṁ ajjhogāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
Then Saccaka, together with a large group of Licchavis, went to see the Buddha in the Great Wood, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Tepi kho licchavī appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
Before sitting down to one side, some of the Licchavīs bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Saccaka said to the Buddha,  
“sacāyaṁ saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavatā yāvatatiyaṁ sahadhammikaṁ pañhaṁ puṭṭho na byākarissati etthevassa sattadhā muddhaṁ phālessāmī”ti.  
“If this Saccaka doesn’t answer when asked a third time, I’ll blow his head into seven pieces there and then!”  
Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhīto saṁviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto bhagavantaṁyeva tāṇaṁ gavesī bhagavantaṁyeva leṇaṁ gavesī bhagavantaṁyeva saraṇaṁ gavesī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Saccaka was terrified, shocked, and awestruck. Looking to the Buddha for shelter, protection, and refuge, he said,  
Atha kho dummukho licchaviputto saccakaṁ nigaṇṭhaputtaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ maṅkubhūtaṁ pattakkhandhaṁ adhomukhaṁ pajjhāyantaṁ appaṭibhānaṁ viditvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Knowing this, the Licchavi Dummukha said to the Buddha,  
Evameva kho, bhante, yāni saccakassa nigaṇṭhaputtassa visūkāyitāni visevitāni vipphanditāni tānipi sabbāni bhagavatā sañchinnāni sambhaggāni sampalibhaggāni;  
In the same way, sir, the Buddha has snapped, cracked, and broken off all Saccaka’s twists, ducks, and dodges.  
abhabbo ca dāni, bhante, saccako nigaṇṭhaputto puna bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamituṁ yadidaṁ vādādhippāyo”ti.  
Now he can’t get near the Buddha again looking for a debate.”  
Evaṁ vutte, saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Saccaka said to him,  
Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā te licchavī āmantesi:  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Saccaka addressed those Licchavis,  
Atha kho nigaṇṭhaputto sake ārāme paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi:  
And Saccaka had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in his own home. Then he had the Buddha informed of the time, saying,  
Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Saccaka took a low seat and sat to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Saccaka said to the Buddha,  

mn36bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   and said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Saccaka went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,  
Cittabhāvanāya kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavatā puṭṭho samāno na sampāyāsi.  
When Saccaka was questioned by the Buddha about development of the mind, he was stumped.  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Saccaka.  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Saccaka.  
Evaṁ vutte, saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Saccaka said to him,  
Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti.  
Then Saccaka, the son of Jain parents, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, got up from his seat and left. 

mn37bhagavantaṁ bhagavato12Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sakko devānamindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   And then Sakka, lord of gods, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:  
Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.  
Then Sakka, lord of gods, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there.  
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti.  
Now at that time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was sitting not far from the Buddha.  
“kiṁ nu kho so yakkho bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhisamecca anumodi udāhu no;  
“Did that spirit comprehend what the Buddha said when he agreed with him, or not?  
yadi vā so yakkho bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhisamecca anumodi yadi vā no”ti?  
 
“Idhāhaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho ahaṁ, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ:  
“My dear Moggallāna, I approached the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Attamano āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn38bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā25Pi En Ru dhamma

“tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati anaññan”ti.   “As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it is this very same consciousness that roams and transmigrates, not another.”  
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’”ti.  
 
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’”ti?  
‘As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it is this very same consciousness that roams and transmigrates, not another’?”  
“Evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan”ti.  
“Absolutely, reverends. As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it is this very same consciousness that roams and transmigrates, not another.”  
“mā evaṁ, āvuso sāti, avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
“Don’t say that, Sāti! Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say that.  
Anekapariyāyenāvuso sāti, paṭiccasamuppannaṁ viññāṇaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā, aññatra paccayā natthi viññāṇassa sambhavo”ti.  
In many ways the Buddha has said that consciousness is dependently originated, since without a cause, consciousness does not come to be.”  
“evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati anaññan”ti.  
 
Yato kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṁsu sātiṁ bhikkhuṁ kevaṭṭaputtaṁ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṁ, atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
When they weren’t able to dissuade Sāti from his view, the mendicants went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’ti.  
 
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’ti.  
 
“tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan”’ti?  
 
‘evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’ti.  
 
‘mā evaṁ, āvuso sāti, avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya.  
 
Anekapariyāyenāvuso sāti, paṭiccasamuppannaṁ viññāṇaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā, aññatra paccayā natthi viññāṇassa sambhavo’ti.  
 
‘evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’ti.  
 
Yato kho mayaṁ, bhante, nāsakkhimha sātiṁ bhikkhuṁ kevaṭṭaputtaṁ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṁ, atha mayaṁ etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocemā”ti.  
 
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yena sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sātiṁ bhikkhuṁ kevaṭṭaputtaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Sāti and said to him,  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sātiṁ bhikkhuṁ kevaṭṭaputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” Sāti replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan’”ti?  
‘As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it is this very same consciousness that roams and transmigrates, not another’?”  
“Evaṁ byā kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṁ viññāṇaṁ sandhāvati saṁsarati, anaññan”ti.  
“Absolutely, sir. As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it is this very same consciousness that roams and transmigrates, not another.”  
Anekapariyāyena hi no, bhante, paṭiccasamuppannaṁ viññāṇaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā, aññatra paccayā natthi viññāṇassa sambhavo”ti.  
For in many ways the Buddha has told us that consciousness is dependently originated, since without a cause, consciousness does not come to be.”  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn39bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn40bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

mn41bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho sāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then the brahmins and householders of Sālā went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent. Seated to one side they said to the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho sāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, sāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
When he had spoken, the brahmins and householders of Sālā said to the Buddha,  

mn42bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho verañjakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho verañjakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   … They said to the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho verañjakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
 
Evaṁ vutte, verañjakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
 

mn44bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti13Pi En Ru dhamma

Katamo nu kho, ayye, sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā”ti?   What is this substantial reality that the Buddha spoke of?”  
“Pañca kho ime, āvuso visākha, upādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā,  
“Visākha, the Buddha said that these five grasping aggregates are substantial reality.  
Ime kho, āvuso visākha, pañcupādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā”ti.  
The Buddha said that these five grasping aggregates are substantial reality.”  
Katamo nu kho, ayye, sakkāyasamudayo vutto bhagavatā”ti?  
What is the origin of substantial reality that the Buddha spoke of?”  
ayaṁ kho, āvuso visākha, sakkāyasamudayo vutto bhagavatā”ti.  
The Buddha said that this is the origin of substantial reality.”  
Katamo nu kho, ayye, sakkāyanirodho vutto bhagavatā”ti?  
What is the cessation of substantial reality that the Buddha spoke of?”  
ayaṁ kho, āvuso visākha, sakkāyanirodho vutto bhagavatā”ti.  
The Buddha said that this is the cessation of substantial reality.”  
Katamā nu kho, ayye, sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā vuttā bhagavatā”ti?  
What is the practice that leads to the cessation of substantial reality that the Buddha spoke of?”  
“Ayameva kho, āvuso visākha, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
“The practice that leads to the cessation of substantial reality that the Buddha spoke of is simply this noble eightfold path, that is:  
Ākaṅkhamāno ca tvaṁ, āvuso visākha, bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ puccheyyāsi, yathā ca te bhagavā byākaroti tathā naṁ dhāreyyāsī”ti.  
If you wish, go to the Buddha and ask him this question. You should remember it in line with his answer.”  
Atha kho visākho upāsako dhammadinnāya bhikkhuniyā bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā dhammadinnaṁ bhikkhuniṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
And then the layman Visākha approved and agreed with what the nun Dhammadinnā said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled her, keeping her on his right. Then he went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho visākho upāsako yāvatako ahosi dhammadinnāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.  
Attamano visākho upāsako bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, the layman Visākha was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn45bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn46bhagavantaññeva bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā, bhagavaṁnettikā, bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaññeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho; bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
“Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn47bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā12Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā, bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā; sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho; bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
“Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Sammukhā kho pana metaṁ bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ— 
Also, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha! The teaching is well explained! The Saṅgha is practicing well!’  
sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅgho’ti?  
 
sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā, dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅgho’ti.  
“The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha! The teaching is well explained! The Saṅgha is practicing well!”’  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn48bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was happening.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to those monks and said,  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” those monks replied. They went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them,  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn49bhagavato subhagavane3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Ekamidāhaṁ, bhikkhave, samayaṁ ukkaṭṭhāyaṁ viharāmi subhagavane sālarājamūle.  
“At one time, mendicants, I was staying near Ukkaṭṭhā, in the Subhaga Forest at the root of a magnificent sal tree.  
seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—ukkaṭṭhāyaṁ subhagavane sālarājamūle antarahito tasmiṁ brahmaloke pāturahosiṁ.  
As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, I vanished from the Subhaga Forest and reappeared in that Brahmā realm.  

mn50bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Kakusandhassa kho pana, pāpima, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa vidhurasañjīvaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.   Kakusandha had a fine pair of chief disciples named Vidhura and Sañjīva.  
Yāvatā kho pana, pāpima, kakusandhassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sāvakā.  
Of all the disciples of the Buddha Kakusandha,  
Atha kho te, pāpima, bhikkhū kakusandhena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena evaṁ ovadiyamānā evaṁ anusāsiyamānā araññagatāpi rukkhamūlagatāpi suññāgāragatāpi mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihariṁsu, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihariṁsu.  
When those mendicants were instructed and advised by the Buddha Kakusandha in this way, they went to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, where they meditated spreading a heart full of love …  
Atha kho te, pāpima, bhikkhū kakusandhena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena evaṁ ovadiyamānā evaṁ anusāsiyamānā araññagatāpi rukkhamūlagatāpi suññāgāragatāpi asubhānupassino kāye vihariṁsu, āhāre paṭikūlasaññino, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññino, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassino.  
When those mendicants were instructed and advised by the Buddha Kakusandha in this way, they went to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, where they meditated observing the ugliness of the body, perceiving the repulsiveness of food, perceiving dissatisfaction with the whole world, and observing the impermanence of all conditions.  
Atha kho, pāpima, āyasmā vidhuro bhinnena sīsena lohitena gaḷantena kakusandhaṁyeva bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi.  
Then Vidhura, with blood pouring from his cracked skull, still followed behind the Buddha Kakusandha.  

mn51bhagavantaṁ bhagavanto bhagavato bhagavatā14Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho pesso ca hatthārohaputto kandarako ca paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā pesso hatthārohaputto bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.   Then Pessa the elephant driver’s son and Kandaraka the wanderer went to see the Buddha. When they had approached, Pessa bowed and sat down to one side.  
Kandarako pana paribbājako bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.  
But the wanderer Kandaraka exchanged greetings with the Buddha and stood to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho kandarako paribbājako tuṇhībhūtaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ anuviloketvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He looked around the mendicant Saṅgha, who were so very silent, and said to the Buddha:  
Yepi te, bho gotama, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto etaparamaṁyeva sammā bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṭipādesuṁ— 
All the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas in the past or the future who lead the mendicant Saṅgha to practice properly will at best do so  
Yepi te, bho gotama, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto etaparamaṁyeva sammā bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṭipādessanti— 
 
Yepi te, kandaraka, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto etaparamaṁyeva sammā bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṭipādesuṁ— 
All the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas in the past or the future who lead the mendicant Saṅgha to practice properly will at best do so  
Yepi te, kandaraka, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto etaparamaṁyeva sammā bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṭipādessanti— 
 
Evaṁ vutte, pesso hatthārohaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Pessa said to the Buddha:  
Yāva supaññattā cime, bhante, bhagavatā cattāro satipaṭṭhānā sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya.  
How well described by the Buddha are the four kinds of mindfulness meditation! They are in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to discover the system, and to realize extinguishment.  
Atha kho pesso hatthārohaputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
And then Pessa the elephant driver’s son approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
yaṁ bhagavā ime cattāro puggale vitthārena vibhajeyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
May the Buddha analyze these four people in detail. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn52bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

“atthi nu kho, bhante ānanda, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṁ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇātī”ti?   “Honorable Ānanda, is there one thing that has been rightly explained by the Blessed One—who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha—practicing which a diligent, keen, and resolute mendicant’s mind is freed, their defilements are ended, and they arrive at the supreme sanctuary from the yoke?”  
“Atthi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo akkhāto, yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṁ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇātī”ti.  
“There is, householder.”  
“Katamo pana, bhante ānanda, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo akkhāto, yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṁ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇātī”ti?  
“And what is that one thing?”  
Ayampi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo akkhāto, yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṁ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇāti.  
This is one thing that has been rightly explained by the Blessed One—who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha—practicing which a diligent, keen, and resolute mendicant’s mind is freed, their defilements are ended, and they arrive at the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.  
Ayampi kho, gahapati, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo akkhāto yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttañceva cittaṁ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā ca āsavā parikkhayaṁ gacchanti, ananuppattañca anuttaraṁ yogakkhemaṁ anupāpuṇātī”ti.  
This too is one thing that has been rightly explained by the Blessed One—who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha—practicing which a diligent, keen, and resolute mendicant’s mind is freed, their defilements are ended, and they arrive at the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.”  

mn53bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti11Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Taṁ, bhante, bhagavā paṭhamaṁ paribhuñjatu. Bhagavatā paṭhamaṁ paribhuttaṁ pacchā kāpilavatthavā sakyā paribhuñjissanti.  
May the Buddha be the first to use it, and only then will the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu use it.  
Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena navaṁ santhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ santhāgāraṁ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṁ upaṭṭhapetvā telappadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu;  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, the Sakyans got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the new town hall, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed a lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha,  
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.  
bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
and told him of their preparations, saying,  
Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāraṁ pavisitvā pacchimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi, bhagavantaṁyeva purakkhatvā.  
The Saṅgha of mendicants also washed their feet, entered the town hall, and sat against the west wall facing east, with the Buddha right in front of them.  
Kāpilavatthavāpi kho sakyā pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāraṁ pavisitvā puratthimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṁsu, bhagavantaṁyeva purakkhatvā.  
The Sakyans of Kapilavatthu also washed their feet, entered the town hall, and sat against the east wall facing west, with the Buddha right in front of them.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
Sā kho panesā, mahānāma, brahmunā sanaṅkumārena gāthā sugītā no duggītā, subhāsitā no dubbhāsitā, atthasaṁhitā no anatthasaṁhitā, anumatā bhagavatā”ti.  
And that verse was well sung by Brahmā Sanaṅkumāra, not poorly sung; well spoken, not poorly spoken, beneficial, not harmful, and it was approved by the Buddha.”  

mn54bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā15Pi En Ru dhamma

Potaliyopi kho gahapati sampannanivāsanapāvuraṇo chattupāhanāhi jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno yena so vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ ajjhogāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Potaliya the householder also approached that forest grove while going for a walk. He was well dressed in a cloak and sarong, with parasol and sandals. Having plunged deep into it, he went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Evaṁ vutte, potaliyo gahapati “gahapativādena maṁ samaṇo gotamo samudācaratī”ti kupito anattamano bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Potaliya was angry and upset. Thinking, “The ascetic Gotama addresses me as ‘householder’!” he said to the Buddha,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho potaliyo gahapati bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” said Potaliya.  
“Ye me, bhante, bhagavatā aṭṭha dhammā saṅkhittena vuttā, vitthārena avibhattā, ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedāya saṁvattanti, sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā ime aṭṭha dhamme vitthārena vibhajatu anukampaṁ upādāyā”ti.  
“Sir, please teach me these eight things in detail out of compassion.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho potaliyo gahapati bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” said Potaliya.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho potaliyo gahapati bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” said Potaliya.  
‘aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti.  
‘With the simile of a skeleton the Buddha said that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks.’  
‘maṁsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti.  
 
‘tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti.  
 
‘aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti.  
 
‘supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti …pe…  
 
‘yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti …pe…  
 
‘rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’ti.  
‘With the simile of the fruit tree the Buddha said that sensual pleasures give little gratification and much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks.’  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya, ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ kho, bhante, bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  

mn55bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Jīvaka went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  
Ye te, bhante, evamāhaṁsu: ‘samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ uddissa pāṇaṁ ārabhanti, taṁ samaṇo gotamo jānaṁ uddissakataṁ maṁsaṁ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamman’ti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaronti, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchatī”ti?  
I trust that those who say this repeat what the Buddha has said, and do not misrepresent him with an untruth? Is their explanation in line with the teaching? Are there any legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”  
Evaṁ vutte, jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Jīvaka said to the Buddha:  

mn56bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā36Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho nāḷandāyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena pāvārikambavanaṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the Jain ascetic Dīgha Tapassī wandered for alms in Nāḷandā. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to Pāvārika’s mango grove. There he approached the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Evaṁ vutte, dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When this was said, Dīgha Tapassī said to the Buddha,  
Itiha dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho bhagavantaṁ imasmiṁ kathāvatthusmiṁ yāvatatiyakaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami.  
Thus the Jain ascetic Dīgha Tapassī made the Buddha stand by this point up to the third time, after which he got up from his seat and went to see the Jain Ñātika.  
Atha kho dīghatapassī nigaṇṭho yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa ārocesi.  
Then Dīgha Tapassī informed the Jain Ñātika of all they had discussed.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho upāli gahapati nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena pāvārikambavanaṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho upāli gahapati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” replied the householder Upāli to the Jain Ñātika. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled him, keeping him on his right. Then he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Evaṁ vutte, upāli gahapati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the householder Upāli said to him,  
Yathā taṁ sutavatā sāvakena sammadeva satthusāsanaṁ ājānantena evamevaṁ dīghatapassinā nigaṇṭhena bhagavato byākataṁ.  
The Honorable Tapassī has answered the ascetic Gotama like a learned disciple who rightly understands their teacher’s instructions.  
“Purimenevāhaṁ, bhante, opammena bhagavato attamano abhiraddho.  
“Sir, I was already delighted and satisfied by the Buddha’s very first simile.  
Api cāhaṁ imāni bhagavato vicitrāni pañhapaṭibhānāni sotukāmo, evāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ paccanīkaṁ kātabbaṁ amaññissaṁ.  
Nevertheless, I wanted to hear the Buddha’s various solutions to the problem, so I thought I’d oppose you in this way.  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
“Imināpāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyoso mattāya attamano abhiraddho yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evamāha: ‘anuviccakāraṁ kho, gahapati, karohi, anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṁ ñātamanussānaṁ sādhu hotī’ti.  
“Now I’m even more delighted and satisfied with the Buddha, since he tells me to act after careful consideration.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, dutiyampi bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
For a second time, I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
“Imināpāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyoso mattāya attamano abhiraddho yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evamāha: ‘dīgharattaṁ kho te, gahapati, nigaṇṭhānaṁ opānabhūtaṁ kulaṁ yena nesaṁ upagatānaṁ piṇḍakaṁ dātabbaṁ maññeyyāsī’ti.  
“Now I’m even more delighted and satisfied with the Buddha, since he tells me to consider giving to the Jain ascetics when they come.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, tatiyampi bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
For a third time, I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Atha kho upāli gahapati diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Upāli saw, attained, understood, and fathomed the Dhamma. He went beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and became self-assured and independent of others regarding the Teacher’s instructions.  
Atha kho upāli gahapati bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena sakaṁ nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā dovārikaṁ āmantesi:  
And then the householder Upāli approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he went back to his own home, where he addressed the gatekeeper,  
“ajjatagge, samma dovārika, āvarāmi dvāraṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ nigaṇṭhīnaṁ, anāvaṭaṁ dvāraṁ bhagavato bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ.  
“My good gatekeeper, from this day forth close the gate to Jain monks and nuns, and open it for the Buddha’s monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen.  
Āvaṭaṁ dvāraṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ nigaṇṭhīnaṁ, anāvaṭaṁ dvāraṁ bhagavato bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ.  
His gate is closed to Jain monks and nuns, and opened for the Buddha’s monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen.  
Āvaṭaṁ dvāraṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ nigaṇṭhīnaṁ, anāvaṭaṁ dvāraṁ bhagavato bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ.  
His gate is closed to Jain monks and nuns, and opened for the Buddha’s monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen.  
Āvaṭaṁ dvāraṁ nigaṇṭhānaṁ nigaṇṭhīnaṁ, anāvaṭaṁ dvāraṁ bhagavato bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ.  
His gate is closed to Jain monks and nuns, and opened for the Buddha’s monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen.  
Evameva kho, bhante, tassa bhagavato vādo arahato sammāsambuddhassa raṅgakkhamo ceva paṇḍitānaṁ no bālānaṁ, anuyogakkhamo ca vimajjanakkhamo cā”ti.  
In the same way, the doctrine of the Buddha looks fine initially—for the astute, not for fools—and it can withstand being scrutinized and pressed.”  
Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.  
he is the Buddha, and I am his disciple.  
Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.  
he is the Buddha, and I am his disciple.  
Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.  
he is the Buddha, and I am his disciple.  
Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.  
he is the Buddha, and I am his disciple.  
Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.  
he is the Buddha, and I am his disciple.  
Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.  
he is the Buddha, and I am his disciple.  
Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.  
he is the Buddha, and I am his disciple.  
Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.  
he is the Buddha, and I am his disciple.  
Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmi.  
he is the Buddha, and I am his disciple.  
Bhagavato tassa sāvakohamasmī”ti.  
he is the Buddha, and I am his disciple.”  
Atha kho nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa bhagavato sakkāraṁ asahamānassa tattheva uṇhaṁ lohitaṁ mukhato uggacchīti.  
Unable to bear this honor paid to the Buddha, the Jain Ñātika spewed hot blood from his mouth there and then. 

mn57bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato bhagavatā12Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho puṇṇo ca koliyaputto govatiko acelo ca seniyo kukkuravatiko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā puṇṇo koliyaputto govatiko bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Acelo pana seniyo kukkuravatiko bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā kukkurova palikujjitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.   Then Puṇṇa Koliyaputta, who had taken a vow to behave like a cow, and Seniya, a naked ascetic who had taken a vow to behave like a dog, went to see the Buddha. Puṇṇa bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side, while Seniya exchanged greetings and polite conversation with him before sitting down to one side curled up like a dog.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho puṇṇo koliyaputto govatiko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Puṇṇa said to the Buddha,  
tatiyampi kho puṇṇo koliyaputto govatiko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and a third time, Puṇṇa said to the Buddha,  
tatiyampi kho acelo seniyo kukkuravatiko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and a third time Seniya said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati;  
I am quite confident that the Buddha  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho puṇṇo koliyaputto govatiko bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” he replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, puṇṇo koliyaputto govatiko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Puṇṇa Koliyaputta the observer of cow behavior said to the Buddha,  
Acelo pana seniyo kukkuravatiko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And Seniya the naked dog ascetic said to the Buddha,  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.  
Sir, may I receive the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence?”  
Alattha kho acelo seniyo kukkuravatiko bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And the naked dog ascetic Seniya received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  

mn58bhagavantaṁ bhagavato11Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho abhayo rājakumāro nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.   “Yes, sir,” replied Abhaya. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Jain Ñātika, keeping him on his right. Then he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.  
“akālo kho ajja bhagavato vādaṁ āropetuṁ.  
“It’s too late to refute the Buddha’s doctrine today.  
Sve dānāhaṁ sake nivesane bhagavato vādaṁ āropessāmī”ti bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
I shall refute his doctrine in my own home tomorrow.” He said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho abhayo rājakumāro bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Abhaya got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho abhayo rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi.  
Then Abhaya served and satisfied the Buddha with his own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods.  
Atha kho abhayo rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Abhaya took a low seat, sat to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho abhayo rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and said to him,  
pubbeva nu kho, etaṁ, bhante, bhagavato cetaso parivitakkitaṁ hoti ‘ye maṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ pucchissanti tesāhaṁ evaṁ puṭṭho evaṁ byākarissāmī’ti, udāhu ṭhānasovetaṁ tathāgataṁ paṭibhātī”ti?  
Do you think beforehand that if they ask you like this, you’ll answer like that, or does the answer just appear to you on the spot?”  
Evaṁ vutte, abhayo rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Prince Abhaya said to the Buddha,  

mn59bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti21Pi En Ru dhamma

“kati nu kho, bhante udāyi, vedanā vuttā bhagavatā”ti?   “Sir, how many feelings has the Buddha spoken of?”  
“Tisso kho, thapati, vedanā vuttā bhagavatā.  
“Master builder, the Buddha has spoken of three feelings:  
imā kho, thapati, tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā”ti.  
The Buddha has spoken of these three feelings.”  
“na kho, bhante udāyi, tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā;  
“Sir, Udāyī, the Buddha hasn’t spoken of three feelings.  
dve vedanā vuttā bhagavatā— 
He’s spoken of two feelings:  
Yāyaṁ, bhante, adukkhamasukhā vedanā santasmiṁ esā paṇīte sukhe vuttā bhagavatā”ti.  
The Buddha said that neutral feeling is included as a peaceful and subtle kind of pleasure.”  
“na kho, gahapati, dve vedanā vuttā bhagavatā;  
“The Buddha hasn’t spoken of two feelings,  
tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā.  
he’s spoken of three.”  
imā kho, thapati, tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā”ti.  
 
“na kho, bhante udāyi, tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā;  
“The Buddha hasn’t spoken of three feelings,  
dve vedanā vuttā bhagavatā— 
he’s spoken of two.”  
Yāyaṁ, bhante, adukkhamasukhā vedanā santasmiṁ esā paṇīte sukhe vuttā bhagavatā”ti.  
 
“na kho, thapati, dve vedanā vuttā bhagavatā;  
“The Buddha hasn’t spoken of two feelings,  
tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā.  
he’s spoken of three.”  
imā kho, thapati, tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā”ti.  
 
“na kho, bhante udāyi, tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā,  
“The Buddha hasn’t spoken of three feelings,  
dve vedanā vuttā bhagavatā— 
he’s spoken of two.”  
Yāyaṁ, bhante, adukkhamasukhā vedanā santasmiṁ esā paṇīte sukhe vuttā bhagavatā”ti.  
 
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Then he went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn60bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu; sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho sāleyyake brāhmaṇagahapatike bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the brahmins and householders of Sālā went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent. The Buddha said to them:  
Evaṁ vutte, sāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
When he had spoken, the brahmins and householders of Sālā said to the Buddha,  

mn61bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Addasā kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.   Rāhula saw the Buddha coming off in the distance.  
Āyasmāpi kho rāhulo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Rāhula bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.  
Attamano āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Rāhula was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn62bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Āyasmāpi kho rāhulo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi.   And Venerable Rāhula also robed up and followed behind the Buddha.  
Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo “ko najja bhagavatā sammukhā ovādena ovadito gāmaṁ piṇḍāya pavisissatī”ti tato paṭinivattitvā aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā.  
Then Rāhula thought, “Who would go to the village for alms today after being advised directly by the Buddha?” Turning back, he sat down cross-legged at the root of a certain tree, setting his body straight, and establishing mindfulness in front of him.  
Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then in the late afternoon, Rāhula came out of retreat, went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Attamano āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Rāhula was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn63bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato bhagavatā13Pi En Ru dhamma

“yānimāni diṭṭhigatāni bhagavatā abyākatāni ṭhapitāni paṭikkhittāni:   “There are several convictions that the Buddha has left undeclared; he has set them aside and refused to comment on them.  
Sohaṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ pucchissāmi.  
I’ll go to him and ask him about this.  
evāhaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ carissāmi;  
I will lead the spiritual life under him.  
Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then in the late afternoon, Māluṅkya came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his thoughts. He then continued:  
yānimāni diṭṭhigatāni bhagavatā abyākatāni ṭhapitāni paṭikkhittāni:  
 
Sohaṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ pucchissāmi.  
 
evāhaṁ bhagavati, brahmacariyaṁ carissāmi.  
 
‘ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ carissāmi, bhagavā me byākarissati:  
‘Sir, I will lead the spiritual life under the Buddha, and the Buddha will declare these things to me’?”  
‘ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ carissāmi, bhagavā me byākarissati:  
‘Sir, I will lead the spiritual life under the Buddha, and the Buddha will declare these things to me.’  
‘na tāvāhaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ carissāmi yāva me bhagavā na byākarissati:  
‘I will not lead the spiritual life under the Buddha until the Buddha declares to me  
‘na tāvāhaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ carissāmi yāva me bhagavā na byākarissati:  
‘I will not lead the spiritual life under the Buddha until the Buddha declares to me  
Attamano āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Māluṅkyaputta was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn64bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā13Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Māluṅkyaputta said to him,  
“ahaṁ kho, bhante, dhāremi bhagavatā desitāni pañcorambhāgiyāni saṁyojanānī”ti.  
“Sir, I remember them.”  
“Sakkāyadiṭṭhiṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā orambhāgiyaṁ saṁyojanaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi;  
“I remember the lower fetters taught by the Buddha as follows: substantialist view,  
vicikicchaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā orambhāgiyaṁ saṁyojanaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi;  
doubt,  
sīlabbataparāmāsaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā orambhāgiyaṁ saṁyojanaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi;  
misapprehension of precepts and observances,  
kāmacchandaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā orambhāgiyaṁ saṁyojanaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi;  
sensual desire,  
byāpādaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā orambhāgiyaṁ saṁyojanaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi.  
and ill will.  
Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, dhāremi bhagavatā desitāni pañcorambhāgiyāni saṁyojanānī”ti.  
That’s how I remember the five lower fetters taught by the Buddha.”  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
yaṁ bhagavā pañcorambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni deseyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
May the Buddha teach the five lower fetters. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn65bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā14Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā bhaddāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Bhaddāli said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho āyasmā bhaddāli bhagavatā sikkhāpade paññāpiyamāne bhikkhusaṅghe sikkhaṁ samādiyamāne anussāhaṁ pavedesi.  
Then, as this rule was being laid down by the Buddha and the Saṅgha was undertaking it, Bhaddāli announced he would not try to keep it.  
Atha kho āyasmā bhaddāli sabbaṁ taṁ temāsaṁ na bhagavato sammukhībhāvaṁ adāsi, yathā taṁ satthusāsane sikkhāya aparipūrakārī.  
Then for the whole of that three months Bhaddāli did not present himself in the presence of the Buddha, as happens when someone doesn’t fulfill the training according to the Teacher’s instructions.  
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti— 
At that time several mendicants were making a robe for the Buddha, thinking that  
“idaṁ kho, āvuso bhaddāli, bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karīyati.  
“Reverend Bhaddāli, this robe is being made for the Buddha.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā bhaddāli tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā bhaddāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverends,” Bhaddāli replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“accayo maṁ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yohaṁ bhagavatā sikkhāpade paññāpiyamāne bhikkhusaṅghe sikkhaṁ samādiyamāne anussāhaṁ pavedesiṁ.  
“I have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of me that, as this rule was being laid down by the Buddha and the Saṅgha was undertaking it, I announced I would not try to keep it.  
“Accayo maṁ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yohaṁ bhagavatā sikkhāpade paññāpiyamāne bhikkhusaṅghe sikkhaṁ samādiyamāne anussāhaṁ pavedesiṁ.  
“I made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of me that, as this rule was being laid down by the Buddha and the Saṅgha was undertaking it, I announced I would not try to keep it.  
Accayo maṁ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yohaṁ bhagavatā sikkhāpade paññāpiyamāne bhikkhusaṅghe sikkhaṁ samādiyamāne anussāhaṁ pavedesiṁ.  
“I made a mistake, sir. …  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā bhaddāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Bhaddāli said to the Buddha,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā bhaddāli bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Bhaddāli replied.  
Attamano āyasmā bhaddāli bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Bhaddāli was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn66bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā udāyī sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then in the late afternoon, Udāyī came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Te mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavati pemañca gāravañca hiriñca ottappañca sampassamānā evaṁ taṁ divāvikālabhojanaṁ pajahimhā.  
But when we considered our love and respect for the Buddha, and our sense of conscience and prudence, we gave up that meal at the wrong time of day.  
Te mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavati pemañca gāravañca hiriñca ottappañca sampassamānā evaṁ taṁ rattiṁvikālabhojanaṁ pajahimhā.  
But when we considered our love and respect for the Buddha, and our sense of conscience and prudence, we gave up that meal at the wrong time of night.  
Attamano āyasmā udāyī bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Udāyī was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn67bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā29Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena sāriputtamoggallānappamukhāni pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni cātumaṁ anuppattāni honti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.   Now at that time five hundred mendicants headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna arrived at Cātumā to see the Buddha.  
“Etāni, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānappamukhāni pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni cātumaṁ anuppattāni bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.  
And Ānanda told him what had happened.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied. He went to those mendicants and said,  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:  
“Imāni, bhante, sāriputtamoggallānappamukhāni pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni cātumaṁ anuppattāni bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.  
And they told him what had happened.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā senāsanaṁ saṁsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya pakkamiṁsu.  
“Yes, sir,” replied those mendicants. They got up from their seats, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. They set their lodgings in order and left, taking their bowls and robes.  
“Bhagavatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho paṇāmito”ti.  
“Sirs, the mendicant Saṅgha has been dismissed by the Buddha.”  
“Tenahāyasmanto muhuttaṁ nisīdatha, appeva nāma mayaṁ sakkuṇeyyāma bhagavantaṁ pasādetun”ti.  
“Well then, venerables, sit here for a minute. Hopefully we’ll be able to restore the Buddha’s confidence.”  
Atha kho cātumeyyakā sakyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho cātumeyyakā sakyā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then the Sakyans of Cātumā went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, bhagavatā pubbe bhikkhusaṅgho anuggahito; evameva bhagavā etarahi anuggaṇhātu bhikkhusaṅghaṁ.  
May the Buddha support the mendicant Saṅgha now as he did in the past!  
Tesaṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya alabhantānaṁ siyā aññathattaṁ, siyā vipariṇāmo.  
If they don’t get to see the Buddha they may change and fall apart.  
evameva kho, bhante, santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ, tesaṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya alabhantānaṁ siyā aññathattaṁ, siyā vipariṇāmo.  
In the same way, there are mendicants here who are junior, recently gone forth, newly come to this teaching and training. If they don’t get to see the Buddha they may change and fall apart.  
evameva kho, bhante, santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ, tesaṁ bhagavantaṁ apassantānaṁ siyā aññathattaṁ, siyā vipariṇāmo.  
In the same way, there are mendicants here who are junior, recently gone forth, newly come to this teaching and training. If they don’t get to see the Buddha they may change and fall apart.  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, bhagavatā pubbe bhikkhusaṅgho anuggahito; evameva bhagavā etarahi anuggaṇhātu bhikkhusaṅghan”ti.  
May the Buddha support the mendicant Saṅgha now as he did in the past!”  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi.  
Then Brahmā Sahampati knew what the Buddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the Brahmā realm and reappeared in front of the Buddha.  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said:  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, bhagavatā pubbe bhikkhusaṅgho anuggahito; evameva bhagavā etarahi anuggaṇhātu bhikkhusaṅghaṁ.  
May the Buddha support the mendicant Saṅgha now as he did in the past!  
Santettha, bhante, bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ, tesaṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya alabhantānaṁ siyā aññathattaṁ, siyā vipariṇāmo.  
There are mendicants here who are junior, recently gone forth, newly come to this teaching and training. If they don’t get to see the Buddha they may change and fall apart.  
evameva kho, bhante, santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ, tesaṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya alabhantānaṁ siyā aññathattaṁ, siyā vipariṇāmo.  
 
evameva kho, bhante, santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ, tesaṁ bhagavantaṁ apassantānaṁ siyā aññathattaṁ, siyā vipariṇāmo.  
In the same way, there are mendicants here who are junior, recently gone forth, newly come to this teaching and training. If they don’t get to see the Buddha they may change and fall apart.  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, bhagavatā pubbe bhikkhusaṅgho anuggahito; evameva bhagavā etarahi anuggaṇhātu bhikkhusaṅghan”ti.  
May the Buddha support the mendicant Saṅgha now as he did in the past!”  
Asakkhiṁsu kho cātumeyyakā ca sakyā brahmā ca sahampati bhagavantaṁ pasādetuṁ bījūpamena ca taruṇūpamena ca.  
The Sakyans of Cātumā and Brahmā Sahampati were able to restore the Buddha’s confidence with the similes of the seedlings and the calf.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pattacīvaramādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and, taking their bowls and robes, went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta,  
‘bhagavatā bhikkhusaṅgho paṇāmito.  
‘The Buddha has dismissed the mendicant Saṅgha.  
‘bhagavatā bhikkhusaṅgho paṇāmito.  
‘The Buddha has dismissed the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn68bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavati bhagavato bhagavatā bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā24Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā kulaputtā bhagavantaṁ uddissa saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitā honti—  Now at that time several very well-known gentlemen had gone forth from the lay life to homelessness out of faith in the Buddha— 
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to the Buddha,  
“Na kho no, bhante, bhagavati evaṁ hoti:  
“No sir, we don’t think of you that way.  
Evaṁ kho no, bhante, bhagavati hoti:  
We think of you this way:  
“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
“Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
so bhagavatā byākato— 
The Buddha has declared that,  
so bhagavatā byākato— 
The Buddha has declared that,  
so bhagavatā byākato— 
The Buddha has declared that,  
so bhagavatā byākato— 
The Buddha has declared that,  
sā bhagavatā byākatā— 
The Buddha has declared that,  
sā bhagavatā byākatā— 
The Buddha has declared that,  
sā bhagavatā byākatā— 
The Buddha has declared that,  
sā bhagavatā byākatā— 
The Buddha has declared that,  
so bhagavatā byākato— 
The Buddha has declared that,  
so bhagavatā byākato— 
The Buddha has declared that,  
so bhagavatā byākato— 
The Buddha has declared that,  
sā bhagavatā byākatā— 
The Buddha has declared that,  
sā bhagavatā byākatā— 
The Buddha has declared that,  
sā bhagavatā byākatā— 
The Buddha has declared that,  
Attamano āyasmā anuruddho bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Anuruddha and friends approved what the Buddha said. 

mn70bhagavantaṁ bhagavato7Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Yato kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṁsu assajipunabbasuke bhikkhū saññāpetuṁ, atha yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Since those mendicants were unable to persuade the mendicants who were followers of Assaji and Punabbasuka, they approached the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
Yato kho mayaṁ, bhante, nāsakkhimha assajipunabbasuke bhikkhū saññāpetuṁ, atha mayaṁ etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocemā”ti.  
 
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yena assajipunabbasukā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā assajipunabbasuke bhikkhū etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to those mendicants and said,  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho assajipunabbasukā bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho assajipunabbasuke bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” those mendicants replied. They went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

mn71bhagavantaṁ bhagavato11Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:   Then it occurred to him,  
Addasā kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.  
Vacchagotta saw the Buddha coming off in the distance,  
Disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and said to him,  
Svāgataṁ, bhante, bhagavato.  
Welcome to the Blessed One, sir!  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Vacchagotta said to the Buddha:  
Ye te, bhante, evamāhaṁsu: ‘samaṇo gotamo sabbaññū sabbadassāvī, aparisesaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ paṭijānāti, carato ca me tiṭṭhato ca suttassa ca jāgarassa ca satataṁ samitaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ paccupaṭṭhitan’ti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaronti, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchatī”ti?  
I trust that those who say this repeat what the Buddha has said, and do not misrepresent him with an untruth? Is their explanation in line with the teaching? Are there any legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”  
“Kathaṁ byākaramānā pana mayaṁ, bhante, vuttavādino ceva bhagavato assāma, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyāma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti?  
“So how should we answer so as to repeat what the Buddha has said, and not misrepresent him with an untruth? How should we explain in line with his teaching, with no legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”  
Evaṁ vutte, vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the wanderer Vacchagotta said to the Buddha,  
Attamano vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, the wanderer Vacchagotta was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn72bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Vacchagotta went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the wanderer Vacchagotta said to the Buddha:  

mn73bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā16Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Vacchagotta went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Vaccha replied.  
Alattha kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And the wanderer Vaccha received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  
Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā vacchagotto addhamāsūpasampanno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā vacchagotto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Not long after his ordination, a fortnight later, Venerable Vacchagotta went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Atha kho āyasmā vacchagotto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
And then Venerable Vacchagotta approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ dassanāya gacchanti.  
Now at that time several mendicants were going to see the Buddha.  
“Bhagavantaṁ kho mayaṁ, āvuso, dassanāya gacchāmā”ti.  
“Reverend, we are going to see the Buddha.”  
“Tenahāyasmanto mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatha, evañca vadetha:  
“Well then, reverends, in my name please bow with your head at the Buddha’s feet and say:  
‘vacchagotto, bhante, bhikkhu bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, evañca vadeti— 
‘Sir, the mendicant Vacchagotta bows with his head to your feet and says,  
Atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then those mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“āyasmā, bhante, vacchagotto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, evañca vadeti:  
“Sir, the mendicant Vacchagotta bows with his head to your feet and says:  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn74bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho dīghanakho paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Dīghanakha went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho dīghanakho paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he stood to one side, and said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, dīghanakho paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the wanderer Dīghanakha said to the Buddha,  
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ bījayamāno.  
Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was standing behind the Buddha fanning him.  
Atha kho dīghanakho paribbājako diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Dīghanakha saw, attained, understood, and fathomed the Dhamma. He went beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and became self-assured and independent of others regarding the Teacher’s instructions. He said to the Buddha:  

mn75bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Evaṁ vutte, bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo saṁviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the brahmin said to the Buddha,  
Ayañca hi bhagavato bhāradvājagottena brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ antarākathā vippakatā hoti.  
But this conversation between the Buddha and the brahmin was left unfinished.  
Atha kho māgaṇḍiyo paribbājako jaṅghāvihāraṁ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno yena bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa agyāgāraṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
Then as the wanderer Māgaṇḍiya was going for a walk he approached that fire chamber. He went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Evaṁ vutte, māgaṇḍiyo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Māgaṇḍiya said to him,  
Evaṁ vutte, māgaṇḍiyo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Māgaṇḍiya said to him,  
Alattha kho māgaṇḍiyo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And the wanderer Māgaṇḍiya received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  

mn76bhagavati bhagavatā16Pi En Ru dhamma

“cattārome, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena abrahmacariyavāsā akkhātā cattāri ca anassāsikāni brahmacariyāni akkhātāni, yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalan”ti.   “Sandaka, these things have been explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha: four ways that negate the spiritual life, and four kinds of unreliable spiritual life. A sensible person would, to the best of their ability, not practice such spiritual paths, and if they did practice them, they wouldn’t succeed in the system of the skillful teaching.”  
“Katame pana te, bho ānanda, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro abrahmacariyavāsā akkhātā, yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalan”ti?  
“But Master Ānanda, what are the four ways that negate the spiritual life, and the four kinds of unreliable spiritual life?”  
Ayaṁ kho, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena paṭhamo abrahmacariyavāso akkhāto yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalaṁ.  
This is the first way that negates the spiritual life.  
Ayaṁ kho, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dutiyo abrahmacariyavāso akkhāto yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalaṁ.  
This is the second way that negates the spiritual life.  
Ayaṁ kho, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tatiyo abrahmacariyavāso akkhāto yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalaṁ.  
This is the third way that negates the spiritual life.  
Ayaṁ kho, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena catuttho abrahmacariyavāso akkhāto yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalaṁ.  
This is the fourth way that negates the spiritual life.  
Ime kho te, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro abrahmacariyavāsā akkhātā yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalan”ti.  
These are the four ways that negate the spiritual life that have been explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. A sensible person would, to the best of their ability, not practice such spiritual paths, and if they did practice them, they wouldn’t succeed in the system of the skillful teaching.”  
Yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro abrahmacariyavāsāva samānā ‘abrahmacariyavāsā’ti akkhātā yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalanti.  
how these four ways that negate the spiritual life have been explained by the Buddha.  
Katamāni pana tāni, bho ānanda, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāri anassāsikāni brahmacariyāni akkhātāni yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalan”ti?  
But Master Ānanda, what are the four kinds of unreliable spiritual life?”  
Idaṁ kho, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena paṭhamaṁ anassāsikaṁ brahmacariyaṁ akkhātaṁ yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalaṁ.  
This is the first kind of unreliable spiritual life.  
Idaṁ kho, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dutiyaṁ anassāsikaṁ brahmacariyaṁ akkhātaṁ yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalaṁ.  
This is the second kind of unreliable spiritual life.  
Idaṁ kho, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tatiyaṁ anassāsikaṁ brahmacariyaṁ akkhātaṁ yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalaṁ.  
This is the third kind of unreliable spiritual life.  
Idaṁ kho, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena catutthaṁ anassāsikaṁ brahmacariyaṁ akkhātaṁ yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalaṁ.  
This is the fourth kind of unreliable spiritual life.  
Imāni kho tāni, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāri anassāsikāni brahmacariyāni akkhātāni yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalan”ti.  
These are the four kinds of unreliable spiritual life that have been explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. A sensible person would, to the best of their ability, not practice such spiritual paths, and if they did practice them, they wouldn’t complete the system of the skillful teaching.”  
Yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāri anassāsikāneva brahmacariyāni anassāsikāni brahmacariyānīti akkhātāni yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṁ dhammaṁ kusalaṁ.  
how these four kinds of unreliable spiritual life have been explained by the Buddha.  
Iti hidaṁ sandako paribbājako sakaṁ parisaṁ uyyojesi bhagavati brahmacariyeti.  
And that’s how the wanderer Sandaka sent his own assembly to lead the spiritual life under the Buddha. 

mn77bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato20Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:   Then it occurred to him,  
Addasā kho sakuludāyī paribbājako bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.  
Sakuludāyī saw the Buddha coming off in the distance,  
Atha kho sakuludāyī paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
who said to him,  
Svāgataṁ, bhante, bhagavato.  
Welcome to the Blessed One, sir!  
Nesā, bhante, kathā bhagavato dullabhā bhavissati pacchāpi savanāya.  
It won’t be hard for you to hear about that later.  
“Pañca kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati dhamme samanupassāmi yehi bhagavantaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanti.  
“Sir, I see five such qualities in the Buddha.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā appāhāro, appāhāratāya ca vaṇṇavādī imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ samanupassāmi yena bhagavantaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanti.  
This is the first such quality I see in the Buddha.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā santuṭṭho itarītarena cīvarena, itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati dutiyaṁ dhammaṁ samanupassāmi yena bhagavantaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanti.  
This is the second such quality I see in the Buddha.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā santuṭṭho itarītarena piṇḍapātena, itarītarapiṇḍapātasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati tatiyaṁ dhammaṁ samanupassāmi yena bhagavantaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanti.  
This is the third such quality I see in the Buddha.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā santuṭṭho itarītarena senāsanena, itarītarasenāsanasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati catutthaṁ dhammaṁ samanupassāmi yena bhagavantaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanti.  
This is the fourth such quality I see in the Buddha.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā pavivitto, pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādī, imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati pañcamaṁ dhammaṁ samanupassāmi yena bhagavantaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanti.  
This is the fifth such quality I see in the Buddha.  
Ime kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati pañca dhamme samanupassāmi yehi bhagavantaṁ sāvakā sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharantī”ti.  
These are the five qualities I see in the Buddha, because of which his disciples honor, respect, revere, and venerate him; and after honoring and respecting him, they remain loyal to him.”  
Attamano sakuludāyī paribbājako bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, the wanderer Sakuludāyī was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn78bhagavantaṁ bhagavato6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho pañcakaṅgo thapati sāvatthiyā nikkhami divā divassa bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.   Then the master builder Pañcakaṅga left Sāvatthī in the middle of the day to see the Buddha.  
“akālo kho tāva bhagavantaṁ dassanāya;  
“It’s the wrong time to see the Buddha,  
“bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmī”ti.  
“I will learn the meaning of this statement from the Buddha himself.”  
Atha kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Then he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pañcakaṅgo thapati yāvatako ahosi uggāhamānena paribbājakena samaṇamuṇḍikāputtena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
and informed the Buddha of all that had been discussed.  
Attamano pañcakaṅgo thapati bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Pañcakaṅga the master builder was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn79bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavati bhagavato bhagavatā18Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:   Then it occurred to him,  
Addasā kho sakuludāyī paribbājako bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.  
Sakuludāyī saw the Buddha coming off in the distance,  
Atha kho sakuludāyī paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
who said to him,  
Svāgataṁ, bhante, bhagavato.  
Welcome to the Blessed One, sir!  
Nesā, bhante, kathā bhagavato dullabhā bhavissati pacchāpi savanāya.  
It won’t be hard for you to hear about that later.  
yadā pana, bhante, bhagavā imaṁ parisaṁ upasaṅkanto hoti athāhañceva ayañca parisā bhagavato mukhaṁ ullokentā nisinnā homa:  
But when the Buddha has come to the assembly, both myself and the assembly sit gazing up at your face, thinking,  
Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva ārabbha sati udapādi:  
That reminded me of the Buddha:  
Appeva nāmāhaṁ, bhante, sake ācariyake bhagavato cittaṁ ārādheyyaṁ pañhassa veyyākaraṇenā”ti.  
Perhaps I might satisfy the Buddha by answering a question about my own tradition.”  
Te mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā sake ācariyake samanuyuñjīyamānā samanuggāhīyamānā samanubhāsīyamānā rittā tucchā aparaddhā”ti.  
But when pursued, pressed, and grilled on our own tradition, we turned out to be void, hollow, and mistaken.”  
Te mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā sake ācariyake samanuyuñjiyamānā samanuggāhiyamānā samanubhāsiyamānā rittā tucchā aparaddhā”ti.  
But when pursued, pressed, and grilled on our own tradition, we turned out to be void, hollow, and mistaken.  
Atha kho sakuludāyī paribbājako te paribbājake appasadde katvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Sakuludāyī, having quieted those wanderers, said to the Buddha,  
“Etassa nūna, bhante, ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāhetu bhikkhū bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ carantī”ti?  
“Surely the mendicants must lead the spiritual life under the Buddha for the sake of realizing this perfectly happy world?”  
“Katame pana te, bhante, dhammā uttaritarā ca paṇītatarā ca yesaṁ sacchikiriyāhetu bhikkhū bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ carantī”ti?  
“But what are those finer things?”  
Evaṁ vutte, sakuludāyī paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Sakuludāyī said to the Buddha,  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.  
Sir, may I receive the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence?”  
Iti hidaṁ sakuludāyissa paribbājakassa parisā sakuludāyiṁ paribbājakaṁ antarāyamakāsi bhagavati brahmacariyeti.  
And that’s how the wanderer Sakuludāyī’s own assembly prevented him from leading the spiritual life under the Buddha. 

mn80bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vekhanaso paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Vekhanasa went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho vekhanaso paribbājako bhagavato santike udānaṁ udānesi:  
and expressed this heartfelt sentiment:  
Evaṁ vutte, vekhanaso paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Vekhanasa said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, vekhanaso paribbājako kupito anattamano bhagavantaṁyeva khuṁsento bhagavantaṁyeva vambhento bhagavantaṁyeva vadamāno:  
When he said this, Vekhanasa became angry and upset. He even attacked and badmouthed the Buddha himself, saying,  
“samaṇo gotamo pāpito bhavissatī”ti bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“The ascetic Gotama will be worsted!” He said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, vekhanaso paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Vekhanasa said to the Buddha,  

mn81bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā47Pi En Ru dhamma

“ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo bhagavato sitassa pātukammāya?   “What is the cause, what is the reason why the Buddha smiled?  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
So Ānanda arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said,  
“ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo bhagavato sitassa pātukammāya?  
“What is the cause, what is the reason why the Buddha smiled?  
Idha sudaṁ, ānanda, kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ārāmo ahosi.  
It was here, in fact, that he had his monastery,  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando catugguṇaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ paññapetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Ānanda spread out his outer robe folded in four and said to the Buddha,  
Idha sudaṁ, ānanda, kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ārāmo ahosi.  
It was here, in fact, that he had his monastery,  
Vegaḷiṅge kho, ānanda, gāmanigame ghaṭikāro nāma kumbhakāro kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko.  
The Buddha Kassapa had as chief supporter in Vebhaliṅga a potter named Ghaṭīkāra.  
‘āyāma, samma jotipāla, kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāma.  
‘Come, dear Jotipāla, let’s go to see the Blessed One Kassapa, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Sādhusammatañhi me tassa bhagavato dassanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’ti.  
For I deem it holy to see that Blessed One.’  
‘āyāma, samma jotipāla, kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāma.  
‘Come, dear Jotipāla, let’s go to see the Blessed One Kassapa, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Sādhusammatañhi me tassa bhagavato dassanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’ti.  
For I deem it holy to see that Blessed One.’  
‘ayaṁ, samma jotipāla, kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa avidūre ārāmo.  
‘Dear Jotipāla, the Buddha Kassapa’s monastery is not far away.  
Āyāma, samma jotipāla, kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāma.  
Let’s go to see the Blessed One Kassapa, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Sādhusammatañhi me tassa bhagavato dassanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’ti.  
For I deem it holy to see that Blessed One.’  
‘ayaṁ, samma jotipāla, kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa avidūre ārāmo.  
‘Dear Jotipāla, the Buddha Kassapa’s monastery is not far away.  
Āyāma, samma jotipāla, kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāma.  
Let’s go to see the Blessed One Kassapa, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Sādhusammatañhi me tassa bhagavato dassanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’ti.  
For I deem it holy to see that Blessed One.’  
‘ayaṁ, samma jotipāla, kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa avidūre ārāmo.  
‘Dear Jotipāla, the Buddha Kassapa’s monastery is not far away.  
Āyāma, samma jotipāla, kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāma.  
Let’s go to see the Blessed One Kassapa, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Sādhusammatañhi me tassa bhagavato dassanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’ti.  
For I deem it holy to see that Blessed One.’  
‘ayaṁ, samma jotipāla, kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa avidūre ārāmo.  
‘Dear Jotipāla, the Buddha Kassapa’s monastery is not far away.  
Āyāma, samma jotipāla, kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāma.  
Let’s go to see the Blessed One Kassapa, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Sādhusammatañhi me tassa bhagavato dassanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’ti.  
For I deem it holy to see that Blessed One.’  
Tathā hi pana me sādhusammataṁ tassa bhagavato dassanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’ti.  
For that is how holy I deem it to see that Blessed One.’  
Atha kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro ca kumbhakāro jotipālo ca māṇavo yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā ghaṭikāro kumbhakāro kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Jotipālo pana māṇavo kassapena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Then Ghaṭīkāra the potter and Jotipāla the brahmin student went to the Buddha Kassapa. Ghaṭīkāra bowed and sat down to one side, but Jotipāla exchanged greetings with the Buddha and sat down to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro kumbhakāro kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:  
Ghaṭīkāra said to the Buddha Kassapa,  
Atha kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro ca kumbhakāro jotipālo ca māṇavo kassapena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.  
Then they got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha Kassapa, keeping him on their right, before leaving.  
Atha kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro ca kumbhakāro jotipālo ca māṇavo yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, ānanda, ghaṭikāro kumbhakāro kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Ghaṭīkāra and Jotipāla went to the Buddha Kassapa, bowed and sat down to one side. Ghaṭīkāra said to the Buddha Kassapa,  
Alattha kho, ānanda, jotipālo māṇavo kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And Jotipāla the brahmin student received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  
Atha kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhadraṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi bārāṇasiyā niyyāsi mahaccarājānubhāvena kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ dassanāya.  
He had the finest carriages harnessed. He then mounted a fine carriage and, along with other fine carriages, set out in full royal pomp from Varanasi to see the Buddha Kassapa.  
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
He went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha Kassapa on foot. He bowed and sat down to one side.  
Atha kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā kassapena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:  
Then King Kikī said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā kassapassa bhagavato sammāsambuddhassa adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, King Kikī got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā paṇḍupuṭakassa sālino vigatakāḷakaṁ anekasūpaṁ anekabyañjanaṁ, kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa kālaṁ ārocāpesi:  
And when the night had passed, King Kikī had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in his own home—soft saffron rice with the dark grains picked out, served with many soups and sauces. Then he had the Buddha informed of the time, saying,  
Atha kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
When the Buddha Kassapa had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, King Kikī took a low seat and sat to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:  
There he said to the Buddha Kassapa,  
tatiyampi kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:  
and a third time King Kikī said to the Buddha Kassapa,  
Atha kho, ānanda, kikī kāsirājā kassapaṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:  
Then King Kikī said to the Buddha Kassapa,  
“Bhikkhū, bhagini, kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa kuṭi ovassatī”ti.  
“It’s the mendicants, sister. The Buddha’s hut is leaking.”  
“Bhikkhū, tāta, kassapassa kira bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa kuṭi ovassatī”ti.  
“It was the mendicants, dear. It seems the Buddha’s hut is leaking.”  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn82bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā35Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho thullakoṭṭhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.   Then the brahmins and householders of Thullakoṭṭhita went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent.  
“yathā yathā khvāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, nayidaṁ sukaraṁ agāraṁ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṁ ekantaparisuddhaṁ saṅkhalikhitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carituṁ.  
“As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it’s not easy for someone living at home to lead the spiritual life utterly full and pure, like a polished shell.  
yathā yathā khvāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi → yathā yathā kho bhagavā dhammaṁ deseti (bj)  
Atha kho thullakoṭṭhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.  
Then, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, the brahmins and householders of Thullakoṭṭhita got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right, before leaving.  
Atha kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto acirapakkantesu thullakoṭṭhikesu brāhmaṇagahapatikesu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Soon after they left, Raṭṭhapāla went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“yathā yathāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, nayidaṁ sukaraṁ agāraṁ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṁ ekantaparisuddhaṁ saṅkhalikhitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carituṁ.  
“Sir, as I understand the Buddha’s teaching, it’s not easy for someone living at home to lead the spiritual life utterly full and pure, like a polished shell.  
Labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadaṁ.  
Sir, may I receive the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence?  
Atha kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena mātāpitaro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā mātāpitaro etadavoca:  
Then Raṭṭhapāla got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha. Then he went to his parents and said,  
“ammatātā, yathā yathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, nayidaṁ sukaraṁ agāraṁ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṁ ekantaparisuddhaṁ saṅkhalikhitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carituṁ.  
“Mum and dad, as I understand the Buddha’s teachings, it’s not easy for someone living at home to lead the spiritual life utterly full and pure, like a polished shell.  
“ammatātā, yathā yathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, nayidaṁ sukaraṁ agāraṁ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṁ ekantaparisuddhaṁ saṅkhalikhitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carituṁ.  
 
Atha kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto uṭṭhahitvā balaṁ gāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Raṭṭhapāla got up and regained his strength. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Alattha kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And Raṭṭhapāla received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  
Atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then he went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā senāsanaṁ saṁsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena thullakoṭṭhikaṁ tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.  
And then Raṭṭhapāla got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he set his lodgings in order and, taking his bowl and robe, set out for Thullakoṭṭhita.  
“Atthi kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammuddesā uddiṭṭhā, ye ahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito.  
“Great king, the Blessed One who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha has taught these four summaries of the teaching for recitation. It was after knowing and seeing and hearing these that I went forth from the lay life to homelessness.  
kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena paṭhamo dhammuddeso uddiṭṭho, yamahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito.  
This is the first summary.  
kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dutiyo dhammuddeso uddiṭṭho, yamahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito.  
This is the second summary.  
kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tatiyo dhammuddeso uddiṭṭho, yamahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito.  
This is the third summary.  
kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena catuttho dhammuddeso uddiṭṭho, yamahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito.  
This is the fourth summary.  
Ime kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammuddesā uddiṭṭhā, ye ahaṁ ñatvā ca disvā ca sutvā ca agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti.  
The Blessed One who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha taught these four summaries of the teaching. It was after knowing and seeing and hearing these that I went forth from the lay life to homelessness.”  
“Idaṁ kho taṁ, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sandhāya bhāsitaṁ:  
“This is what the Buddha was referring to when he said:  
Yāva subhāsitañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena:  
how well said this was by the Buddha.  
“Idaṁ kho taṁ, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sandhāya bhāsitaṁ:  
“This is what the Buddha was referring to when he said:  
Yāva subhāsitaṁ cidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena:  
how well said this was by the Buddha.  
“Idaṁ kho taṁ, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sandhāya bhāsitaṁ:  
“This is what the Buddha was referring to when he said:  
Yāva subhāsitaṁ cidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena:  
how well said this was by the Buddha.  
“Idaṁ kho taṁ, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sandhāya bhāsitaṁ:  
“This is what the Buddha was referring to when he said:  
Yāva subhāsitañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena:  
how well said this was by the Buddha.  

mn83bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo bhagavato sitassa pātukammāya?   “What is the cause, what is the reason why the Buddha smiled?  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
So Ānanda arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said,  
“ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo bhagavato sitassa pātukammāya?  
“What is the cause, what is the reason why the Buddha smiled?  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn84bhagavantaṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

Tameva tvaṁ bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gaccha yamahaṁ saraṇaṁ gato”ti.   You should go for refuge to that same Blessed One to whom I have gone for refuge.”  
“Sacepi mayaṁ, bho kaccāna, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhagavantaṁ dasasu yojanesu, dasapi mayaṁ yojanāni gaccheyyāma taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ.  
“Master Kaccāna, if I heard that the Buddha was within ten leagues, or twenty, or even up to a hundred leagues away, I’d go a hundred leagues to see him.  
Sacepi mayaṁ, bho kaccāna, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhagavantaṁ vīsatiyā yojanesu, tiṁsāya yojanesu, cattārīsāya yojanesu, paññāsāya yojanesu, paññāsampi mayaṁ yojanāni gaccheyyāma taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ.  
 
Yojanasate cepi mayaṁ bho kaccāna, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhagavantaṁ, yojanasatampi mayaṁ gaccheyyāma taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ.  
 
Yato ca, bho kaccāna, parinibbuto so bhagavā, parinibbutampi mayaṁ bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
But since the Buddha has become fully extinguished, I go for refuge to that fully extinguished Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  

mn85bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā24Pi En Ru dhamma

“ehi tvaṁ, samma sañjikāputta, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vanda, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ puccha:   “Please, dear Sañjikāputta, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Ask him if he is healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.  
‘bodhi, bhante, rājakumāro bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī’ti.  
 
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho sañjikāputto māṇavo bodhissa rājakumārassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
“Yes, sir,” Sañjikāputta replied. He did as Prince Bodhi asked, and  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sañjikāputto māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
 
Atha kho sañjikāputto māṇavo bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bodhi rājakumāro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bodhiṁ rājakumāraṁ etadavoca:  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Sañjikāputta got up from his seat, went to Prince Bodhi, and said,  
“ehi tvaṁ, samma sañjikāputta, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocehi:  
“Please, dear Sañjikāputta, go to the Buddha, and announce the time, saying,  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho sañjikāputto māṇavo bodhissa rājakumārassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocesi:  
“Yes, sir,” Sañjikāputta replied, and he did as he was asked.  
Tena kho pana samayena bodhi rājakumāro bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ āgamayamāno.  
Now at that time Prince Bodhi was standing outside the gates waiting for the Buddha.  
Addasā kho bodhi rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.  
Seeing the Buddha coming off in the distance,  
Disvāna paccuggantvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā purakkhatvā yena kokanado pāsādo tenupasaṅkami.  
he went out to greet him. After bowing and inviting the Buddha to go first, he approached the Pink Lotus longhouse.  
Atha kho bodhi rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Prince Bodhi said to him,  
tatiyampi kho bodhi rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and a third time, Prince Bodhi said to him,  
Atha kho bodhi rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Prince Bodhi took a low seat, sat to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho bodhi rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and said to him,  
Atha kho, rājakumāra, brahmā sahampati ‘katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā’ti maṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.  
Then Brahmā Sahampati, knowing that his request for me to teach the Dhamma had been granted, bowed and respectfully circled me, keeping me on his right, before vanishing right there.  
Evaṁ vutte, bodhi rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Prince Bodhi said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, bodhi rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Prince Bodhi said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho me ayyā kucchimatī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho me ayyā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then my pregnant mother went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
‘yo me ayaṁ, bhante, kucchigato kumārako vā kumārikā vā so bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchati dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
‘Sir, the prince or princess in my womb goes for refuge to the Buddha, the teaching, and the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Atha kho maṁ dhāti aṅkena haritvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho maṁ dhāti bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then my nurse, carrying me on her hip, went to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  
‘ayaṁ, bhante, bodhi rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchati dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
‘Sir, this Prince Bodhi goes for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Esāhaṁ, samma sañjikāputta, tatiyakampi bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
Now for a third time I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  

mn86bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā17Pi En Ru dhamma

Addasāsuṁ kho gopālakā pasupālakā kassakā pathāvino bhagavantaṁ yena coro aṅgulimālo tenaddhānamaggapaṭipannaṁ.   The cowherds, shepherds, farmers, and travelers saw him on the road,  
Disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
and said to him,  
tatiyampi kho gopālakā pasupālakā kassakā pathāvino bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
and a third time, they urged the Buddha to turn back.  
Addasā kho coro aṅgulimālo bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.  
The bandit Aṅgulimāla saw the Buddha coming off in the distance,  
Atha kho coro aṅgulimālo asicammaṁ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṁ sannayhitvā bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi.  
Then Aṅgulimāla donned his sword and shield, fastened his bow and arrows, and followed behind the Buddha.  
Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā coro aṅgulimālo bhagavantaṁ pakatiyā gacchantaṁ sabbathāmena gacchanto na sakkoti sampāpuṇituṁ.  
But the Buddha used his psychic power to will that Aṅgulimāla could not catch up with him no matter how hard he tried, even though the Buddha kept walking at a normal speed.  
Ṭhitova bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He stood still and said,  
Atha kho coro aṅgulimālo bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
Then he addressed the Buddha in verse:  
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho rājānaṁ pasenadiṁ kosalaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
He went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and approached the Buddha on foot. He bowed and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā aṅgulimālo bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti.  
Now at that time Venerable Aṅgulimāla was sitting not far from the Buddha.  
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then the king went back to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Yañhi mayaṁ, bhante, nāsakkhimhā daṇḍenapi satthenapi dametuṁ so bhagavatā adaṇḍena asattheneva danto.  
For I was not able to tame him with the rod and the sword, but the Buddha tamed him without rod or sword.  
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then King Pasenadi got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho āyasmā aṅgulimālo sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā aṅgulimālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then after wandering for alms in Sāvatthī, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said to him,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā aṅgulimālo bhagavato paṭissutvā yena sā itthī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ itthiṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” replied Aṅgulimāla. He went to that woman and said:  

mn87bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā22Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho so gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
Atha kho so gahapati bhagavato bhāsitaṁ anabhinanditvā paṭikkositvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.  
Disagreeing with the Buddha’s statement, rejecting it, he got up from his seat and left.  
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā akkhadhuttā bhagavato avidūre akkhehi dibbanti.  
Now at that time several gamblers were playing dice not far from the Buddha.  
“Sacetaṁ, mahārāja, bhagavatā bhāsitaṁ, evametan”ti.  
“If that’s what the Buddha said, great king, then that’s how it is.”  
‘Sacetaṁ, mahārāja, bhagavatā bhāsitaṁ evametan’ti.  
‘If that’s what the Buddha said, great king, then that’s how it is.’  
‘Sacetaṁ, mahārāja, bhagavatā bhāsitaṁ evametan’ti.  
 
“ehi tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ puccha:  
“Please, brahmin, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Ask him if he is healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.  
‘mallikā, bhante, devī bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī’ti;  
 
‘bhāsitā nu kho, bhante, bhagavatā esā vācā— 
‘Sir, did the Buddha make this statement:  
“Evaṁ, bhotī”ti kho nāḷijaṅgho brāhmaṇo mallikāya deviyā paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
“Yes, ma’am,” he replied. He went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho nāḷijaṅgho brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,  
‘bhāsitā nu kho, bhante, bhagavatā esā vācā— 
the Buddha made this statement:  
Atha kho nāḷijaṅgho brāhmaṇo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena mallikā devī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā yāvatako ahosi bhagavatā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ mallikāya deviyā ārocesi. Atha kho mallikā devī yena rājā pasenadi kosalo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṁ pasenadiṁ kosalaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Nāḷijaṅgha the brahmin, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, got up from his seat, went to Queen Mallikā, and told her of all they had discussed. Then Queen Mallikā approached King Pasenadi and said to him,  
“Idaṁ kho taṁ, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sandhāya bhāsitaṁ:  
“This is what the Buddha was referring to when he said:  
“Idaṁ kho taṁ, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sandhāya bhāsitaṁ:  
 
“Idaṁ kho taṁ, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sandhāya bhāsitaṁ:  
 
“Idaṁ kho taṁ, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sandhāya bhāsitaṁ:  
“This is what the Buddha was referring to when he said:  
“Idaṁ kho taṁ, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sandhāya bhāsitaṁ:  
“This is what the Buddha was referring to when he said:  
“Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
“Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassā”ti.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!” 

mn88bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkantassa rañño pasenadissa kosalassa yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.   Soon after he left, Ānanda went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi raññā pasenadinā kosalena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
and told him what had happened.  
Tañca bāhitikaṁ bhagavato pādāsi.  
He presented the cloth to the Buddha.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn89bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavati bhagavato bhagavatā47Pi En Ru dhamma

Disvāna bhagavantaṁyeva ārabbha sati udapādi:   The sight reminded him right away of the Buddha:  
“imāni kho tāni rukkhamūlāni pāsādikāni pasādanīyāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, yattha sudaṁ mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāsāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti.  
“These roots of trees, so impressive and inspiring, are like those where we used to pay homage to the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.”  
“imāni kho, samma kārāyana, tāni rukkhamūlāni pāsādikāni pasādanīyāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, yattha sudaṁ mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāsāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ.  
“These roots of trees, so impressive and inspiring, are like those where we used to pay homage to the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
“Tena hi, samma kārāyana, yojehi bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni, gamissāma mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti.  
“Well then, harness the chariots, and we shall go to see the Buddha.”  
Dassanakāmā hi mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti.  
For I want to see him.”  
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo vihāraṁ pavisitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati, pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati, nāmañca sāveti:  
King Pasenadi entered the dwelling, and bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet, caressing them and covering them with kisses, and pronounced his name:  
“Atthi kho me, bhante, bhagavati dhammanvayo hoti:  
“Sir, I infer about the Buddha from the teaching:  
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
Ayampi kho me, bhante, bhagavati dhammanvayo hoti:  
That’s why I infer this about the Buddha from the teaching:  
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
Ayampi kho me, bhante, bhagavati dhammanvayo hoti:  
So I infer this about the Buddha from the teaching:  
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
‘addhā ime āyasmanto tassa bhagavato sāsane uḷāraṁ pubbenāparaṁ visesaṁ jānanti;  
‘Clearly these venerables have realized a higher distinction in the Buddha’s instructions than they had before.  
Ayampi kho me, bhante, bhagavati dhammanvayo hoti:  
So I infer this about the Buddha from the teaching:  
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
yasmiṁ samaye bhagavā anekasatāya parisāya dhammaṁ deseti, neva tasmiṁ samaye bhagavato sāvakānaṁ khipitasaddo vā hoti ukkāsitasaddo vā.  
while the Buddha is teaching an assembly of many hundreds, and there is no sound of his disciples coughing or clearing their throats.  
Tatraññataro bhagavato sāvako ukkāsi.  
Then one of his disciples cleared their throat.  
Ayampi kho me, bhante, bhagavati dhammanvayo hoti:  
So I infer this about the Buddha from the teaching:  
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
Te bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā na ceva bhagavantaṁ pañhaṁ pucchanti, kuto vādaṁ āropessanti?  
They don’t even get around to asking their question to the Buddha, so how could they refute his answer?  
Aññadatthu bhagavato sāvakā sampajjanti.  
Invariably, they become his disciples.  
Ayampi kho me, bhante, bhagavati dhammanvayo hoti:  
So I infer this about the Buddha from the teaching:  
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
Te bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā na ceva bhagavantaṁ pañhaṁ pucchanti, kuto vādaṁ āropessanti?  
They don’t even get around to asking their question to the Buddha, so how could they refute his answer?  
Aññadatthu bhagavantaṁyeva okāsaṁ yācanti agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya.  
Invariably, they ask the ascetic Gotama for the chance to go forth.  
Ayampi kho me, bhante, bhagavati dhammanvayo hoti:  
So I infer this about the Buddha from the teaching:  
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
atha ca pana no tathā mayi nipaccakāraṁ karonti yathā bhagavati.  
And yet they don’t show me the same level of devotion that they show to the Buddha.  
Atha kho, bhante, ime isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmetvā, yato ahosi bhagavā tato sīsaṁ katvā maṁ pādato karitvā nipajjiṁsu.  
They spent much of the night discussing the teaching, then they lay down with their heads towards where the Buddha was and their feet towards me.  
kathāya vītināmetvā, yato ahosi bhagavā → assosuṁ kho bhagavantaṁ (sya-all, km, pts1ed) 
atha ca pana no tathā mayi nipaccakāraṁ karonti yathā bhagavati.  
And yet they don’t show me the same level of devotion that they show to the Buddha.  
Addhā ime āyasmanto tassa bhagavato sāsane uḷāraṁ pubbenāparaṁ visesaṁ jānantī’ti.  
Clearly these venerables have realized a higher distinction in the Buddha’s instructions than they had before.’  
Ayampi kho me, bhante, bhagavati dhammanvayo hoti:  
So I infer this about the Buddha from the teaching:  
‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’ti.  
‘The Blessed One is a fully awakened Buddha. The teaching is well explained. The Saṅgha is practicing well.’  
imināvārahāmevāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavati paramanipaccakāraṁ kātuṁ, mittūpahāraṁ upadaṁsetuṁ.  
it’s proper for me to show the Buddha such utmost devotion and demonstrate such friendship.  
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then King Pasenadi got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn90bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā34Pi En Ru dhamma

“ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ puccha:   “Please, mister, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Ask him if he is healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.  
‘rājā, bhante, pasenadi kosalo bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī’ti;  
 
‘ajja kira, bhante, rājā pasenadi kosalo pacchābhattaṁ bhuttapātarāso bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissatī’”ti.  
‘Sir, King Pasenadi of Kosala will come to see you today when he has finished breakfast.’”  
“Evaṁ, devā”ti kho so puriso rañño pasenadissa kosalassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so puriso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, Your Majesty,” that man replied. He did as the king asked.  
“rājā, bhante, pasenadi kosalo bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchati;  
 
‘ajja kira, bhante, rājā pasenadi kosalo pacchābhattaṁ bhuttapātarāso bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissatī’”ti.  
 
“ajja kira rājā pasenadi kosalo pacchābhattaṁ bhuttapātarāso bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissatī”ti.  
 
“tena hi, mahārāja, amhākampi vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ puccha:  
“Great king, since you are going to the Buddha, please bow in our name with your head to his feet. Ask him if he is healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.”  
‘somā ca, bhante, bhaginī sakulā ca bhaginī bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī’”ti.  
 
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo pacchābhattaṁ bhuttapātarāso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had finished breakfast, King Pasenadi went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“somā ca, bhante, bhaginī sakulā ca bhaginī bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī”ti.  
“Sir, the sisters Somā and Sakulā bow with their heads to your feet. They ask if you are healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably.”  
‘ajja kira rājā pasenadi kosalo pacchābhattaṁ bhuttapātarāso bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissatī’ti.  
 
‘tena hi, mahārāja, amhākampi vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ puccha— 
 
somā ca bhaginī sakulā ca bhaginī bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī’”ti.  
 
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then the king said to the Buddha,  
Ye te, bhante, evamāhaṁsu: ‘samaṇo gotamo evamāha—natthi so samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā yo sabbaññū sabbadassāvī aparisesaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ paṭijānissati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī’ti; kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaronti, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchatī”ti?  
Do those who say this repeat what the Buddha has said, and not misrepresent him with an untruth? Is their explanation in line with the teaching? Are there any legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”  
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then the king said to the Buddha,  
“siyā nu kho, bhante, bhagavatā aññadeva kiñci sandhāya bhāsitaṁ, tañca jano aññathāpi paccāgaccheyya.  
“Sir, might the Buddha have spoken in reference to one thing, but that person believed it was something else?  
“Nāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ diṭṭhadhammikaṁ pucchāmi;  
“Sir, I am not asking you about the present life,  
samparāyikāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ pucchāmi.  
but about the life to come.”  
Evaṁ vutte, viṭaṭūbho senāpati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, General Viḍūḍabha said to the Buddha,  
ahaṁ bhagavato putto.  
and I am the Buddha’s son.  
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then the king said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
So the king said to the Buddha,  
“sabbaññutaṁ mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ apucchimhā, sabbaññutaṁ bhagavā byākāsi;  
“Sir, I asked you about omniscience, and you answered.  
Cātuvaṇṇisuddhiṁ mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ apucchimhā, cātuvaṇṇisuddhiṁ bhagavā byākāsi;  
I asked you about the four classes,  
Adhideve mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ apucchimhā, adhideve bhagavā byākāsi;  
about the gods,  
Adhibrahmānaṁ mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ apucchimhā, adhibrahmānaṁ bhagavā byākāsi;  
and about Brahmā, and you answered in each case.  
Yaṁ yadeva ca mayaṁ bhagavantaṁ apucchimhā taṁ tadeva bhagavā byākāsi;  
Whatever I asked the Buddha about, he answered.  
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmīti.  
Then King Pasenadi approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. Then he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

mn91bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā31Pi En Ru dhamma

Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Traveling stage by stage, he came to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uttaro māṇavo bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesi.  
and scrutinized his body for the thirty-two marks of a great man.  
Addasā kho uttaro māṇavo bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni, yebhuyyena thapetvā dve.  
He saw all of them except for two,  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to the Buddha,  
Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā addasa uttaro māṇavo bhagavato kosohitaṁ vatthaguyhaṁ.  
So the Buddha used his psychic power to will that Uttara would see his private parts covered in a foreskin.  
Atha kho uttaro māṇavo sattamāsāni bhagavantaṁ anubandhi chāyāva anapāyinī.  
So Uttara followed the Buddha like a shadow for seven months.  
“Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
“Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassāti.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Atha kho mithileyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
Then the brahmins and householders of Mithilā went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent.  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho so māṇavako brahmāyussa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
“Yes, sir,” that student replied. He did as he was asked, and the Buddha said,  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho so māṇavako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
 
Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
Then the brahmin Brahmāyu went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesi.  
and scrutinized the Buddha’s body for the thirty-two marks of a great man.  
Addasā kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni, yebhuyyena ṭhapetvā dve.  
He saw all of them except for two,  
Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:  
Then Brahmāyu addressed the Buddha in verse:  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then the Buddha thought,  
Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā addasa brahmāyu brāhmaṇo bhagavato kosohitaṁ vatthaguyhaṁ.  
So the Buddha used his psychic power to will that Brahmāyu would see his private parts covered in a foreskin.  
Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:  
So Brahmāyu addressed the Buddha in verse:  
Evaṁ vutte, brahmāyu brāhmaṇo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati, pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati, nāmañca sāveti:  
When he said this, Brahmāyu got up from his seat and arranged his robe on one shoulder. He bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet, caressing them and covering them with kisses, and pronounced his name:  
Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Brahmāyu saw, attained, understood, and fathomed the Dhamma. He went beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and became self-assured and independent of others regarding the Teacher’s instructions. He said to the Buddha:  
Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Brahmāyu got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi:  
And when the night had passed Brahmāyu had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in his own home. Then he had the Buddha informed of the time, saying,  
Atha kho brahmāyu brāhmaṇo acirapakkantassa bhagavato kālamakāsi.  
Not long after the Buddha left, Brahmāyu passed away.  
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn92bhagavantaṁ bhagavanto bhagavato bhagavatā17Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   So Keṇiya approached the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then he said to the Buddha,  
Dutiyampi kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a second time, Keṇiya asked the Buddha to accept a meal offering.  
Tatiyampi kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a third time, Keṇiya asked the Buddha to accept a meal offering.  
Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena sako assamo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā mittāmacce ñātisālohite āmantesi:  
Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Keṇiya got up from his seat and went to his own hermitage. There he addressed his friends and colleagues, relatives and family members,  
durāsadā hi te bhagavanto sīhāva ekacarā.  
For the Buddhas are intimidating, like a lion living alone.  
Atha kho selo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
Then Sela went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho selo brāhmaṇo bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesi.  
and scrutinized the Buddha’s body for the thirty-two marks of a great man.  
Addasā kho selo brāhmaṇo bhagavato kāye dvattiṁsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni, yebhuyyena ṭhapetvā dve.  
He saw all of them except for two,  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to the Buddha,  
Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi, yathā addasa selo brāhmaṇo bhagavato kosohitaṁ vatthaguyhaṁ.  
The Buddha used his psychic power to will that Sela would see his private parts covered in a foreskin.  
Atha kho selo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi:  
Then Sela extolled the Buddha in his presence with fitting verses:  
Alattha kho selo brāhmaṇo sapariso bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And the brahmin Sela together with his assembly received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  
Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena sake assame paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi:  
And when the night had passed Keṇiya had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in his own hermitage. Then he had the Buddha informed of the time, saying,  
Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Keṇiya took a low seat and sat to one side.  
Atha kho āyasmā selo sapariso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:  
Then Sela with his assembly went to see the Buddha. He arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said:  

mn93bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho assalāyano māṇavo mahatā brāhmaṇagaṇena saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Assalāyana together with a large group of brahmins went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho assalāyano māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, assalāyano māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Assalāyana said to him,  

mn94bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tameva bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāhi yamahaṁ saraṇaṁ gato”ti.   You should go for refuge to that same Blessed One to whom I have gone for refuge.”  

mn95bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho caṅkī brāhmaṇo mahatā brāhmaṇagaṇena saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Caṅkī together with a large group of brahmins went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
So vuddhānaṁ vuddhānaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ bhagavatā saddhiṁ mantayamānānaṁ antarantarā kathaṁ opāteti.  
While the senior brahmins were conversing together with the Buddha, he interrupted.  
Evaṁ vutte, caṅkī brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Caṅkī said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to the Buddha,  
Atha kho kāpaṭiko māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then he said,  

mn96bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho esukārī brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Esukārī the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho esukārī brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, esukārī brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Esukārī said to him:  
Evaṁ vutte, esukārī brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Esukārī said to him,  

mn97bhagavantaṁ bhagavato10Pi En Ru dhamma

“ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi:   “Please, mister, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Say to him:  
So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti.  
He bows with his head to your feet.’  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so puriso dhanañjānissa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so puriso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” that man replied. He did as Dhanañjāni asked.  
So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī”ti.  
 
“Tena hi, bho sāriputta, mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi:  
“Well then, Master Sāriputta, in my name bow with your head at the Buddha’s feet. Say to him:  
So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’”ti.  
He bows with his head to your feet.’”  
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi, ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Sāriputta went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said,  
so bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī”ti.  
He bows with his head to your feet.”  

mn98bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vāseṭṭhabhāradvājā māṇavā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu.   So they went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vāseṭṭho māṇavo bhagavantaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:  
and Vāseṭṭha addressed the Buddha in verse:  
Evaṁ vutte, vāseṭṭhabhāradvājā māṇavā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
When he had spoken, Vāseṭṭha and Bhāradvāja said to him,  

mn99bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā subhagavanikena subhagavaniko20Pi En Ru dhamma

Taṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ payirupāsassū”ti.   You can pay homage to him.”  
Atha kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto tassa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
Acknowledging that householder, Subha went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavatā andhaveṇūpamena vuccamāno kupito anattamano bhagavantaṁyeva khuṁsento bhagavantaṁyeva vambhento bhagavantaṁyeva vadamāno:  
When he said this, Subha became angry and upset with the Buddha because of the simile of the queue of blind men. He even attacked and badmouthed the Buddha himself, saying,  
“samaṇo gotamo pāpito bhavissatī”ti bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“The ascetic Gotama will be worsted!” He said to the Buddha:  
“brāhmaṇo, bho gotama, pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko evamāha:  
“Master Gotama, the brahmin Pokkharasādi Upamañña of the Subhaga Forest says:  
“Kiṁ pana, māṇava, brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko sabbesaṁyeva samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānātī”ti?  
“But student, does Pokkharasādi understand the minds of all these ascetics and brahmins, having comprehended them with his mind?”  
“Sakāyapi hi, bho gotama, puṇṇikāya dāsiyā brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko cetasā ceto paricca na pajānāti, kuto pana sabbesaṁyeva samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānissatī”ti?  
“Master Gotama, Pokkharasādi doesn’t even know the mind of his own bonded maid Puṇṇikā, so how could he know all those ascetics and brahmins?”  
“Evameva kho, māṇava, brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko andho acakkhuko.  
“In the same way, Pokkharasādi is blind and sightless.  
yadi evaṁ sante, brāhmaṇena pokkharasātinā opamaññena subhagavanikena sammuccā vācā bhāsitā asammuccā”ti?  
If this is so, does Pokkharasādi’s speech agree or disagree with accepted usage?”  
Imehi kho, māṇava, pañcahi nīvaraṇehi brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko āvuto nivuto ophuṭo pariyonaddho.  
Pokkharasādi is veiled, shrouded, covered, and engulfed by these five hindrances.  
Imehi kho, māṇava, pañcahi kāmaguṇehi brāhmaṇo pokkharasāti opamañño subhagavaniko gathito mucchito ajjhopanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati.  
Pokkharasādi enjoys himself with these five kinds of sensual stimulation, tied, infatuated, attached, blind to the drawbacks, and not understanding the escape.  
Evaṁ vutte, subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Subha said to him,  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Subha.  
Evaṁ vutte, subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Subha said to him,  
Atha kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
And then Subha approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

mn100bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā10Pi En Ru dhamma

“Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.   “Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassā”ti.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!”  
“Na hi pana tvaṁ, tāta bhadramukha, tassa bhagavato sīlapaññāṇaṁ jānāsi.  
“But my little dear, you don’t understand the Buddha’s ethics and wisdom.  
Sace tvaṁ, tāta bhadramukha, tassa bhagavato sīlapaññāṇaṁ jāneyyāsi, na tvaṁ, tāta bhadramukha, taṁ bhagavantaṁ akkositabbaṁ paribhāsitabbaṁ maññeyyāsī”ti.  
If you did, you’d never think of abusing or insulting him.”  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho saṅgāravo māṇavo dhanañjāniyā brāhmaṇiyā paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
“Yes, ma’am,” replied Saṅgārava. He went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saṅgāravo māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, saṅgāravo māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Saṅgārava said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, saṅgāravo māṇavo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Saṅgārava said to the Buddha,  

mn101bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn102bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn103bhagavati bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Na kho no, bhante, bhagavati evaṁ hoti:  
“No sir, we don’t think of you that way.”  
“Evaṁ kho no, bhante, bhagavati hoti:  
“We think of you this way:  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn104bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā9Pi En Ru dhamma

“atthi kho idaṁ, āvuso cunda, kathāpābhataṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.   “Reverend Cunda, we should see the Buddha about this matter.  
Āyāma, āvuso cunda, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocessāmā”ti.  
Come, let’s go to the Buddha and inform him about this.”  
Atha kho āyasmā ca ānando cundo ca samaṇuddeso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Ānanda and Cunda went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and Ānanda informed him of what Cunda had said. He went on to say,  
‘mā heva bhagavato accayena saṅghe vivādo uppajji;  
‘When the Buddha has passed away, let no dispute arise in the Saṅgha.  
“Ye me, bhante, dhammā bhagavatā abhiññā desitā, seyyathidaṁ— 
“No, sir, I do not.  
Ye ca kho, bhante, puggalā bhagavantaṁ patissayamānarūpā viharanti tepi bhagavato accayena saṅghe vivādaṁ janeyyuṁ ajjhājīve vā adhipātimokkhe vā.  
Nevertheless, there are some individuals who appear to live obedient to the Buddha, but when the Buddha has passed away they might create a dispute in the Saṅgha regarding livelihood or the monastic code.  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn105bhagavantaṁ bhagavato9Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulehi bhikkhūhi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā hoti:   Now at that time several mendicants had declared their enlightenment in the Buddha’s presence:  
“sambahulehi kira bhikkhūhi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā hoti:  
 
Atha kho sunakkhatto licchaviputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sunakkhatto licchaviputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
‘sambahulehi kira bhikkhūhi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā— 
several mendicants have declared their enlightenment in the Buddha’s presence.  
Ye te, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato santike aññaṁ byākaṁsu:  
 
yaṁ bhagavā dhammaṁ deseyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
Let the Buddha teach the Dhamma. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho sunakkhatto licchaviputto bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Sunakkhatta.  
Attamano sunakkhatto licchaviputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Sunakkhatta of the Licchavi clan was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn106bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha:  
Nissāya nissāya kira no, bhante, bhagavatā oghassa nittharaṇā akkhātā.  
The Buddha has explained to us how to cross over the flood by relying on one support or the other.  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn107bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin Moggallāna the Accountant went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Moggallāna the Accountant said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, gaṇakamoggallāno brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Moggallāna the Accountant said to the Buddha,  

mn108bhagavati bhagavato bhagavatā13Pi En Ru dhamma

ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe aciraparinibbute bhagavati.   At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. It was not long after the Buddha had become fully extinguished.  
“Natthi kho, brāhmaṇa, ekabhikkhupi tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ṭhapito:  
“No, there is not.”  
‘ayaṁ no bhagavato accayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatī’ti, yaṁ tumhe etarahi paṭipādeyyāthā”ti?  
 
‘ayaṁ no bhagavato accayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatī’ti, yaṁ mayaṁ etarahi paṭipādeyyāmā”ti.  
 
iti puṭṭho samāno ‘natthi kho, brāhmaṇa, ekabhikkhupi tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ṭhapito— 
 
ayaṁ no bhagavato accayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatīti, yaṁ tumhe etarahi paṭipādeyyāthā’ti— 
who serves as your refuge after the Buddha passed away, to whom you now turn,  
ayaṁ no bhagavato accayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatīti, yaṁ mayaṁ etarahi paṭipādeyyāmā’ti— 
 
“Atthi kho, brāhmaṇa, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena bhikkhūnaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ, pātimokkhaṁ uddiṭṭhaṁ.  
“The Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha laid down training rules and recited the monastic code for the mendicants.  
iti puṭṭho samāno ‘natthi kho, brāhmaṇa, ekabhikkhupi tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena ṭhapito— 
 
ayaṁ no bhagavato accayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatīti yaṁ tumhe etarahi paṭipādeyyāthā’ti— 
who serves as your refuge after the Buddha passed away, to whom you now turn,  
ayaṁ no bhagavato accayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatīti yaṁ mayaṁ etarahi paṭipādeyyāmā’ti vadesi;  
 
“Atthi kho, brāhmaṇa, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dasa pasādanīyā dhammā akkhātā.  
“There are ten inspiring things explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Ime kho, brāhmaṇa, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dasa pasādanīyā dhammā akkhātā.  
These are the ten inspiring things explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  

mn109bhagavantaṁ bhagavato6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then one of the mendicants got up from their seat, arranged their robe over one shoulder, raised their joined palms toward the Buddha, and said,  
“Puccheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ kiñcideva desaṁ, sace me bhagavā okāsaṁ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā”ti.  
“I’d like to ask the Buddha about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.”  
Atha kho so bhikkhu sake āsane nisīditvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
That mendicant took his seat and said to the Buddha:  
“Sādhu, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ uttariṁ pañhaṁ pucchi:  
Saying “Good, sir”, that mendicant approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. Then he asked another question:  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

mn110bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.   Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

mn111bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
‘bhagavato putto oraso mukhato jāto dhammajo dhammanimmito dhammadāyādo no āmisadāyādo’ti, sāriputtameva taṁ sammā vadamāno vadeyya:  
they’re the Buddha’s true-born child, born from his mouth, born of the teaching, created by the teaching, heir to the teaching, not the heir in things of the flesh, it’s Sāriputta.  
‘bhagavato putto oraso mukhato jāto dhammajo dhammanimmito dhammadāyādo no āmisadāyādo’ti.  
 
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn112bhagavato bhagavatā10Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
‘cattārome, āvuso, vohārā tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā.  
‘Reverend, these four kinds of expression have been rightly explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
ime kho, āvuso, cattāro vohārā tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā.  
These are the four kinds of expression rightly explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
‘Pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā.  
‘Reverend, these five grasping aggregates have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
ime kho, āvuso, pañcupādānakkhandhā tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā.  
These are the five grasping aggregates that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
‘Chayimā, āvuso, dhātuyo tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā.  
‘Reverend, these six elements have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
imā kho, āvuso, cha dhātuyo tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātā.  
These are the six elements that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
‘Cha kho panimāni, āvuso, ajjhattikabāhirāni āyatanāni tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātāni.  
‘Reverend, these six interior and exterior sense fields have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
imāni kho, āvuso, cha ajjhattikabāhirāni āyatanāni tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sammadakkhātāni.  
These are the six interior and exterior sense fields that have been rightly explained by the Buddha.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn113bhagavato bhagavatā9Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
‘paṭhamajjhānasamāpattiyāpi kho atammayatā vuttā bhagavatā.  
‘The Buddha has spoken of not identifying even with the attainment of the first absorption.  
‘catutthajjhānasamāpattiyāpi kho atammayatā vuttā bhagavatā.  
‘The Buddha has spoken of not identifying even with the attainment of the fourth absorption.  
‘ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyāpi kho atammayatā vuttā bhagavatā.  
 
‘viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyāpi kho atammayatā vuttā bhagavatā.  
 
‘ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyāpi kho atammayatā vuttā bhagavatā.  
 
‘nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyāpi kho atammayatā vuttā bhagavatā.  
‘The Buddha has spoken of not identifying even with the attainment of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn114bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā34Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Evaṁ vutte āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to the Buddha,  
“imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa, evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.  
iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
That’s what the Buddha said,  
iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
That’s what the Buddha said, and this is why he said it.  
iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
That’s what the Buddha said,  
iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
That’s what the Buddha said, and this is why he said it.  
iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
That’s what the Buddha said,  
iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
That’s what the Buddha said, and this is why he said it.  
iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
That’s what the Buddha said,  
iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
That’s what the Buddha said, and this is why he said it.  
iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
That’s what the Buddha said,  
iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
That’s what the Buddha said, and this is why he said it.  
iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
That’s what the Buddha said,  
iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
That’s what the Buddha said, and this is why he said it.  
iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
That’s what the Buddha said,  
iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
That’s what the Buddha said, and this is why he said it.  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa, evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
Sir, that’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to the Buddha:  
“imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa, evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.  
iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
That’s what the Buddha said,  
iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
That’s what the Buddha said, and this is why he said it.  
iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
That’s what the Buddha said,  
iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
That’s what the Buddha said, and this is why he said it.  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa, evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
Sir, that’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to the Buddha:  
“imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa, evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
“Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.  
iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
 
iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.  
 
iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
That’s what the Buddha said,  
iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā idametaṁ paṭicca vuttanti.  
That’s what the Buddha said, and this is why he said it.  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
Sir, that’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  
Attamano āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Sāriputta was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn115bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn116bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

mn117bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn118bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Te jānapadā bhikkhū sāvatthiṁ osaranti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.   and came down to Sāvatthī to see the Buddha.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn119bhagavato bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena kāyagatāsati bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā vuttā mahānisaṁsā”ti.   how the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha has said that mindfulness of the body, when developed and cultivated, is very fruitful and beneficial.”  
Yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena kāyagatāsati bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā vuttā mahānisaṁsā’ti.  
 
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn120bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

mn121bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Tattha me, bhante, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
There I heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn122bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Disvāna bhagavato etadahosi:   and wondered,  
Tatra ce, ānanda, tathāgataṁ iminā vihārena viharantaṁ bhavanti upasaṅkamitāro bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo rājāno rājamahāmattā titthiyā titthiyasāvakā.  
Now, suppose that while the Realized One is practicing this meditation, monks, nuns, laymen, laywomen, rulers and their ministers, monastics of other religions and their disciples go to visit him.  
bhavanti → bhagavantaṁ (sya-all, km, mr)  
“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
“Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn123bhagavanto bhagavato50Pi En Ru dhamma

‘evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ itipi, ‘evaṁnāmā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ itipi, ‘evaṅgottā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ itipi, ‘evaṁsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ itipi, ‘evaṁdhammā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ itipi, ‘evaṁpaññā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ itipi, ‘evaṁvihārī te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ itipi, ‘evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ itipī”ti.   He knows the caste they were born in, and also their names, clans, conduct, teaching, wisdom, meditation, and freedom.”  
evaṁjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁnāmā … evaṅgottā … evaṁsīlā … evaṁdhammā … evaṁpaññā … evaṁvihārī … evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī’ti. Evaṁ vutte, bhante, āyasmā ānando amhe etadavoca:  
 
“Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
“Sir, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante, sato sampajāno bodhisatto tusitaṁ kāyaṁ upapajji idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante, sato sampajāno bodhisatto tusite kāye aṭṭhāsi idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante, yāvatāyukaṁ bodhisatto tusite kāye aṭṭhāsi idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante, sato sampajāno bodhisatto tusitā kāyā cavitvā mātukucchiṁ okkami idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremi.  
This too I remember as an incredible quality of the Buddha.  
Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
I have learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Yampi, bhante …pe… idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremī”ti.  
This too I remember as an incredible and amazing quality of the Buddha.”  
“Yampi, bhante, bhagavato viditā vedanā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṁ gacchanti;  
“Sir, the Buddha knows feelings as they arise, as they remain, and as they go away.  
Idampāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ dhāremī”ti.  
This too I remember as an incredible and amazing quality of the Buddha.”  

mn125bhagavantan’ti bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aciravato samaṇuddeso acirapakkante jayasene rājakumāre yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.   Not long after he had left, Aciravata went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho aciravato samaṇuddeso yāvatako ahosi jayasenena rājakumārena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.  
“Kuto pana maṁ, bhante, jayasenassa rājakumārassa imā dve upamā paṭibhāyissanti anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā, seyyathāpi bhagavantan”ti?  
“But sir, how could these two similes have occurred to me as they did to the Buddha, since they were neither supernaturally inspired, nor learned before in the past?”  
Attamano aciravato samaṇuddeso bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, the novice Aciravata was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn126bhagavantan’ti bhagavantaṁ bhagavato10Pi En Ru dhamma

“Na kho metaṁ, rājakumāra, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ.   “Prince, I haven’t heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha.  
Na kho me taṁ, rājakumāra, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ.  
I haven’t heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha.  
Atha kho āyasmā bhūmijo pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā bhūmijo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, Bhūmija went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him all that had happened, adding:  
‘na kho me taṁ, rājakumāra, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ.  
 
Na kho me taṁ, rājakumāra, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ.  
 
‘Kaccāhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ puṭṭho evaṁ byākaramāno vuttavādī ceva bhagavato homi, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhāmi, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaromi, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchatī’”ti?  
“Answering this way, I trust that I repeated what the Buddha has said, and didn’t misrepresent him with an untruth. I trust my explanation was in line with the teaching, and that there are no legitimate grounds for rebuke or criticism.”  
“Kuto pana maṁ, bhante, jayasenassa rājakumārassa imā catasso upamā paṭibhāyissanti anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā, seyyathāpi bhagavantan”ti?  
“But sir, how could these four similes have occurred to me as they did to the Buddha, since they were neither supernaturally inspired, nor learned before in the past?”  
Attamano āyasmā bhūmijo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Bhūmija was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn128bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā16Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and told him what was happening, adding:  
Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, one of the mendicants said to the Buddha,  
Dutiyampi kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
 
Tatiyampi kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a third time that mendicant said to the Buddha,  
Addasā kho āyasmā bhagu bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.  
Bhagu saw the Buddha coming off in the distance,  
Āyasmāpi kho bhagu bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Bhagu bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.  
Addasā kho dāyapālo bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.  
The park keeper saw the Buddha coming off in the distance  
Disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and said to the Buddha,  
Assosi kho āyasmā anuruddho dāyapālassa bhagavatā saddhiṁ mantayamānassa.  
Anuruddha heard the park keeper conversing with the Buddha,  
“mā, āvuso dāyapāla, bhagavantaṁ vāresi.  
“Don’t keep the Buddha out, good park keeper!  
Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo bhagavantaṁ paccuggantvā  
Then Anuruddha, Nandiya, and Kimbila came out to greet the Buddha.  
eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahesi, eko āsanaṁ paññapesi, eko pādodakaṁ upaṭṭhapesi.  
One received his bowl and robe, one spread out a seat, and one set out water for washing his feet.  
Tepi kho āyasmanto bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
Those venerables bowed and sat down to one side.  
āyasmāpi kho kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
 
Attamano āyasmā anuruddho bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Anuruddha was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn129bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, one of the mendicants asked the Buddha,  
“Appamattako ayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā paritto pāṇimatto pāsāṇo gahito, himavantaṁ pabbatarājānaṁ upanidhāya saṅkhampi na upeti, kalabhāgampi na upeti, upanidhampi na upe”ti.  
“Sir, the stone you’ve picked up is tiny. Compared to the Himalayas, it doesn’t count, it’s not worth a fraction, there’s no comparison.”  
Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, one of the mendicants asked the Buddha,  
“Appamattako ayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā paritto pāṇimatto pāsāṇo gahito; himavantaṁ pabbatarājānaṁ upanidhāya saṅkhampi na upeti; kalabhāgampi na upeti; upanidhampi na upetī”ti.  
“Sir, the stone you’ve picked up is tiny. Compared to the Himalayas, it doesn’t count, it’s not worth a fraction, there’s no comparison.”  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn130bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Aho vatāhaṁ manussattaṁ labheyyaṁ. Tathāgato ca loke uppajjeyya arahaṁ sammāsambuddho. Tañcāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāseyyaṁ.  
Oh, I hope I may be reborn as a human being! And that a Realized One—a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha—arises in the world! And that I may pay homage to the Buddha!  
So ca me bhagavā dhammaṁ deseyya. Tassa cāhaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ ājāneyyan’ti.  
Then the Buddha can teach me Dhamma, so that I may understand his teaching.’  

mn131bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn132bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn133bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā22Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā samiddhi tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā samiddhi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then, when the night had passed, Samiddhi went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then he added:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā samiddhi bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Samiddhi replied.  
Atha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ, acirapakkantassa bhagavato, etadahosi:  
Soon after the Buddha left, those mendicants considered,  
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā”ti?  
Who can explain in detail the meaning of this brief summary given by the Buddha?”  
pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
He is capable of explaining in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha.  
Tesaṁ no, āvuso kaccāna, amhākaṁ, acirapakkantassa bhagavato, etadahosi— 
 
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyāti?  
 
Pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
 
evaṁsampadamidaṁ āyasmantānaṁ satthari sammukhībhūte taṁ bhagavantaṁ atisitvā amhe etamatthaṁ paṭipucchitabbaṁ maññatha.  
Such is the consequence for the venerables. Though you were face to face with the Buddha, you overlooked him, imagining that you should ask me about this matter.  
So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi yaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha, yathā vo bhagavā byākareyya tathā naṁ dhāreyyāthā”ti.  
That was the time to approach the Buddha and ask about this matter. You should have remembered it in line with the Buddha’s answer.”  
So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi yaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma;  
That was the time to approach the Buddha and ask about this matter.  
pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
He is capable of explaining in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha.  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi— 
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
 
Ākaṅkhamānā ca pana tumhe āyasmanto bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha,  
If you wish, you may go to the Buddha and ask him about this.  
Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahākaccānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then those mendicants, approving and agreeing with what Mahākaccāna said, rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding:  
Tesaṁ no, bhante, amhākaṁ, acirapakkantassa bhagavato, etadahosi:  
 
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā’ti?  
 
Pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
 
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn134bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena sāvatthi jetavanaṁ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā lomasakaṅgiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Eventually he came to Sāvatthī and Jeta’s Grove. He went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then he added:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā lomasakaṅgiyo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Lomasakaṅgiya replied.  
Attamano āyasmā lomasakaṅgiyo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Lomasakaṅgiya was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn135bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin student Subha, Todeyya’s son, approached the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Subha.  
Evaṁ vutte, subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Subha said to him,  

mn136bhagavantaṁ bhagavato10Pi En Ru dhamma

“Mā hevaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, avaca; mā hevaṁ, āvuso potaliputta, avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ. Na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya:   “Don’t say that, Reverend Potaliputta, don’t say that! Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say this.  
“atthi kho idaṁ, āvuso samiddhi, kathāpābhataṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.  
“Reverend Samiddhi, we should see the Buddha about this matter.  
Āyāmāvuso samiddhi, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocessāma.  
Come, let’s go to the Buddha and inform him about this.  
Atha kho āyasmā ca ānando āyasmā ca samiddhi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
Then Ānanda and Samiddhi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako ahosi āyasmato samiddhissa potaliputtena paribbājakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
and told him what had happened.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Udāyī said to him,  
yaṁ bhagavā mahākammavibhaṅgaṁ vibhajeyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
Let the Buddha explain the great analysis of deeds. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn137bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn138bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā21Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Atha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ, acirapakkantassa bhagavato, etadahosi:  
Soon after the Buddha left, those mendicants considered,  
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā”ti?  
Who can explain in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha?”  
pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
He is capable of explaining in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha.  
Tesaṁ no, āvuso kaccāna, amhākaṁ, acirapakkantassa bhagavato, etadahosi:  
 
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā’ti.  
 
Pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
 
evaṁ sampadamidaṁ āyasmantānaṁ satthari sammukhībhūte taṁ bhagavantaṁ atisitvā amhe etamatthaṁ paṭipucchitabbaṁ maññatha.  
Such is the consequence for the venerables. Though you were face to face with the Buddha, you overlooked him, imagining that you should ask me about this matter.  
So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi yaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha;  
That was the time to approach the Buddha and ask about this matter.  
So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi yaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma;  
That was the time to approach the Buddha and ask about this matter.  
Pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
He is capable of explaining in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha.  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.  
Imassa kho ahaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.  
Ākaṅkhamānā ca pana tumhe āyasmanto bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha;  
If you wish, you may go to the Buddha and ask him about this.  
Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahākaccānassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then those mendicants, approving and agreeing with what Mahākaccāna said, rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding:  
Tesaṁ no, bhante, amhākaṁ, acirapakkantassa bhagavato, etadahosi:  
 
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā’ti?  
 
Pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
 
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn139bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn140bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā17Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena pukkusāti nāma kulaputto bhagavantaṁ uddissa saddhāya agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito.   Now at that time a gentleman named Pukkusāti had gone forth from the lay life to homelessness out of faith in the Buddha.  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to the Buddha,  
Taṁ kho pana bhagavantaṁ gotamaṁ evaṁ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato:  
He has this good reputation:  
Tāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ uddissa pabbajito.  
I’ve gone forth in his name.  
Tassa cāhaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ rocemī”ti.  
and I believe in his teaching.”  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to the Buddha,  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā pukkusāti bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, reverend,” replied Pukkusāti.  
“satthā kira me anuppatto, sugato kira me anuppatto, sammāsambuddho kira me anuppatto”ti uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“It seems the Teacher has come to me! The Holy One has come to me! The fully awakened Buddha has come to me!” He got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet, and said,  
“accayo maṁ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yohaṁ bhagavantaṁ āvusovādena samudācaritabbaṁ amaññissaṁ.  
“I have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of me to presume to address the Buddha as ‘reverend’.  
“Labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike upasampadan”ti.  
“Sir, may I receive the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence?”  
Atha kho āyasmā pukkusāti bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pattacīvarapariyesanaṁ pakkāmi.  
And then Venerable Pukkusāti approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“yo so, bhante, pukkusāti nāma kulaputto bhagavatā saṅkhittena ovādena ovadito so kālaṅkato.  
“Sir, the gentleman named Pukkusāti, who was advised in brief by the Buddha, has passed away.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn141bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto acirapakkantassa bhagavato bhikkhū āmantesi:  
Then soon after the Buddha left, Venerable Sāriputta said to the mendicants,  

mn142bhagavantaṁ bhagavato14Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahāpajāpati gotamī navaṁ dussayugaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho mahāpajāpati gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī approached the Buddha bringing a new pair of garments. She bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha,  
“idaṁ me, bhante, navaṁ dussayugaṁ bhagavantaṁ uddissa sāmaṁ kantaṁ sāmaṁ vāyitaṁ.  
“Sir, I have spun and woven this new pair of garments specially for the Buddha.  
Dutiyampi kho mahāpajāpati gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a second time …  
“idaṁ me, bhante, navaṁ dussayugaṁ bhagavantaṁ uddissa sāmaṁ kantaṁ sāmaṁ vāyitaṁ.  
 
Tatiyampi kho mahāpajāpati gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a third time, Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī said to the Buddha,  
“idaṁ me, bhante, navaṁ dussayugaṁ bhagavantaṁ uddissa sāmaṁ kantaṁ sāmaṁ vāyitaṁ.  
“Sir, I have spun and woven this new pair of garments specially for the Buddha.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
Bahūpakārā, bhante, mahāpajāpati gotamī bhagavato mātucchā āpādikā posikā khīrassa dāyikā;  
Sir, Mahāpajāpatī was very helpful to the Buddha. As his aunt, she raised him, nurtured him, and gave him her milk.  
bhagavantaṁ janettiyā kālaṅkatāya thaññaṁ pāyesi.  
When the Buddha’s birth mother passed away, she nurtured him at her own breast.  
Bhagavantaṁ, bhante, āgamma mahāpajāpati gotamī buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā, dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā, saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā.  
It is owing to the Buddha that Mahāpajāpatī has gone for refuge to the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha.  
Bhagavantaṁ, bhante, āgamma mahāpajāpati gotamī pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā.  
It’s owing to the Buddha that she refrains from killing living creatures, stealing, committing sexual misconduct, lying, and taking alcoholic drinks that cause negligence.  
Bhagavantaṁ, bhante, āgamma mahāpajāpati gotamī buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgatā ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā.  
It’s owing to the Buddha that she has experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and has the ethics loved by the noble ones.  
Bhagavantaṁ, bhante, āgamma mahāpajāpati gotamī dukkhe nikkaṅkhā, dukkhasamudaye nikkaṅkhā, dukkhanirodhe nikkaṅkhā, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya nikkaṅkhā.  
It’s owing to the Buddha that she is free of doubt regarding suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation.  

mn143bhagavantaṁ bhagavato11Pi En Ru dhamma

“ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi:   “Please, mister, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Say to him:  
pāde sirasā vandāhi → vandāhi evañca vadehi (sya-all, km, pts1ed) | bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi → vandāhi evañca vadehi (sya-all, km, pts1ed)  
So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti.  
He bows with his head to your feet.’  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so puriso anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so puriso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” that man replied. He did as Anāthapiṇḍika asked.  
So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī”ti.  
 
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.  
Then, late at night, the glorious god Anāthapiṇḍika, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho anāthapiṇḍiko devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:  
and addressed the Buddha in verse:  
“samanuñño me satthā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.  
knowing that the teacher approved, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha:  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn144bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“tasmātiha, āvuso channa, idampi tassa bhagavato sāsanaṁ, niccakappaṁ manasi kātabbaṁ:   “So, Reverend Channa, you should regularly apply your mind to this instruction of the Buddha:  
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Attamano āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Sāriputta was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn145bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā12Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā puṇṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Puṇṇa came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha,  
“sādhu maṁ, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena ovādena ovadatu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā puṇṇo bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Puṇṇa.  
“Imināhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena ovādena ovadito, atthi sunāparanto nāma janapado, tatthāhaṁ viharissāmī”ti.  
“Sir, there’s a country named Sunāparanta. I shall live there.”  
‘santi kho bhagavato sāvakā kāye ca jīvite ca aṭṭīyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā satthahārakaṁ pariyesanti. Taṁ me idaṁ apariyiṭṭhaṁyeva satthahārakaṁ laddhan’ti.  
‘There are disciples of the Buddha who looked for someone to assist with slitting their wrists because they were horrified, repelled, and disgusted with the body and with life. And I have found this without looking!’  
Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā senāsanaṁ saṁsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sunāparanto janapado tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.  
And then Puṇṇa welcomed and agreed with the Buddha’s words. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he set his lodgings in order and, taking his bowl and robe, set out for Sunāparanta.  
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“yo so, bhante, puṇṇo nāma kulaputto bhagavatā saṅkhittena ovādena ovadito so kālaṅkato.  
“Sir, the gentleman named Puṇṇa, who was advised in brief by the Buddha, has passed away.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn146bhagavantaṁ bhagavato9Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahāpajāpatigotamī pañcamattehi bhikkhunisatehi saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho mahāpajāpatigotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī together with around five hundred nuns approached the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā nandako bhagavato paṭissutvā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Nandaka. Then, in the morning, he robed up and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms.  
Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmato nandakassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca:  
And then those nuns approved and agreed with what Nandaka had said. They got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled him, keeping him on their right. Then they went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to them,  
Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.  
Then those nuns bowed to the Buddha respectfully circled him, keeping him on their right, before departing.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā nandako bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Nandaka replied.  
Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmato nandakassa bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṁ nandakaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca:  
 
Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.  
 
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn147bhagavantaṁ bhagavato6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:   Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṁ ādāya bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Rāhula. Taking his sitting cloth he followed behind the Buddha.  
Tena kho pana samayena anekāni devatāsahassāni bhagavantaṁ anubandhāni honti:  
Now at that time many thousands of deities followed the Buddha, thinking,  
Āyasmāpi kho rāhulo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Rāhula bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.  
Attamano āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Rāhula was happy with what the Buddha said.  

mn148bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

mn149bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

mn150bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho nagaravindeyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu; sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho nagaravindeyyake brāhmaṇagahapatike bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the brahmins and householders of Nagaravinda went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent. The Buddha said to them:  
Evaṁ vutte, nagaravindeyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
When he had spoken, the brahmins and householders of Nagaravinda said to the Buddha,  

mn151bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
Attamano āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Sāriputta was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn152bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho uttaro māṇavo pārāsiviyantevāsī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin student Uttara, a pupil of the brahmin Pārāsariya, approached the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
yaṁ bhagavā ariyassa vinaye anuttaraṁ indriyabhāvanaṁ deseyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
Let the Buddha teach the supreme development of the faculties in the training of the Noble One. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said.  

sn1.1bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  
“samanuñño me satthā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyīti. 
Then that deity, knowing that the teacher approved, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there. 

sn1.2bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  

sn1.3bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.4bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.5bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.6bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.7bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.8bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.9bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.10bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Standing to one side, that deity addressed the Buddha in verse:  

sn1.11bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

sn1.12bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.13bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.20bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā15Pi En Ru dhamma

Kālikā hi, āvuso, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā; ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.   For the Buddha has said that sensual pleasures take effect over time, with much suffering and distress, and they’re all the more full of drawbacks.  
“Kathañca, bhikkhu, kālikā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo?  
“But in what way, mendicant, has the Buddha said that sensual pleasures take effect over time, with much suffering and distress, and they’re all the more full of drawbacks?  
Taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ puccha.  
You should go to him and ask about this matter.  
Sace kho tvaṁ, bhikkhu, taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ puccheyyāsi, mayampi āgaccheyyāma dhammassavanāyā”ti.  
If you go to the Buddha and ask him about this matter, we’ll come along and listen to the teaching.”  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā samiddhi tassā devatāya paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā samiddhi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, good sir,” Venerable Samiddhi replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then he added:  
Kālikā hi, āvuso, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā; ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
 
‘kathañca, bhikkhu, kālikā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā; ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo?  
 
Taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ puccha.  
 
Sace kho tvaṁ, bhikkhu, taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ puccheyyāsi, mayampi āgaccheyyāma dhammassavanāyā’ti.  
 
“Na khvāhaṁ, bhante, imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
“I don’t understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.  
Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā bhāsatu yathāhaṁ imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ jāneyyan”ti.  
Please teach me this matter so I can understand the detailed meaning.”  
“Imassapi khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa na vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
“I don’t understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.  
Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā bhāsatu yathāhaṁ imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ jāneyyan”ti.  
Please teach me this matter so I can understand the detailed meaning.”  
“Imassa khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi— 
“This is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement:  

sn1.21bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, that deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.26bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavantaṁ puṭṭhumāgamma,   We’ve come to ask the Buddha;  
Bhagavantaṁ → bhavantaṁ (pts1ed, pts2ed, mr) 

sn1.31bhagavantaṁ bhagavato9Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.   Then, late at night, several glorious deities of the Satullapa Group, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Standing to one side, one deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then another deity said to the Buddha,  
Attamanā tā devatāyo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyiṁsūti. 
Then those deities, knowing that the teacher approved, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right, before vanishing right there. 

sn1.32bhagavantaṁ bhagavato7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.   Then, late at night, several glorious deities of the Satullapa Group, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Standing to one side, one deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike etadavoca:  
Then another deity said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
Then another deity addressed the Buddha in verse:  

sn1.33bhagavantaṁ bhagavato8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.   Then, late at night, several glorious deities of the Satullapa Group, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:  
Standing to one side, one deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:  
Then another deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:  
Then another deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:  
Then another deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:  
Then another deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:  
Then another deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then another deity said to the Buddha,  

sn1.34bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.   Then, late at night, several glorious deities of the Satullapa Group, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Standing to one side, one deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.35bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

Vehāsaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing in the air, one deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho tā devatāyo pathaviyaṁ patiṭṭhahitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then those deities landed on the ground, bowed with their heads at the Buddha’s feet and said,  
“accayo no, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yā mayaṁ bhagavantaṁ āsādetabbaṁ amaññimhā.  
“We have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of us to imagine we could attack the Buddha!  
Ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
One deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.36bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.   Then, late at night, several glorious deities of the Satullapa Group, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Standing to one side, one deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.37bhagavantaṁ bhagavato9Pi En Ru dhamma

dasahi ca lokadhātūhi devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca.   And most of the deities from ten solar systems had gathered to see the Buddha and the Saṅgha of mendicants.  
dasahi ca lokadhātūhi devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
 
Yannūna mayampi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike paccekaṁ gāthaṁ bhāseyyāmā”ti.  
“Why don’t we go to the Buddha and each recite a verse in his presence?”  
Atha kho tā devatā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—suddhāvāsesu devesu antarahitā bhagavato purato pāturahesuṁ.  
Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, they vanished from the Pure Abodes and reappeared in front of the Buddha.  
Atha kho tā devatā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.  
They bowed to the Buddha and stood to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Standing to one side, one deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then another deity recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.38bhagavantaṁ bhagavato10Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavato pādo sakalikāya khato hoti.   Now at that time the Buddha’s foot had been cut by a splinter.  
Bhusā sudaṁ bhagavato vedanā vattanti sārīrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā;  
The Buddha was stricken by harrowing pains; physical feelings that were painful, sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, and disagreeable.  
Atha kho sattasatā satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ maddakucchiṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.  
Then, late at night, seven hundred glorious deities of the Satullapa Group, lighting up the entire Maddakucchi, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:  
Standing to one side, one deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:  
Then another deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:  
Then another deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:  
Then another deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:  
Then another deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:  
Then another deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho aparā devatā bhagavato santike imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:  
Then another deity expressed this heartfelt sentiment in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.39bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kokanadā pajjunnassa dhītā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ mahāvanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   Then, late at night, the beautiful Kokanadā, Pajjunna’s daughter, lighting up the entire Great Wood, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā kokanadā pajjunnassa dhītā bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
and recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.40bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho cūḷakokanadā pajjunnassa dhītā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ mahāvanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   Then, late at night, the beautiful Kokanadā the Younger, Pajjunna’s daughter, lighting up the entire Great Wood, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā cūḷakokanadā pajjunnassa dhītā bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
and recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.41bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
and recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn1.49bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavantaṁ puṭṭhumāgamma,   We’ve come to ask the Buddha;  
Bhagavantaṁ puṭṭhumāgamma,  
We’ve come to ask the Buddha;  

sn1.50bhagavatā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Na aññatra bhagavatā,   “None other than the Blessed One!  

sn1.71bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Standing to one side, that deity addressed the Buddha in verse:  

sn1.76bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavantaṁ puṭṭhumāgamma,   We’ve come to ask the Buddha;  

sn2.1bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kassapo devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho kassapo devaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then, late at night, the glorious god Kassapa, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  
Atha kho kassapo devaputto “samanuñño me satthā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyīti. 
Then Kassapa, knowing that the teacher approved, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there. 

sn2.2bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho kassapo devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Kassapa recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn2.3bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māgho devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   Then, late at night, the glorious god Māgha, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho māgho devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
and addressed the Buddha in verse:  

sn2.4bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho māgadho devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Māgadha addressed the Buddha in verse:  

sn2.5bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho dāmali devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   Then, late at night, the glorious god Dāmali, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho dāmali devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
and recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn2.6bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho kāmado devaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Standing to one side, the god Kāmada said to the Buddha,  

sn2.7bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho pañcālacaṇḍo devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Pañcālacaṇḍa recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn2.8bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho tāyano devaputto purāṇatitthakaro abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   Then, late at night, the glorious god Tāyana, formerly a religious founder, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho tāyano devaputto bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
and recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:  
idaṁ vatvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyīti.  
Then he bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right side, before vanishing right there.  

sn2.9bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho candimā devaputto bhagavantaṁ anussaramāno tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Then the Moon God, recollecting the Buddha, at that time recited this verse:  

sn2.10bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sūriyo devaputto bhagavantaṁ anussaramāno tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Then the Sun God, recollecting the Buddha, at that time recited this verse:  

sn2.11bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho candimaso devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   Then, late at night, the glorious god Candimasa, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho candimaso devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
and recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn2.12bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho veṇḍu devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Vishnu recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn2.13bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho dīghalaṭṭhi devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ veḷuvanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   Then, late at night, the glorious god Dīghalaṭṭhi, lighting up the entire Bamboo Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho dīghalaṭṭhi devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
and recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn2.14bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho nandano devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Nandana addressed the Buddha in verse:  
Anāvaṭaṁ bhagavato ñāṇadassanaṁ;  
the Blessed One of unhindered knowledge and vision.  

sn2.15bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho candano devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Candana addressed the Buddha in verse:  

sn2.16bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho vāsudatto devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Vāsudatta recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn2.17bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho subrahmā devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Subrahmā addressed the Buddha in verse:  

sn2.18bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kakudho devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ añjanavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho kakudho devaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then, late at night, the glorious god Kakudha, lighting up the entire Añjana Wood, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  

sn2.19bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho uttaro devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Uttara recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn2.20bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho anāthapiṇḍiko devaputto bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Anāthapiṇḍika recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:  
Idaṁ vatvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.  
Then he bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right side, before vanishing right there.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  

sn2.21bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sivo devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   Then, late at night, the glorious god Shiva, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sivo devaputto bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
and recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn2.22bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho khemo devaputto bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Khema recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn2.23bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho serī devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Serī addressed the Buddha in verse:  
Yāvasubhāsitamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā:  
how well said this was by Master Gotama.” He repeated the Buddha’s verses, and said:  
Yāvasubhāsitamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā:  
how well said this was by Master Gotama:  

sn2.24bhagavato bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho ghaṭīkāro devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Ghaṭīkāra recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
“Na aññatra bhagavatā,  
“None other than the Blessed One!  

sn2.26bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho rohitasso devaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Standing to one side, the god Rohitassa said to the Buddha:  
Yāvasubhāsitamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā:  
how well said this was by Master Gotama.  
Yāvasubhāsitamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā:  
how well said this was by Master Gotama:  

sn2.27bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho nando devaputto bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Nanda recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn2.28bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho nandivisālo devaputto bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Standing to one side, the god Nandivisāla addressed the Buddha in verse:  

sn2.29bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
Atha kho susimo devaputto āyasmato sāriputtassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne mahatiyā devaputtaparisāya parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho susimo devaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
While this praise of Sāriputta was being spoken, the god Susīma approached the Buddha, escorted by a large assembly of gods. He bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:  
Atha kho susimo devaputto āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ ārabbha bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then the god Susīma recited this verse about Venerable Sāriputta in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn2.30bhagavantaṁ bhagavato8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā nānātitthiyasāvakā devaputtā asamo ca sahali ca nīko ca ākoṭako ca vegabbhari ca māṇavagāmiyo ca abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ veḷuvanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.   Then, late at night, several glorious gods lit up the entire Bamboo Grove. They were Asama, Sahalī, Niṅka, Ākoṭaka, Vetambarī, and Māṇavagāmiya, and all of them were disciples of various monastics of other religions. They went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho asamo devaputto pūraṇaṁ kassapaṁ ārabbha bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Standing to one side, the god Asama recited this verse about Pūraṇa Kassapa in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho sahali devaputto makkhaliṁ gosālaṁ ārabbha bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then the god Sahalī recited this verse about the bamboo-staffed ascetic Gosāla in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho nīko devaputto nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ ārabbha bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then the god Niṅka recited this verse about the Jain ascetic of the Ñātika clan in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho ākoṭako devaputto nānātitthiye ārabbha bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then the god Ākoṭaka recited this verse about various sectarian teachers in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho māro pāpimā begabbhariṁ devaputtaṁ anvāvisitvā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
Then Māra the Wicked took possession of the god Vetambarī and recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho māṇavagāmiyo devaputto bhagavantaṁ ārabbha bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
Then the god Māṇavagāmiya recited this verse about the Buddha in his presence:  

sn3.1bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When this was said, King Pasenadi of Kosala said to the Buddha,  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  

sn3.2bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha,  

sn3.3bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,  

sn3.4bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,  

sn3.5bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,  

sn3.6bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,  

sn3.7bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,  

sn3.8bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo pāsādā orohitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then King Pasenadi of Kosala came downstairs from the stilt longhouse, went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  

sn3.9bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was happening.  

sn3.10bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what was happening.  

sn3.11bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.   Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.  
Tena kho pana samayena satta ca jaṭilā satta ca nigaṇṭhā satta ca acelakā satta ca ekasāṭakā satta ca paribbājakā parūḷhakacchanakhalomā khārivividhamādāya bhagavato avidūre atikkamanti.  
Now at that time seven matted-hair ascetics, seven Jain ascetics, seven naked ascetics, seven one-cloth ascetics, and seven wanderers passed by not far from the Buddha. Their armpits and bodies were hairy, and their nails were long; and they carried their stuff with shoulder-poles.  
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo acirapakkantesu tesu sattasu ca jaṭilesu sattasu ca nigaṇṭhesu sattasu ca acelakesu sattasu ca ekasāṭakesu sattasu ca paribbājakesu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then, soon after those ascetics had left, King Pasenadi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Yāva subhāsitamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā:  
how well said this was by the Buddha. …  

sn3.12bhagavantaṁ bhagavato6Pi En Ru dhamma

“āyāma, mārisā, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipucchissāma.   “Come, good sirs, let’s go to the Buddha and ask him about this.  
Atha kho te pañca rājāno pasenadipamukhā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then those five kings headed by Pasenadi went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. King Pasenadi reported their conversation to the Buddha, and said,  
Atha kho candanaṅgaliko upāsako uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then he got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said,  
Atha kho candanaṅgaliko upāsako bhagavato sammukhā tadanurūpāya gāthāya abhitthavi:  
Then the lay follower Candanaṅgalika extolled the Buddha in his presence with an appropriate verse:  
Atha kho candanaṅgaliko upāsako tehi pañcahi uttarāsaṅgehi bhagavantaṁ acchādesīti. 
And Candanaṅgalika in turn endowed the Buddha with those robes. 

sn3.13bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhuttāvī mahassāsī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.   Then after eating King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, huffing and puffing. He bowed and sat down to one side.  
“ehi tvaṁ, tāta sudassana, bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ pariyāpuṇitvā mama bhattābhihāre bhattābhihāre bhāsa.  
“Please, dear Sudassana, memorize this verse in the Buddha’s presence and recite it to me whenever I am presented with a meal.  
“Evaṁ, devā”ti kho sudassano māṇavo rañño pasenadissa kosalassa paṭissutvā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ pariyāpuṇitvā rañño pasenadissa kosalassa bhattābhihāre sudaṁ bhāsati:  
“Yes, Your Majesty,” replied Sudassana. He memorized that verse in the Buddha’s presence, and then whenever the king was presented with a meal he would repeat it:  

sn3.14bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then the Buddha said:  

sn3.15bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   told the Buddha what had happened.  

sn3.16bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.   Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side.  

sn3.17bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,  

sn3.18bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, so ca kho kalyāṇamittassa kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa, no pāpamittassa no pāpasahāyassa no pāpasampavaṅkassā’”ti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha. But it’s for someone with good friends, companions, and associates, not for someone with bad friends, companions, and associates.’”  

sn3.19bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo divā divassa yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho rājānaṁ pasenadiṁ kosalaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha in the middle of the day, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  

sn3.21bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho rājānaṁ pasenadiṁ kosalaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

sn3.22bhagavatā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāvasubhāsitamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā—  how well said this was by the Buddha:  

sn3.23bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,  

sn3.24bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, King Pasenadi said to the Buddha,  

sn4.1bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:   Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind,  
Atha kho māro pāpimā bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
And then Māra the Wicked, knowing what the Buddha was thinking, went up to him and addressed him in verse:  

sn4.2bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā bhagavato bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo mahantaṁ hatthirājavaṇṇaṁ abhinimminitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami.   Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the Buddha feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, manifested in the form of a huge elephant king and approached him.  

sn4.3bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā, bhagavato bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato avidūre uccāvacā vaṇṇanibhā upadaṁseti, subhā ceva asubhā ca.   Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the Buddha feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, approached him, and while not far away generated a rainbow of bright colors, both beautiful and ugly.  

sn4.4bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and addressed him in verse:  

sn4.5bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and addressed him in verse:  

sn4.6bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā bhagavato bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo mahantaṁ sapparājavaṇṇaṁ abhinimminitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami.   Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the Buddha feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, manifested in the form of a huge serpent king and approached him.  

sn4.7bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and addressed him in verse:  

sn4.8bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn4.9bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and addressed him in verse:  

sn4.10bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and addressed him in verse:  

sn4.11bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā bhagavato bhayaṁ chambhitattaṁ lomahaṁsaṁ uppādetukāmo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato avidūre mahante pāsāṇe padālesi.   Then Māra the Wicked, wanting to make the Buddha feel fear, terror, and goosebumps, approached him, and crushed some large boulders close by him.  

sn4.12bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and addressed him in verse:  

sn4.13bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena bhagavato pādo sakalikāya khato hoti,   Now at that time the Buddha’s foot had been cut by a splinter.  
bhusā sudaṁ bhagavato vedanā vattanti sārīrikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā asātā amanāpā.  
The Buddha was stricken by harrowing pains; physical feelings that were painful, sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, and disagreeable.  
Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and addressed him in verse:  

sn4.14bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and addressed him in verse:  

sn4.15bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and addressed him in verse:  

sn4.17bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato avidūre mahantaṁ bhayabheravaṁ saddamakāsi, apissudaṁ pathavī maññe undrīyati. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca:   Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and made a terrifyingly loud noise close by him. It seemed as if the earth were shattering, so that one of the mendicants said to another,  

sn4.18bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and said to him,  

sn4.19bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā kassakavaṇṇaṁ abhinimminitvā mahantaṁ naṅgalaṁ khandhe karitvā dīghapācanayaṭṭhiṁ gahetvā haṭahaṭakeso sāṇasāṭinivattho kaddamamakkhitehi pādehi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Māra the Wicked manifested in the form of a farmer carrying a large plough on his shoulder. He held a long goad, his hair was messy, he was clad in sunn hemp, and his feet were muddy. He went up to the Buddha and said to him,  

sn4.20bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:   Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind,  
Atha kho māro pāpimā bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And then Māra the Wicked, knowing what the Buddha was thinking, went up to him and said,  
“Bhagavatā kho, bhante, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā.  
“The Blessed One, sir, has developed and cultivated the four bases for psychic power, made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them.  

sn4.21bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato avidūre appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharanti.   Now at that time several mendicants were meditating not far from the Buddha, diligent, keen, and resolute.  
Kālikā hi, brāhmaṇa, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
For the Buddha says that sensual pleasures take effect over time; they give much suffering and distress, and they are all the more full of drawbacks.  
Atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then those mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said,  
“idha mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato avidūre appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharāma.  
 
Kālikā hi, brāhmaṇa, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.  
 

sn4.22bhagavantaṁ bhagavato6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā samiddhi bhagavato avidūre appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharati.   Now at that time Venerable Samiddhi was meditating not far from the Buddha, diligent, keen, and resolute.  
Atha kho āyasmā samiddhi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno āyasmā samiddhi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Samiddhi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said,  
“idhāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato avidūre appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharāmi.  
 
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā samiddhi bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Samiddhi. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

sn4.23bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā āyasmato godhikassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:   And then Māra the Wicked, knowing what Godhika was thinking, went up to the Buddha and addressed him in verse:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Atha kho māro pāpimā beluvapaṇḍuvīṇaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
Then Māra, carrying his arched harp made from the pale timber of wood apple, went up to the Buddha and addressed him in verse:  

sn4.24bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena māro pāpimā sattavassāni bhagavantaṁ anubandho hoti otārāpekkho otāraṁ alabhamāno.   Now at that time Māra the Wicked had been following the Buddha for seven years hoping to find a vulnerability without success.  
Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
Then Māra the Wicked went up to the Buddha and addressed him in verse:  
Evameva kho, bhante, yāni kānici visūkāyikāni visevitāni vipphanditāni, sabbāni tāni bhagavatā sañchinnāni sambhaggāni sampalibhaggāni.  
In the same way, sir, the Buddha has snapped, cracked, and broken off all my twists, ducks, and dodges.  
Abhabbo dānāhaṁ, bhante, puna bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamituṁ yadidaṁ otārāpekkho”ti.  
Now I’m not able to approach the Buddha again in hopes of finding a vulnerability.”  
Atha kho māro pāpimā bhagavato santike imā nibbejanīyā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
Then Māra the Wicked recited these verses of disappointment in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn4.25bhagavantaṁ bhagavato9Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā bhagavato santike imā nibbejanīyā gāthāyo abhāsitvā tamhā ṭhānā apakkamma bhagavato avidūre pathaviyaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno kaṭṭhena bhūmiṁ vilikhanto.   And then Māra the Wicked, after reciting these verses of disillusionment in the Buddha’s presence, left that place. He sat cross-legged on the ground not far from the Buddha, silent, dismayed, shoulders drooping, downcast, depressed, with nothing to say, scratching the ground with a stick.  
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then Māra’s daughters Craving, Delight, and Lust went up to the Buddha, and said to him,  
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro ekasataṁ ekasataṁ kumārivaṇṇasataṁ abhinimminitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
So that’s what they did. Then they went up to the Buddha and said to him,  
Atha kho taṇhā ca arati ca ragā ca māradhītaro ekasataṁ ekasataṁ avijātavaṇṇasataṁ abhinimminitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
So that’s what they did. Then they went up to the Buddha and said to him,  
sakiṁ vijātavaṇṇasataṁ abhinimminitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
each manifested in the form of a hundred women who have given birth once …  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho taṇhā māradhītā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
Māra’s daughter Craving addressed the Buddha in verse:  
Atha kho arati māradhītā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
Then Māra’s daughter Delight addressed the Buddha in verse:  
Atha kho ragā māradhītā bhagavato santike gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
Then Māra’s daughter Lust addressed the Buddha in verse:  

sn6.1bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:   Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind,  
Apissu bhagavantaṁ imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṁsu pubbe assutapubbā:  
And then these verses, which were neither supernaturally inspired, nor learned before in the past, occurred to the Buddha:  
Itiha bhagavato paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati, no dhammadesanāya.  
And as the Buddha reflected like this, his mind inclined to remaining passive, not to teaching the Dhamma.  
Atha kho brahmuno sahampatissa bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya etadahosi:  
Then Brahmā Sahampati, knowing what the Buddha was thinking, thought,  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi.  
Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the Brahmā realm and reappeared in front of the Buddha.  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dakkhiṇajāṇumaṇḍalaṁ pathaviyaṁ nihantvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He arranged his robe over one shoulder, knelt with his right knee on the ground, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said:  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati “katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyīti. 
Then Brahmā Sahampati, knowing that his request for the Buddha to teach the Dhamma had been granted, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there. 

sn6.2bhagavantaṁ bhagavanto bhagavato7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:   Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind,  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to him:  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi.  
Then Brahmā Sahampati knew what the Buddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the Brahmā realm and reappeared in front of the Buddha.  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said:  
Yepi te, bhante, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tepi bhagavanto dhammaññeva sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya vihariṁsu;  
All the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past honored and respected and relied on this same teaching.  
yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā tepi bhagavanto dhammaññeva sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharissanti.  
All the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who will live in the future will honor and respect and rely on this same teaching.  

sn6.3bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarissā brāhmaṇiyā brahmadevo nāma putto bhagavato santike agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito hoti.   Now at that time a certain brahmin lady had a son called Brahmadeva, who had gone forth from the lay life to homelessness in the presence of the Buddha.  

sn6.4bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Addasā kho bako brahmā bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.   Baka the Brahmā saw the Buddha coming off in the distance  
Disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and said to him,  

sn6.5bhagavantaṁ bhagavato9Pi En Ru dhamma

Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisinnaṁ tejodhātuṁ samāpannaṁ.   With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, he saw the Buddha seated cross-legged in the air above that Brahmā, having entered upon the fire element.  
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno puratthimaṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato.  
Then Mahāmoggallāna—positioning himself in the east, below the Buddha—sat cross-legged in the air above that Brahmā, having entered upon the fire element.  
Addasā kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhagavantaṁ dibbena cakkhunā …pe…  
 
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo dakkhiṇaṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato.  
positioned himself in the south …  
Addasā kho āyasmā mahākappino bhagavantaṁ dibbena cakkhunā …pe… tejodhātuṁ samāpannaṁ.  
 
Atha kho āyasmā mahākappino pacchimaṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato.  
positioned himself in the west …  
Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho uttaraṁ disaṁ nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaṁ pallaṅkena nisīdi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā nīcataraṁ bhagavato.  
positioned himself in the north, below the Buddha, sitting cross-legged in the air above that Brahmā, having entered upon the fire element.  
‘atthi nu kho, mārisa moggallāna, aññepi tassa bhagavato sāvakā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā;  
‘Moggallāna my good sir, are there any other disciples of the Buddha who have power and might  
“atthi nu kho, mārisa moggallāna, aññepi tassa bhagavato sāvakā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā;  
 

sn6.6bhagavantaṁ bhagavato6Pi En Ru dhamma

“akālo kho tāva, mārisa, bhagavantaṁ payirupāsituṁ;   “Good sir, it’s the wrong time to pay homage to the Buddha.  
Atha kho subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā suddhāvāso ca paccekabrahmā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso …pe… evameva—bhagavato purato antarahitā tasmiṁ brahmaloke pāturahesuṁ.  
Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, they vanished from in front of the Buddha and appeared in that Brahmā realm.  
“Āgatā kho mayaṁ, mārisa, amha tassa bhagavato santikā arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
“Good sir, we’ve come from the presence of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Gaccheyyāsi pana tvaṁ, mārisa, tassa bhagavato upaṭṭhānaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā”ti?  
Shouldn’t you go to attend on that Blessed One?”  
Gaccheyyāsi tvaṁ, mārisa, tassa bhagavato upaṭṭhānaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā”ti?  
Shouldn’t you go to attend on that Blessed One?”  
Agamāsi ca kho so brahmā aparena samayena bhagavato upaṭṭhānaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassāti. 
And after some time that Brahmā went to attend on the Buddha. 

sn6.7bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho subrahmā paccekabrahmā kokālikaṁ bhikkhuṁ ārabbha bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Then Subrahmā recited this verse about the mendicant Kokālika in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn6.8bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho suddhāvāso paccekabrahmā katamodakatissakaṁ bhikkhuṁ ārabbha bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Then Suddhāvāsa recited this verse about the mendicant Katamorakatissaka in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn6.9bhagavatā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Nanu tvaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā anāgāmī byākato, atha kiñcarahi idhāgato?   “Didn’t the Buddha declare you a non-returner? So what exactly are you doing back here?  

sn6.10bhagavantaṁ9Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kokāliko bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kokāliko bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the mendicant Kokālika went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Dutiyampi kho kokāliko bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a second time Kokālika said to the Buddha,  
Tatiyampi kho kokāliko bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a third time Kokālika said to the Buddha,  
Atha kho kokāliko bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then Kokālika got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then, late at night, the beautiful Brahmā Sahampati, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  
Idaṁ vatvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyīti.  
Then he bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right side, before vanishing right there.  
Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, one of the mendicants asked the Buddha,  

sn6.11bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho brahmā sanaṅkumāro abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ sappinītīraṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   Then, late at night, the beautiful Brahmā Sanaṅkumāra, lighting up the entire Sappinī riverbank, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho brahmā sanaṅkumāro bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
and recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  
Atha kho brahmā sanaṅkumāro “samanuñño me satthā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyīti. 
Then Brahmā Sanaṅkumāra, knowing that the teacher approved, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there. 

sn6.12bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ pabbataṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   Then, late at night, the beautiful Brahmā Sahampati, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho brahmā sahampati devadattaṁ ārabbha bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
and recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn6.13bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ andhakavindaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   Then, late at night, the beautiful Brahmā Sahampati, lighting up the entirety of Andhakavinda, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho brahmā sahampati bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
and recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn6.14bhagavantaṁ bhagavato8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Sikhissa kho pana, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa abhibhūsambhavaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
Sikhī had a fine pair of chief disciples named Abhibhū and Sambhava.  
‘Evaṁ, bhante’ti kho bhikkhave, abhibhū bhikkhu sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paccassosi.  
‘Yes, sir,’ replied Abhibhū.  
‘Evaṁ, bhante’ti kho, bhikkhave, abhibhū bhikkhu sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paṭissutvā, brahmānañca brahmaparisañca brahmapārisajje ca dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.  
‘Yes, sir,’ replied Abhibhū. Then he educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk.  
‘Evaṁ, bhante’ti kho, bhikkhave, abhibhū bhikkhu sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paṭissutvā dissamānenapi kāyena dhammaṁ desesi, adissamānenapi kāyena dhammaṁ desesi, dissamānenapi heṭṭhimena upaḍḍhakāyena adissamānena uparimena upaḍḍhakāyena dhammaṁ desesi, dissamānenapi uparimena upaḍḍhakāyena adissamānena heṭṭhimena upaḍḍhakāyena dhammaṁ desesi.  
‘Yes, sir,’ replied Abhibhū. Then he taught Dhamma with his body visible; with his body invisible; with the lower half visible and the upper half invisible; and with the upper half visible and the lower half invisible.  
Atha kho abhibhū bhikkhu sikhiṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Abhibhū said to the Buddha Sikhī,  
‘Evaṁ, bhante’ti kho, bhikkhave, abhibhū bhikkhu sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paṭissutvā brahmaloke ṭhito imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
‘Yes, sir,’ replied Abhibhū. Standing in the Brahmā realm, he recited this verse:  
Idamavoca bhagavā, attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti. 
That is what the Buddha said. Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

sn6.15bhagavati4Pi En Ru dhamma

Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā brahmā sahampati imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   When the Buddha became fully extinguished, along with the full extinguishment, Brahmā Sahampati recited this verse:  
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā sakko devānamindo imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
When the Buddha became fully extinguished, Sakka, lord of gods, recited this verse:  
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā ānando imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:  
When the Buddha became fully extinguished, Venerable Ānanda recited this verse:  
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
When the Buddha became fully extinguished, Venerable Anuruddha recited this verse:  

sn7.1bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā9Pi En Ru dhamma

“Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.   “Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!  
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassā”ti.  
Homage to that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!”  
“Na khvāhaṁ taṁ, brāhmaṇa, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yo tassa bhagavato vādaṁ āropeyya arahato sammāsambuddhassa.  
“Brahmin, I don’t see anyone in this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—who can refute the doctrine of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
Atha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo kupito anattamano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
Then the brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan, angry and upset, went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
and addressed the Buddha in verse:  
Evaṁ vutte, bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the brahmin said to the Buddha,  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ gotamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to Master Gotama, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Alattha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And the brahmin received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  

sn7.2bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“bhāradvājagotto kira brāhmaṇo samaṇassa gotamassa santike agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti kupito anattamano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosati paribhāsati. Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā akkosakabhāradvājaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ etadavoca:   a brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan had gone forth from the lay life to homelessness in the presence of the ascetic Gotama. Angry and displeased he went to the Buddha and abused and insulted him with rude, harsh words. When he had spoken, the Buddha said to him:  
Evaṁ vutte, akkosakabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Bhāradvāja the Rude said to the Buddha,  
Alattha kho akkosakabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And the brahmin Bhāradvāja the Rude received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  

sn7.3bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

“bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo kira samaṇassa gotamassa santike agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti kupito anattamano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosati paribhāsati.   a brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan had gone forth from the lay life to homelessness in the presence of the ascetic Gotama. Angry and displeased he went to the Buddha and abused and insulted him with rude, harsh words.  
Atha kho asurindakabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Bhāradvāja the Fiend said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, asurindakabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Bhāradvāja the Fiend said to the Buddha,  

sn7.4bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, bilaṅgikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, the brahmin Bhāradvāja the Bitter said to the Buddha,  

sn7.5bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho ahiṁsakabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin Bhāradvāja the Harmless went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ahiṁsakabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said,  
Evaṁ vutte, ahiṁsakabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the brahmin Bhāradvāja the Harmless said to the Buddha,  

sn7.6bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho jaṭābhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin Bhāradvāja of the Matted Hair went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jaṭābhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
and addressed the Buddha in verse:  
Evaṁ vutte, jaṭābhāradvājo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Bhāradvāja of the Matted Hair said to the Buddha,  

sn7.7bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho suddhikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin Bhāradvāja the Pure went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho suddhikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ ajjhabhāsi:  
and recited this verse in his presence:  
Evaṁ vutte, suddhikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the brahmin Bhāradvāja the Pure said to the Buddha,  

sn7.8bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Addasā kho aggikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ piṇḍāya ṭhitaṁ.   Bhāradvāja the Fire-Worshiper saw him standing for alms  
Disvāna bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
and addressed him in verse:  
Evaṁ vutte, aggikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the brahmin Bhāradvāja the Fire-Worshiper said to the Buddha,  

sn7.9bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Addasā kho sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle sasīsaṁ pārutaṁ nisinnaṁ.   He saw the Buddha meditating at the root of a certain tree with his robe pulled over his head.  
Atha kho sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then the brahmin Sundarikabhāradvāja went up to the Buddha, and said to him,  
Evaṁ vutte, sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the brahmin Sundarikabhāradvāja said to the Buddha,  

sn7.10bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo te balībadde gavesanto yena so vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā addasa bhagavantaṁ tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā.   While looking for them he went to that forest, where he saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in front of him.  
Disvāna yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi:  
He went up to the Buddha, and recited these verses in the Buddha’s presence:  
Evaṁ vutte, bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the brahmin said to the Buddha,  
Alattha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And the brahmin received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  

sn7.11bhagavantaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Addasā kho kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ piṇḍāya ṭhitaṁ.   Bhāradvāja the Farmer saw him standing for alms  
Disvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and said to him,  
Atha kho kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
Then Bhāradvāja the Farmer addressed the Buddha in verse:  
Evaṁ vutte, kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the brahmin Bhāradvāja the Farmer said to the Buddha,  

sn7.12bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho udayo brāhmaṇo bhagavato pattaṁ odanena pūresi.   Then Udaya filled the Buddha’s bowl with rice.  
tatiyampi kho udayo brāhmaṇo bhagavato pattaṁ odanena pūretvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
But when he had filled the Buddha’s bowl for a third time, he said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, udayo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the brahmin Udaya said to the Buddha,  

sn7.13bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

āyasmā ca upavāṇo bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti.   Venerable Upavāna was his carer.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena devahitassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tuṇhībhūto ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Upavāna. He robed up, and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the brahmin Devahita, and stood silently to one side.  
Atha kho āyasmā upavāṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ uṇhodakena nhāpetvā uṇhodakena phāṇitaṁ āloletvā bhagavato pādāsi.  
Then Venerable Upavāna went up to the Buddha and bathed him with the hot water. Then he stirred molasses into hot water and presented it to the Buddha.  
Atha kho bhagavato ābādho paṭippassambhi.  
Then the Buddha’s illness died down.  
Atha kho devahito brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
Then the brahmin Devahita went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho devahito brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
and addressed the Buddha in verse:  
Evaṁ vutte, devahito brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the brahmin Devahita said to the Buddha,  

sn7.14bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇamahāsālo lūkho lūkhapāvuraṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then a certain well-to-do brahmin, shabby, wearing a shabby cloak, went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Atha kho so brāhmaṇamahāsālo bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo pariyāpuṇitvā sabhāyaṁ mahājanakāye sannipatite puttesu ca sannisinnesu abhāsi:  
Having memorized those verses in the Buddha’s presence, the brahmin recited them to his sons when they were all seated in the council hall with a large crowd. …  
Atha kho so brāhmaṇamahāsālo ekaṁ dussayugaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
Then the brahmin, taking one pair of garments, went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho brāhmaṇamahāsālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Atha kho so brāhmaṇamahāsālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then the well-to-do brahmin said to the Buddha,  

sn7.15bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“cittaṁ me samaṇo gotamo jānātī”ti tattheva bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati, nāmañca sāveti:   “The ascetic Gotama knows my mind!” He bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet, caressing them and covering them with kisses, and pronounced his name:  
Atha kho mānatthaddho brāhmaṇo sake āsane nisīditvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
Then Stuck-Up took his seat and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, mānatthaddho brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the brahmin Stuck-Up said to the Buddha,  

sn7.16bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho paccanīkasāto brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ caṅkamantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the brahmin Contraphile went up to the Buddha, and said to him as he was walking,  
Evaṁ vutte, paccanīkasāto brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the brahmin Contraphile said to the Buddha,  

sn7.17bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Addasā kho navakammikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ sālarukkhamūle nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā.   He saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged at the root of a certain sal tree, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in front of him.  
Atha kho navakammikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
Then Bhāradvāja the Builder went up to the Buddha and addressed him in verse:  
Evaṁ vutte, navakammikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the brahmin Bhāradvāja the Builder said to the Buddha,  

sn7.18bhagavantaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa sambahulā antevāsikā kaṭṭhahārakā māṇavakā yena vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā addasaṁsu bhagavantaṁ tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. Disvāna yena bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhāradvājagottaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several youths, students of one of the Bhāradvāja brahmins, approached a forest grove while collecting firewood. They saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged at the root of a certain sal tree, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in front of him. Seeing this, they went up to Bhāradvāja and said to him,  
Addasā kho bhagavantaṁ tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe nisinnaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā.  
where he saw the Buddha sitting down cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in front of him.  
Disvāna yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
He went up to the Buddha and addressed him in verse:  
Evaṁ vutte, bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Bhāradvāja said to the Buddha,  

sn7.19bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mātuposako brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then a brahmin who provided for his mother went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mātuposako brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, mātuposako brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the brahmin who provided for his mother said to the Buddha,  

sn7.20bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhikkhako brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then a begging brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho bhikkhako brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, bhikkhako brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, the begging brahmin said to the Buddha,  

sn7.21bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   He wandered for alms in Sāvatthī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Atha kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
Then the brahmin Saṅgārava went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Evaṁ vutte, saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Saṅgārava said to the Buddha,  

sn7.22bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Addasaṁsu khomadussakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.   The brahmins and householders saw the Buddha coming off in the distance,  
Evaṁ vutte, khomadussakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
When he had spoken, the brahmins and householders of Khomadussa said to the Buddha,  

sn8.5bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Vaṅgīsa got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said,  
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso bhagavantaṁ sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi:  
Then Vaṅgīsa extolled the Buddha in his presence with fitting verses:  

sn8.7bhagavantaṁ bhagavato6Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he had spoken, Venerable Sāriputta got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said:  
“na kho mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato kiñci garahāma kāyikaṁ vā vācasikaṁ vā.  
“There is nothing, sir, that you’ve done by way of body or speech that we would criticize.  
ahañca kho, bhante, bhagavantaṁ pavāremi.  
And sir, I invite the Blessed One.  
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Vaṅgīsa got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said,  
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso bhagavantaṁ sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi:  
Then Vaṅgīsa extolled the Buddha in his presence with fitting verses:  
Sabbe bhagavato puttā,  
All are sons of the Blessed One— 

sn8.8bhagavantaṁ bhagavato6Pi En Ru dhamma

Yannūnāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan”ti.   Why don’t I extoll him in his presence with fitting verses?”  
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Vaṅgīsa got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said,  
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso bhagavantaṁ sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi:  
Then Vaṅgīsa extolled the Buddha in his presence with fitting verses:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā vaṅgīso bhagavato paṭissutvā bhiyyoso mattāya bhagavantaṁ pubbe aparivitakkitāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi:  
“Yes, sir,” replied Vaṅgīsa. Then he extolled the Buddha with some more spontaneously inspired verses, not previously composed:  
Tasmā hi tassa bhagavato sāsane,  
That’s why, being diligent, we should always train  

sn8.9bhagavantaṁ bhagavato7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā aññāsikoṇḍañño sucirasseva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati, pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati, nāmañca sāveti:   Then Venerable Koṇḍañña Who Understood approached the Buddha after a very long absence. He bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet, caressing them and covering them with kisses, and pronounced his name:  
“ayaṁ kho āyasmā aññāsikoṇḍañño sucirasseva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati, pāṇīhi ca parisambāhati, nāmañca sāveti:  
“This Venerable Koṇḍañña Who Understood has approached the Buddha after a very long absence. He bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet, caressing them and covering them with kisses, and pronounced his name:  
Yannūnāhaṁ āyasmantaṁ aññāsikoṇḍaññaṁ bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan”ti.  
Why don’t I extoll him in the Buddha’s presence with fitting verses?”  
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Vaṅgīsa got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said,  
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso āyasmantaṁ aññāsikoṇḍaññaṁ bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi:  
Then Vaṅgīsa extolled Koṇḍañña in the Buddha’s presence with fitting verses:  

sn8.10bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Yannūnāhaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan”ti.   Why don’t I extoll him in the Buddha’s presence with fitting verses?”  
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Vaṅgīsa got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said,  
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi:  
Then Vaṅgīsa extolled Mahāmoggallāna in his presence with fitting verses:  

sn8.11bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Yannūnāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ sammukhā sāruppāya gāthāya abhitthaveyyan”ti.   Why don’t I extoll him in his presence with fitting verses?”  
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Vaṅgīsa got up from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said,  
Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso bhagavantaṁ sammukhā sāruppāya gāthāya abhitthavi:  
Then Vaṅgīsa extolled the Buddha in his presence with fitting verses:  

sn10.1bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho indako yakkho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Then the native spirit Indaka went up to the Buddha, and addressed him in verse:  

sn10.2bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sakkanāmako yakkho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:   Then a spirit named Sakka went up to the Buddha, and addressed him in verse:  

sn10.3bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena kharo ca yakkho sūcilomo ca yakkho bhagavato avidūre atikkamanti.   Now at that time the native spirits Shaggy and Spiky were passing by not far from the Buddha.  
Atha kho sūcilomo yakkho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmesi.  
Then Spiky went up to the Buddha and leaned up against his body,  
Atha kho sūcilomo yakkho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Spiky said to the Buddha,  
api ca tvaṁ, āvuso, puccha yadā kaṅkhasī”ti. (…)  
But anyway, ask what you wish.”  
(…) → (atha kho sūcilomo yakkho bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi.) (bj, pts2ed)  

sn10.4bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho maṇibhaddo yakkho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Then the native spirit Maṇibhadda went up to the Buddha, and recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn10.8bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

Tāvadeva ca pana bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamitukāmo hoti. Athassa anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa etadahosi:   Right away he wanted to go and see the Buddha, but he thought,  
“akālo kho ajja bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
“It’s too late to go and see the Buddha today.  
Sve dānāhaṁ kālena bhagavantaṁ dassanāya gamissāmī”ti buddhagatāya satiyā nipajji.  
I’ll go and see him tomorrow.” He went to bed thinking of the Buddha.  
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati, nāmena maṁ bhagavā ālapatīti, haṭṭho udaggo tattheva bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Anāthapiṇḍika thought, “The Buddha calls me by name!” Smiling and elated, he bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet and said to him,  

sn10.12bhagavantaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āḷavako yakkho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the native spirit Āḷavaka went up to the Buddha, and said to him:  
Dutiyampi kho āḷavako yakkho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And for a second time the native spirit Āḷavaka said to the Buddha,  
Tatiyampi kho āḷavako yakkho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And for a third time the native spirit Āḷavaka said to the Buddha,  
Catutthampi kho āḷavako yakkho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And for a fourth time the native spirit Āḷavaka said to the Buddha,  
Api ca tvaṁ, āvuso, puccha yadā kaṅkhasī”ti (…).  
But anyway, ask what you wish.”  
(…) → (atha kho āḷavako yakkho bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi.) (bj, pts2ed)  

sn11.1bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

sn11.2bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

sn11.3bhagavato bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī”ti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
“suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

sn11.8bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho verocano asurindo bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Then Verocana recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn11.13bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahāli licchavī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahāli licchavī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahāli the Licchavi went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“Diṭṭho kho, bhante, bhagavatā sakko devānamindo”ti?  
“Sir, have you seen Sakka, lord of gods?”  

sn11.14bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

sn11.15bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sakko devānamindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   And then Sakka, lord of gods, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him,  

sn11.16bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sakko devānamindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   And then Sakka, lord of gods, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
and addressed him in verse:  

sn11.17bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato santike imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:   Then Sakka recited this verse in the Buddha’s presence:  

sn11.19bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo vejayantapāsādā orohanto añjaliṁ katvā sudaṁ bhagavantaṁ namassati.   Then Sakka descended from the Palace of Victory, raised his joined palms, and revered the Buddha.  
Bhagavantaṁ namassitvā,  
having worshipped the Buddha,  

sn11.21bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sakko devānamindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   And then Sakka, lord of gods, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:  
and addressed him in verse:  

sn11.24bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  

sn12.1bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

sn12.2bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn12.3bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn12.4bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etadahosi:   “Mendicants, Vipassī the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha had this thought before his awakening, when he was still unawakened but intent on awakening:  

sn12.5bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sikhissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa …pe….  “Sikhī, the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha …” 

sn12.6bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa …pe….  “Vessabhū, the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha …” 

sn12.7bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa …pe….  “Kakusandha, the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha …” 

sn12.8bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa …pe….  “Koṇāgamana, the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha …” 

sn12.9bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa …pe….  “Kassapa, the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha …” 

sn12.12bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, Venerable Phagguna of the Top-Knot said to the Buddha,  

sn12.15bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā kaccānagotto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kaccānagotto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Kaccānagotta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn12.16bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn12.17bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā10Pi En Ru dhamma

Addasā kho acelo kassapo bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.   The naked ascetic Kassapa saw the Buddha coming off in the distance.  
Disvāna yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
He went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho acelo kassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he stood to one side, and said to the Buddha,  
Dutiyampi kho acelo kassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
A second time,  
Evaṁ vutte, acelo kassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When this was said, Kassapa said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, acelo kassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When this was said, Kassapa said to the Buddha,  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya …pe… ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.  
Sir, may I receive the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence?”  
Alattha kho acelo kassapo bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And the naked ascetic Kassapa received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  

sn12.18bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho timbaruko paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Timbaruka went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho timbaruko paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, timbaruko paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the wanderer Timbaruka said to the Buddha,  

sn12.19bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā, bhagavaṁnettikā, bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn12.20bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn12.24bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Paṭiccasamuppannaṁ kho, āvuso, dukkhaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.   “Reverends, the Buddha said that suffering is dependently originated.  
Iti vadaṁ vuttavādī ceva bhagavato assa, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyya, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyya, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyya.  
If you said this you would repeat what the Buddha has said, and not misrepresent him with an untruth. You would explain in line with his teaching, and there would be no legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Then Ānanda wandered for alms in Rājagaha. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato sāriputtassa tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.  

sn12.25bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

kathaṁ byākaramānā ca mayaṁ vuttavādino ceva bhagavato assāma, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyāma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti?   How should we answer so as to repeat what the Buddha has said, and not misrepresent him with an untruth? How should we explain in line with his teaching, with no legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”  
“Paṭiccasamuppannaṁ kho, āvuso, sukhadukkhaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā.  
“Reverend, the Buddha said that pleasure and pain are dependently originated.  
Iti vadaṁ vuttavādī ceva bhagavato assa, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyya, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyya, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyya.  
If you said this you would repeat what the Buddha has said, and not misrepresent him with an untruth. You would explain in line with his teaching, and there would be no legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato sāriputtassa āyasmatā bhūmijena saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.  

sn12.26bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā upavāṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Upavāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Idha no, bhante, bhagavā kiṁvādī kimakkhāyī kathaṁ byākaramānā ca mayaṁ vuttavādino ceva bhagavato assāma, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyāma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti?  
What does the Buddha say about this? How does he explain it? How should we answer so as to repeat what the Buddha has said, and not misrepresent him with an untruth? How should we explain in line with his teaching, with no legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”  

sn12.32bhagavantaṁ bhagavato18Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Kaḷāra the Aristocrat went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Sāriputta and said to him,  
“Evaṁ, āvuso”ti kho āyasmā sāriputto tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” replied Sāriputta. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto acirapakkantassa bhagavato bhikkhū āmantesi:  
Then soon after the Buddha left, Venerable Sāriputta said to the mendicants,  
divasañcepi maṁ bhagavā etamatthaṁ puccheyya aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi, divasampāhaṁ bhagavato etamatthaṁ byākareyyaṁ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi.  
‘If the Buddha were to question me all day on this matter in different words and ways, I could answer all day with different words and ways.  
Rattiñcepi maṁ bhagavā etamatthaṁ puccheyya aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi, rattimpāhaṁ bhagavato etamatthaṁ byākareyyaṁ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi.  
If he were to question me all night,  
Rattindivaṁ cepi maṁ bhagavā etamatthaṁ puccheyya aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi, rattindivampāhaṁ bhagavato etamatthaṁ byākareyyaṁ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi.  
all day and night,  
dve rattindivānipāhaṁ bhagavato etamatthaṁ byākareyyaṁ …pe…  
 
tīṇi rattindivānipāhaṁ bhagavato etamatthaṁ byākareyyaṁ …pe…  
 
cattāri rattindivānipāhaṁ bhagavato etamatthaṁ byākareyyaṁ …pe…  
 
pañca rattindivānipāhaṁ bhagavato etamatthaṁ byākareyyaṁ …pe…  
 
cha rattindivānipāhaṁ bhagavato etamatthaṁ byākareyyaṁ …pe…  
 
satta rattindivāni cepi maṁ bhagavā etamatthaṁ puccheyya aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi, satta rattindivānipāhaṁ bhagavato etamatthaṁ byākareyyaṁ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehī”ti.  
or seven days and nights, I could answer in different words and ways for seven days and nights.’”  
Atha kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Kaḷāra the Aristocrat went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
divasañcepi maṁ bhagavā etamatthaṁ puccheyya aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi, divasampāhaṁ bhagavato etamatthaṁ byākareyyaṁ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi;  
 
satta rattindivāni cepi maṁ bhagavā etamatthaṁ puccheyya aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi, satta rattindivānipāhaṁ bhagavato etamatthaṁ byākareyyaṁ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehī”ti.  
 

sn12.33bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn12.34bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn12.35bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When this was said, one of the mendicants asked the Buddha,  

sn12.41bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Seated to one side, the Buddha said to the householder Anāthapiṇḍika:  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

sn12.43bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn12.44bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn12.45bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu bhagavato upassuti ṭhito hoti.   Now at that time a certain monk was standing listening in on the Buddha.  

sn12.46bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the brahmin said to the Buddha,  

sn12.47bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the brahmin Jānussoṇi said to the Buddha,  

sn12.48bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho lokāyatiko brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side he said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, lokāyatiko brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the brahmin cosmologist said to the Buddha,  

sn12.51bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā7Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
“Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn12.60bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  

sn12.66bhagavantaṁ bhagavato6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, one of the mendicants said to the Buddha,  
Yathā so bhikkhu byākāsi na so bhikkhu bhagavato cittaṁ ārādhesi.  
but the Buddha was not happy with the answer.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he had spoken, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
yaṁ bhagavā antaraṁ sammasaṁ bhāseyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
Let the Buddha speak of the inner self-examination. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn12.70bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā16Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando susimaṁ paribbājakaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Ānanda took Susīma to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Alattha kho susimo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And the wanderer Susīma received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulehi bhikkhūhi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā hoti:  
Now at that time several mendicants had declared their enlightenment in the Buddha’s presence:  
“sambahulehi kira bhikkhūhi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā:  
 
“saccaṁ kirāyasmantehi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā:  
“Is it really true that the venerables have declared enlightenment in the Buddha’s presence?”  
Atha kho āyasmā susimo uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Then Susīma went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā susimo yāvatako tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
and informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with those mendicants.  
“Na khvāhaṁ, bhante, imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
“Sir, I don’t understand the detailed meaning of what you have said in brief.  
bhagavatā → bhagavato (pts1ed, pts2ed)  
Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā bhāsatu yathāhaṁ imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājāneyyan”ti.  
Please teach me this matter so I can understand the detailed meaning.”  
bhagavatā → bhagavato (pts1ed, pts2ed)  
Atha kho āyasmā susimo bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Susīma bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet and said,  

sn13.1bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Appamattako bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito.   The little bit of dirt under your fingernail is tiny.  
Neva satimaṁ kalaṁ upeti na sahassimaṁ kalaṁ upeti na satasahassimaṁ kalaṁ upeti mahāpathaviṁ upanidhāya bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito”ti.  
Compared to the great earth, it’s not nearly a hundredth, a thousandth, or a hundred thousandth part.”  

sn14.1bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn14.11bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, one of the mendicants asked the Buddha,  

sn14.13bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā kaccāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Venerable Kaccāna said to the Buddha,  

sn14.15bhagavato8Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati;   Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was walking together with several mendicants not far from the Buddha.  
āyasmāpi kho mahāmoggallāno sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati;  
Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was doing likewise, as were  
āyasmāpi kho mahākassapo sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati;  
Venerable Mahākassapa,  
āyasmāpi kho anuruddho sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati;  
Venerable Anuruddha,  
āyasmāpi kho puṇṇo mantāniputto sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati;  
Venerable Puṇṇa son of Mantāṇī,  
āyasmāpi kho upāli sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati;  
Venerable Upāli,  
āyasmāpi kho ānando sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati;  
Venerable Ānanda,  
devadattopi kho sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati.  
and Devadatta.  

sn15.1bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

sn15.3bhagavatā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Yathā kho mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāma, etadeva, bhante, bahutaraṁ yaṁ no iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṁ saṁsarataṁ amanāpasampayogā manāpavippayogā kandantānaṁ rodantānaṁ assu passannaṁ paggharitaṁ, na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakan”ti.   “As we understand the Buddha’s teaching, the flow of tears we’ve shed while roaming and transmigrating is more than the water in the four oceans.”  

sn15.4bhagavatā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Yathā kho mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāma, etadeva, bhante, bahutaraṁ yaṁ no iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṁ saṁsarataṁ mātuthaññaṁ pītaṁ, na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakan”ti.   “As we understand the Buddha’s teaching, the mother’s milk we’ve drunk while roaming and transmigrating is more than the water in the four oceans.”  

sn15.5bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and asked him,  

sn15.6bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  

sn15.7bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  

sn15.8bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and asked the Buddha,  
Evaṁ vutte, so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the brahmin said to the Buddha,  

sn15.10bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

sn15.13bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho tiṁsamattā pāveyyakā bhikkhū sabbe āraññikā sabbe piṇḍapātikā sabbe paṁsukūlikā sabbe tecīvarikā sabbe sasaṁyojanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.   Then thirty mendicants from Pāvā went to the Buddha. All of them lived in the wilderness, ate only almsfood, wore rag robes, and owned just three robes; yet they all still had fetters. They bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to the Buddha,  
“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Venerable sir,” they replied.  
“Yathā kho mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāma, etadeva, bhante, bahutaraṁ, yaṁ no iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṁ saṁsarataṁ sīsacchinnānaṁ lohitaṁ passannaṁ paggharitaṁ, na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakan”ti.  
“As we understand the Buddha’s teaching, the flow of blood we’ve shed when our head was chopped off while roaming and transmigrating is more than the water in the four oceans.”  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

sn15.20bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa vidhurasañjīvaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
Kakusandha had a fine pair of chief disciples named Vidhura and Sañjīva.  
Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa bhiyyosuttaraṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
Koṇāgamana had a fine pair of chief disciples named Bhiyyosa and Uttara.  
Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tissabhāradvājaṁ nāma sāvakayugaṁ ahosi aggaṁ bhaddayugaṁ.  
Kassapa had a fine pair of chief disciples named Tissa and Bhāradvāja.  

sn16.3bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā13Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
“Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhīti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhīti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.  

sn16.4bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn16.5bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Mahākassapa went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

sn16.6bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Mahākassapa went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to those monks and said,  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” those monks replied. They went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:  
Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then those monks bowed with their heads at the Buddha’s feet and said,  

sn16.8bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Mahākassapa went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

sn16.10bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

api nu tvaṁ bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhusaṅghe upanīto:   Was it you who the Buddha brought up before the Saṅgha of mendicants, saying:  
“Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhusaṅghe upanīto:  
“I was the one the Buddha brought up before the Saṅgha of mendicants, saying:  
api nu tvaṁ bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhusaṅghe upanīto:  
Was it you who the Buddha brought up before the Saṅgha of mendicants, saying:  
“Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhusaṅghe upanīto:  
“I was the one the Buddha brought up before the Saṅgha of mendicants, saying:  

sn16.11bhagavantameva bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā16Pi En Ru dhamma

“kati nu kho, āvuso ānanda, atthavase paṭicca bhagavatā kulesu tikabhojanaṁ paññattan”ti?   “Reverend Ānanda, for how many reasons did the Buddha lay down a rule against eating in groups of more than three among families?”  
“Tayo kho, bhante kassapa, atthavase paṭicca bhagavatā kulesu tikabhojanaṁ paññattaṁ— 
“Sir, the Buddha laid down that rule for three reasons.  
Ime kho, bhante kassapa, tayo atthavase paṭicca bhagavatā kulesu tikabhojanaṁ paññattan”ti.  
These are the three reasons why the Buddha laid down that rule.”  
Yatvāhaṁ, āvuso, kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito, nābhijānāmi aññaṁ satthāraṁ uddisitā, aññatra tena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena.  
Since I shaved off my hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness, I don’t recall acknowledging any other teacher apart from the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno addhānamaggappaṭipanno addasaṁ bhagavantaṁ antarā ca rājagahaṁ antarā ca nāḷandaṁ bahuputte cetiye nisinnaṁ.  
When I had gone forth, I traveled along the road between Rājagaha and Nāḷandā, where I saw the Buddha sitting at the Many Sons Shrine.  
‘satthārañca vatāhaṁ passeyyaṁ, bhagavantameva passeyyaṁ;  
‘If I’m ever to see a Teacher, it would be this Blessed One!  
sugatañca vatāhaṁ passeyyaṁ, bhagavantameva passeyyaṁ;  
If I’m ever to see a Holy One, it would be this Blessed One!  
bhagavantameva passeyyan’ti.  
 
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, tattheva bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ:  
Then I bowed with my head at the Buddha’s feet and said:  
Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, paṭapilotikānaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ catugguṇaṁ paññapetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ:  
So I spread out my outer robe of patches folded in four and said to him,  
‘Dhāressāmahaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sāṇāni paṁsukūlāni nibbasanānī’ti.  
‘I will wear it, sir.’  
So khvāhaṁ, āvuso, paṭapilotikānaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ bhagavato pādāsiṁ.  
And so I presented my outer robe of patches to the Buddha,  
Ahaṁ pana bhagavato sāṇāni paṁsukūlāni nibbasanāni paṭipajjiṁ.  
and the Buddha presented me with his worn-out hempen rag robe.  
‘bhagavato putto oraso mukhato jāto dhammajo dhammanimmito dhammadāyādo, paṭiggahitāni sāṇāni paṁsukūlāni nibbasanānī’ti, mamaṁ taṁ sammā vadamāno vadeyya:  
the Buddha’s rightful child, born from his mouth, born of the teaching, created by the teaching, heir to the teaching, and receiver of his worn-out hempen rag robes, it’s me.  
‘bhagavato putto oraso mukhato jāto dhammajo dhammanimmito dhammadāyādo, paṭiggahitāni sāṇāni paṁsukūlāni nibbasanānī’ti.  
 

sn16.12bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti13Pi En Ru dhamma

“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā:   “Reverend, this has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Evampi kho, āvuso, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
“This too has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā:  
“This too has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Evampi kho, āvuso, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
“This too has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Kasmā cetaṁ, āvuso, abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
“And why has this not been declared by the Buddha?”  
Tasmā taṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
That’s why it has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Atha kiñcarahāvuso, byākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
“So what now has been declared by the Buddha?”  
“Idaṁ ‘dukkhan’ti kho, āvuso, byākataṁ bhagavatā;  
“‘This is suffering’ has been declared by the Buddha.  
ayaṁ ‘dukkhasamudayo’ti byākataṁ bhagavatā;  
‘This is the origin of suffering’ …  
ayaṁ ‘dukkhanirodho’ti byākataṁ bhagavatā;  
‘This is the cessation of suffering’ …  
ayaṁ ‘dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti byākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’ has been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Kasmā cetaṁ, āvuso, byākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
“And why has this been declared by the Buddha?”  
Tasmā taṁ byākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
That’s why it has been declared by the Buddha.” 

sn16.13bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Mahākassapa went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn17.1bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

sn17.30bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  

sn17.36bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  

sn18.1bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Rāhula went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  

sn18.11bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rāhulaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Rāhula went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

sn18.21bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Rāhula went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn18.22bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Rāhula went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn19.1bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavato maṁ santike etaṁ pañhaṁ pucchā”ti.   Ask me when we’re in the Buddha’s presence.”  
Atha kho āyasmā ca lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Lakkhaṇa and Mahāmoggallāna wandered for alms in Rājagaha. After the meal, on their return from almsround, they went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Lakkhaṇa said to Mahāmoggallāna:  

sn20.2bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Appamattakoyaṁ bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito.   The little bit of dirt under your fingernail is tiny.  
Saṅkhampi na upeti upanidhimpi na upeti kalabhāgampi na upeti mahāpathaviṁ upanidhāya bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito”ti.  
Compared to the great earth, it doesn’t count, there’s no comparison, it’s not worth a fraction.”  

sn20.8bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

sn20.9bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   And then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said:  

sn20.10bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   And then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said:  

sn21.3bhagavantaṁ bhagavatopi bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavatā kho me, āvuso, saddhiṁ ahosi dhammī kathā”ti.   “With the Buddha.”  
Kiṁ nu kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ iddhiyā upasaṅkami;  
Did you go to him with your psychic power,  
“Na khvāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavantaṁ iddhiyā upasaṅkamiṁ;  
“No reverend, I didn’t go to him with my psychic power,  
Bhagavatopi yāvatāhaṁ ettāvatā dibbacakkhu visujjhi dibbā ca sotadhātū”ti.  
and I cleared my clairvoyance and clairaudience towards him.”  
“Yathākathaṁ panāyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhagavatā saddhiṁ ahosi dhammī kathā”ti?  
“But what manner of Dhamma talk did you have together?”  
“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ:  
“Well, reverend, I said to the Buddha,  
Evaṁ kho me, āvuso, bhagavatā saddhiṁ ahosi dhammī kathā”ti.  
That’s the Dhamma talk I had together with the Buddha.”  
Āyasmā hi sāriputto bhagavatā anekapariyāyena thomito vaṇṇito pasattho:  
Venerable Sāriputta has been commended, complimented, and praised by the Buddha:  

sn21.4bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to that monk and said to him,  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho so bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho taṁ bhikkhuṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” that monk replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

sn21.8bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā nando bhagavato mātucchāputto ākoṭitapaccākoṭitāni cīvarāni pārupitvā akkhīni añjetvā acchaṁ pattaṁ gahetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ nandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Nanda—the Buddha’s cousin on his mother’s side—dressed in nicely pressed and ironed robes, applied eyeshadow, and took a polished black bowl. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

sn21.9bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā tisso bhagavato pitucchāputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ tissaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Tissa—the Buddha’s cousin on his father’s side—went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. He was miserable and sad, with tears flowing. Then the Buddha said to him:  

sn21.10bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā thero tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ theraṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Venerable Senior and said to him,  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā thero tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ theraṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” that monk replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

sn22.1bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā15Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho nakulapitā gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho nakulapitā gahapati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the householder Nakula’s father went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  
Aniccadassāvī kho panāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato manobhāvanīyānañca bhikkhūnaṁ.  
I hardly ever get to see the esteemed mendicants.  
Atha kho nakulapitā gahapati bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nakulapitaraṁ gahapatiṁ āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca:  
And then the householder Nakula’s father approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he went up to Venerable Sāriputta, bowed, and sat down to one side. Sāriputta said to him:  
Alattha no ajja bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti?  
Did you get to hear a Dhamma talk in the Buddha’s presence today?”  
Idānāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya amatena abhisitto”ti.  
Just now the Buddha anointed me with the deathless ambrosia of a Dhamma talk.”  
“Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, gahapati, bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya amatena abhisitto”ti?  
“But what kind of ambrosial Dhamma talk has the Buddha anointed you with?”  
“Idhāhaṁ, bhante, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Ekamantaṁ nisinno khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ:  
So Nakula’s father told Sāriputta all that had happened, and said,  
Aniccadassāvī kho panāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato manobhāvanīyānañca bhikkhūnaṁ.  
 
Evaṁ khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya amatena abhisitto”ti.  
“That’s the ambrosial Dhamma talk that the Buddha anointed me with.”  
“Na hi pana taṁ, gahapati, paṭibhāsi bhagavantaṁ uttariṁ paṭipucchituṁ:  
“But didn’t you feel the need to ask the Buddha the further question:  
bhagavantaṁ → taṁ bhagavantaṁ (bj) 

sn22.2bhagavantaṁ bhagavato8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā pacchābhūmagamikā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants who were heading for the west went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato avidūre aññatarasmiṁ eḷagalāgumbe nisinno hoti.  
Now at that time Venerable Sāriputta was sitting not far from the Buddha in a clump of golden shower trees.  
Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu.  
And then those mendicants approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. They got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him.  
‘kiṁvādī panāyasmantānaṁ satthā kimakkhāyī’ti, kacci vo āyasmantānaṁ dhammā sussutā suggahitā sumanasikatā sūpadhāritā suppaṭividdhā paññāya, yathā byākaramānā āyasmanto vuttavādino ceva bhagavato assatha, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyātha, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyātha, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti?  
‘But what does the venerables’ Teacher teach? What does he explain?’ I trust the venerables have properly heard, learned, applied the mind, and remembered the teachings, and penetrated them with wisdom. That way, when answering you will repeat what the Buddha has said and not misrepresent him with an untruth. You will explain in line with the teaching, with no legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism.”  

sn22.3bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

“vuttamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā aṭṭhakavaggiye māgaṇḍiyapañhe:   “Sir, this was said by the Buddha in the Chapter of the Eights, in ‘The Questions of Māgandiya’:  
Imassa nu kho, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṁ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo”ti?  
How should we see the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement?”  
Iti kho, gahapati, yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā aṭṭhakavaggiye māgaṇḍiyapañhe:  
So, householder, that’s how to understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha said in brief in the Chapter of the Eights, in ‘The Questions of Māgandiya’:  
Imassa kho, gahapati, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo”ti.  
" 

sn22.4bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

“vuttamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā sakkapañhe:   “Sir, this was said by the Buddha in ‘The Questions of Sakka’:  
Imassa nu kho, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṁ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo”ti?  
How should we see the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement?”  
Iti kho, gahapati, yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā sakkapañhe:  
So, householder, that’s how to understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha said in brief in ‘The Questions of Sakka’:  
Imassa kho, gahapati, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo”ti.  
" 

sn22.7bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti, kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn22.21bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  

sn22.35bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho, appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
 
Imassa khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  
Atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
And then that mendicant approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

sn22.36bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  
Imassa khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  

sn22.50bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho soṇo gahapatiputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho soṇaṁ gahapatiputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then the householder Soṇa went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

sn22.55bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, one of the mendicants asked the Buddha,  

sn22.58bhagavantaññeva bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaññeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn22.59bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanduṁ.  
Satisfied, the group of five mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

sn22.60bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahāli licchavi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahāli licchavi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahāli the Licchavi went up to the Buddha … and said to him:  

sn22.63bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  
Imassa khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  
Atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
And then that mendicant approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

sn22.64bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
Imassa khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  

sn22.65bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
Imassa khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  

sn22.66bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
Imassa khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  

sn22.67bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
Imassa khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  

sn22.68bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
Imassa khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  

sn22.69bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
Imassa khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  

sn22.70bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā …pe… vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  
Imassa khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  

sn22.71bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā rādho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Rādha went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  

sn22.72bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā surādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Surādha said to the Buddha:  

sn22.80bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā12Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:   Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind,  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi.  
Then Brahmā Sahampati knew what the Buddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the Brahmā realm and reappeared in front of the Buddha.  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said:  
Bhagavatā, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho pabāḷho.  
The Buddha has sent the mendicant Saṅgha away.  
Tesaṁ bhagavantaṁ apassantānaṁ siyā aññathattaṁ siyā vipariṇāmo.  
 
evameva santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ tesaṁ bhagavantaṁ apassantānaṁ siyā aññathattaṁ siyā vipariṇāmo.  
 
evameva santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ, tesaṁ bhagavantaṁ alabhantānaṁ dassanāya siyā aññathattaṁ siyā vipariṇāmo.  
 
Yatheva bhagavatā pubbe bhikkhusaṅgho anuggahito, evameva etarahi anuggaṇhātu bhikkhusaṅghan”ti.  
May the Buddha support the mendicant Saṅgha now as he did in the past!”  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.  
Then Brahmā Sahampati, knowing that the Buddha had consented, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there.  
Tepi bhikkhū ekadvīhikāya sārajjamānarūpā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:  
Those mendicants approached the Buddha timidly, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:  

sn22.81bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu acirapakkantassa bhagavato yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:   Then, not long after the Buddha had left, one of the mendicants went to Venerable Ānanda and told him what had happened.  
“cirassutā kho no, āvuso ānanda, bhagavato sammukhā dhammī kathā;  
“Reverend, it’s been a long time since we’ve heard a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.  
icchāma mayaṁ, āvuso ānanda, bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ sotun”ti.  
We wish to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.”  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ yena pālileyyakaṁ bhaddasālamūlaṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Then Venerable Ānanda together with those mendicants went to Pārileyya to see the Buddha. They bowed and sat down to one side,  

sn22.82bhagavantaṁ bhagavato8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then one of the mendicants got up from their seat, arranged their robe over one shoulder, raised their joined palms toward the Buddha, and said:  
“puccheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ kiñcideva desaṁ, sace me bhagavā okāsaṁ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā”ti?  
“Sir, I’d like to ask the Buddha about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā sake āsane nisīditvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” replied that mendicant. He took his seat and said to the Buddha:  
“Sādhu, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ uttariṁ pañhaṁ apucchi:  
Saying “Good, sir”, that mendicant approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. Then he asked another question:  
“Sādhu, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ uttariṁ pañhaṁ apucchi:  
Saying “Good, sir”, that mendicant approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. Then he asked another question:  

sn22.84bhagavantaṁ bhagavato7Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā tisso bhagavato pitucchāputto sambahulānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ evamāroceti:   Now at that time Venerable Tissa, the Buddha’s paternal cousin, informed several mendicants:  
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
“āyasmā, bhante, tisso bhagavato pitucchāputto sambahulānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ evamāroceti:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā tisso tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ tissaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Tissa and said to him,  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā tisso tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ tissaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
“Yes, reverend,” Tissa replied. He went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
Attamano āyasmā tisso bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Tissa was happy with what the Buddha said. 

sn22.85bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā11Pi En Ru dhamma

“tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati, na hoti paraṁ maraṇā”ti.   “As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, a mendicant who has ended the defilements is annihilated and destroyed when their body breaks up, and doesn’t exist after death.”  
“tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati, na hoti paraṁ maraṇā”ti.  
 
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati, na hoti paraṁ maraṇā’”ti?  
‘As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, a mendicant who has ended the defilements is annihilated and destroyed when their body breaks up, and doesn’t exist after death’?”  
“Evaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi:  
“Yes, reverends, that’s how I understand the Buddha’s teaching.”  
“Mā, āvuso yamaka, evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi. Na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhācikkhanaṁ. Na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya:  
“Don’t say that, Yamaka! Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say that.”  
“tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati, na hoti paraṁ maraṇā”ti.  
 
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati, na hoti paraṁ maraṇā’ti.  
 
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati, na hoti paraṁ maraṇā’”ti?  
‘As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, a mendicant who has ended the defilements is annihilated and destroyed when their body breaks up, and doesn’t exist after death’?”  
“Evaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati, na hoti paraṁ maraṇā”ti.  
“Yes, reverend, that’s how I understand the Buddha’s teaching.”  
‘tathāhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi, yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati, na hoti paraṁ maraṇā’”ti?  
‘As I understand the Buddha’s teaching, a mendicant who has ended the defilements is annihilated and destroyed when their body breaks up, and doesn’t exist after death.’?”  

sn22.86bhagavantaṁ bhagavato7Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anurādho bhagavato avidūre araññakuṭikāyaṁ viharati.   Now at that time Venerable Anurādha was staying not far from the Buddha in a wilderness hut.  
Kathaṁ byākaramāno nu khvāhaṁ tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ vuttavādī ceva bhagavato assaṁ, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyaṁ, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyaṁ, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti?  
how should I answer them so as to repeat what the Buddha has said, and not misrepresent him with an untruth? How should I explain in line with his teaching, so that there would be no legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”  
Atha kho āyasmā anurādho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anurādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Anurādha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him all that had happened.  
“idhāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato avidūre araññakuṭikāyaṁ viharāmi.  
 
Kathaṁ byākaramāno nu khvāhaṁ tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ vuttavādī ceva bhagavato assaṁ, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyaṁ, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyaṁ, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā’”ti?  
 

sn22.87bhagavantaṁ bhagavato26Pi En Ru dhamma

“etha tumhe, āvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamatha; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatha:   “Please, reverends, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Say to him:  
‘vakkali, bhante, bhikkhu ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno, so bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti.  
‘Sir, the mendicant Vakkali is sick, suffering, and gravely ill. He bows with his head to your feet.’  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato vakkalissa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
“Yes, reverend,” those monks replied. They did as he asked.  
“vakkali, bhante, bhikkhu ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno, so bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati;  
 
Addasā kho āyasmā vakkali bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. Disvāna mañcake samadhosi.  
Venerable Vakkali saw the Buddha coming off in the distance and tried to rise on his cot.  
“Cirapaṭikāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamitukāmo, natthi ca me kāyasmiṁ tāvatikā balamattā, yāvatāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyan”ti.  
“For a long time I’ve wanted to go and see the Buddha, but I was physically too weak.”  
Atha kho āyasmā vakkali acirapakkantassa bhagavato upaṭṭhāke āmantesi:  
Then Venerable Vakkali addressed his carers,  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
One deity said to him,  
Aparā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And another deity said to him,  
Idaṁ vatvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyiṁsu.  
Then they bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right side, before vanishing right there.  
‘Suṇāvuso tvaṁ, vakkali, bhagavato vacanaṁ dvinnañca devatānaṁ.  
‘Vakkali, hear the word of the Buddha and two deities.  
Imaṁ, āvuso, rattiṁ dve devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu.  
Late last night, two glorious deities, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side.  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, āvuso, ekā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca— 
One deity said to him,  
Aparā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca— 
The other deity said to him,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā vakkali tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ vakkaliṁ etadavocuṁ:  
“Yes, sir,” those monks replied. They went to Vakkali and said to him:  
“suṇāvuso vakkali, bhagavato vacanaṁ dvinnañca devatānan”ti.  
“Vakkali, hear the word of the Buddha and two deities.”  
Kathañhi nāma mādiso ucce āsane nisīditvā tassa bhagavato sāsanaṁ sotabbaṁ maññeyyā”ti.  
It’s unthinkable for one like me to listen to the Buddha’s instructions sitting on a high seat.”  
Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, āvuso, ekā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
 
Aparā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
 
“Tena hāvuso, mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatha:  
Vakkali said, “Well then, reverends, in my name bow with your head at the Buddha’s feet. Say to him:  
So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti.  
He bows with his head to your feet.’  
Atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then those mendicants went up to the Buddha and told him Vakkali’s message.  
so bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati;  
 
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn22.88bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

“etha tumhe, āvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamatha; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatha:   “Please, reverends, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Say to him:  
So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti.  
He bows with his head to your feet.’  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato assajissa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
“Yes, reverend,” those monks replied. They did as he asked.  
Addasā kho āyasmā assaji bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.  
Venerable Assaji saw the Buddha coming off in the distance,  

sn22.89bhagavato bhagavatā10Pi En Ru dhamma

pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ—  these five grasping aggregates have been taught by the Buddha, that is:  
“pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
“Pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
“These five grasping aggregates have been taught by the Buddha, that is:  
‘pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
these five grasping aggregates have been taught by the Buddha, that is:  
“pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
“Pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
“These five grasping aggregates have been taught by the Buddha, that is:  
pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ— 
 
“na kho mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ khemakaṁ vihesāpekhā pucchimha, api cāyasmā khemako pahosi tassa bhagavato sāsanaṁ vitthārena ācikkhituṁ desetuṁ paññāpetuṁ paṭṭhapetuṁ vivarituṁ vibhajituṁ uttānīkātuṁ.  
“We didn’t want to trouble Venerable Khemaka with our questions. But you’re capable of explaining, teaching, asserting, establishing, clarifying, analyzing, and revealing the Buddha’s instructions in detail.  
Tayidaṁ āyasmatā khemakena tassa bhagavato sāsanaṁ vitthārena ācikkhitaṁ desitaṁ paññāpitaṁ paṭṭhapitaṁ vivaritaṁ vibhajitaṁ uttānīkatan”ti.  
And that’s just what you’ve done.”  

sn22.90bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso channa, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ kaccānagottaṁ bhikkhuṁ ovadantassa—  “Reverend Channa, I heard and learned in the presence of the Buddha his advice to the mendicant Kaccānagotta:  

sn22.91bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Rāhula went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn22.92bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Rāhula said to the Buddha:  

sn22.96bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn22.97bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn22.98bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn22.113bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   and said to him:  

sn22.114bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn22.115bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn22.116bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn22.124bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā kappo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kappo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Kappa went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn22.125bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kappo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Kappa said to the Buddha:  

sn22.126bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Evaṁ vutte, so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn22.150bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn22.151bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn22.152bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe….   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn22.153bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn22.154bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn22.155bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn22.156bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn22.157bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn22.158bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn22.159bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  

sn23.1bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā rādho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Rādha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn23.2bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  

sn23.3bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  

sn23.4bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Āyasmā rādho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ rādhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Rādha went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā rādho bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Rādha replied.  

sn23.11bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  

sn23.12bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  

sn23.13bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  

sn23.14bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  

sn23.15bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  

sn23.16bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  

sn23.17bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  

sn23.18bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  

sn23.19bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  

sn23.20bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  

sn23.21bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  

sn23.22bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  

sn23.23-33bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  

sn23.34bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Venerable Rādha said to the Buddha:  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  

sn24.1bhagavantaññeva bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaññeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn24.2bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.3bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe….   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.4bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe….   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.5bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.6bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.7bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.8bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.9bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.10bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.11bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…    

sn24.12bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…    

sn24.13bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…    

sn24.14bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…    

sn24.15bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…    

sn24.16bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…    

sn24.17bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…    

sn24.18bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.19bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.36bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.37bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…    

sn24.44bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…    

sn24.45bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe….   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.70bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe….   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.71bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe….   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn24.96bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe….   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn29.3bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn29.4bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  

sn29.5bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn29.6bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn29.7bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn29.8bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn29.9bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn29.10bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn29.11-20bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn29.21-50bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn30.3bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn30.4-6bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn30.7-16bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn30.17-46bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn31.2bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn31.3bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn31.4-12bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn31.13-22bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn31.23-112bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn32.2bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn32.3-12bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn32.13-52bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn32.53bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn32.54bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn32.55bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn32.56bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn32.57bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn33.1bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Vacchagotta went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  

sn33.2bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the wanderer Vacchagotta said to the Buddha:  

sn33.3bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the wanderer Vacchagotta said to the Buddha:  

sn33.4bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the wanderer Vacchagotta said to the Buddha:  

sn33.5bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the wanderer Vacchagotta said to the Buddha:  

sn33.6-10bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the wanderer Vacchagotta said to the Buddha:  

sn33.16-20bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—   

sn33.51-54bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Vacchagotta went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  

sn34.55bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.   Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

sn35.1bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

sn35.28bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanduṁ.   Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.  

sn35.53bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn35.63bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā migajālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   and said to him:  

sn35.64bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā migajālo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   and said to him:  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  
Atha kho āyasmā migajālo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
And then Venerable Migajāla approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

sn35.65bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   and said to him:  

sn35.70bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   and said to him:  

sn35.71bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, one of the mendicants said to the Buddha,  

sn35.72bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, one of the mendicants said to the Buddha,  

sn35.73bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, one of the mendicants said to the Buddha,  

sn35.74bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, and said to him,  
Addasā kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.  
That mendicant saw the Buddha coming off in the distance  
“Na khvāhaṁ, bhante, sīlavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
“Because I understand that the Buddha has not taught the Dhamma merely for the sake of ethical purity.”  
“Rāgavirāgatthaṁ khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
“I understand that the Buddha has taught the Dhamma for the purpose of the fading away of greed.”  
Attamano so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi.  
Satisfied, that mendicant was happy with what the Buddha said.  

sn35.75bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu …pe… bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
Addasā kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.  
That mendicant saw the Buddha coming off in the distance  
“Na khvāhaṁ, bhante, sīlavisuddhatthaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
“Because I understand that the Buddha has not taught the Dhamma merely for the sake of ethical purity.”  
“Anupādāparinibbānatthaṁ khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
“I understand that the Buddha has taught the Dhamma for the purpose of complete extinguishment by not grasping.”  
Attamano so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi.  
Satisfied, that mendicant was happy with what the Buddha said.  

sn35.76bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   and said to him,  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  

sn35.79bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   and said to him:  

sn35.81bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
‘dukkhassa kho, āvuso, pariññatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti.  
‘The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand suffering.’  
Kacci mayaṁ, bhante, evaṁ puṭṭhā evaṁ byākaramānā vuttavādino ceva bhagavato homa, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaroma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchatī”ti?  
Answering this way, we trust that we repeat what the Buddha has said, and don’t misrepresent him with an untruth. We trust our explanation is in line with the teaching, and that there are no legitimate grounds for rebuke or criticism.”  
‘cakkhu kho, āvuso, dukkhaṁ, tassa pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati.  
‘Reverends, the eye is suffering. The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand this.  
Tassa pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati …pe…  
The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand this.  
Tassa pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati.  
The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand this.  
Idaṁ kho taṁ, āvuso, dukkhaṁ, tassa pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti.  
This is that suffering. The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand this.’  

sn35.82bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and said to him:  

sn35.83bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā phagguno …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā phagguno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   And then Venerable Phagguna went up to the Buddha … and said to him:  

sn35.84bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn35.85bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando …pe… bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   And then Venerable Ānanda … said to the Buddha:  

sn35.86bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha:  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  

sn35.87bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“tasmātiha, āvuso channa, idampi tassa bhagavato sāsanaṁ niccakappaṁ sādhukaṁ manasi kātabbaṁ:   “So, Reverend Channa, you should regularly apply your mind well to this instruction of the Buddha:  
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  

sn35.88bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā puṇṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   And then Venerable Puṇṇa went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  
‘santi kho tassa bhagavato sāvakā kāyena ca jīvitena ca aṭṭīyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā satthahārakaṁ pariyesanti, taṁ me idaṁ apariyiṭṭhaññeva satthahārakaṁ laddhan’ti.  
‘There are disciples of the Buddha who looked for someone to assist with slitting their wrists because they were horrified, repelled, and disgusted with the body and with life. And I have found this without looking!’  
Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo bhagavato vacanaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā senāsanaṁ saṁsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sunāparanto janapado tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.  
And then Puṇṇa welcomed and agreed with the Buddha’s words. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he set his lodgings in order and, taking his bowl and robe, set out for Sunāparanta.  
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
“yo so, bhante, puṇṇo nāma kulaputto bhagavatā saṅkhittena ovādena ovadito, so kālaṅkato.  
“Sir, the gentleman named Puṇṇa, who was advised in brief by the Buddha, has passed away.  

sn35.89bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā bāhiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā bāhiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Bāhiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  
Atha kho āyasmā bāhiyo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
And then Venerable Bāhiya approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

sn35.95bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Māluṅkyaputta went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  
Desetu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ, desetu sugato saṅkhittena dhammaṁ, appeva nāmāhaṁ bhagavato bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājāneyyaṁ. Appeva nāmāhaṁ bhagavato bhāsitassa dāyādo assan”ti.  
may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief! May the Holy one please teach me in brief! Hopefully I can understand the meaning of what the Buddha says. Hopefully I can be an heir of the Buddha’s teaching!”  
“Imassa khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi:  
“This is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement:  
Imassa khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”  
Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
And then Venerable Māluṅkyaputta approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

sn35.96bhagavatāti6Pi En Ru dhamma

Parihānañhetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatāti …pe….   For this is what the Buddha calls decline.’  
Parihānañhetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatāti.  
For this is what the Buddha calls decline.’  
Aparihānañhetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatāti …pe….  
For this is what the Buddha calls non-decline.’  
Aparihānañhetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatāti.  
For this is what the Buddha calls non-decline.’  
Abhibhāyatanañhetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatāti …pe…  
For this is what the Buddha calls a field of mastery.’ …  
Abhibhāyatanañhetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatāti.  
For this is what the Buddha calls a field of mastery.’  

sn35.98bhagavatā’ti4Pi En Ru dhamma

Parihānañhetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā’ti …pe…   For this is what the Buddha calls decline.’  
Parihānañhetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā’ti.  
For this is what the Buddha calls decline.’  
Aparihānañhetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā’ti …pe…  
For this is what the Buddha calls non-decline.’  
Aparihānañhetaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā’ti.  
For this is what the Buddha calls non-decline.’  

sn35.105bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe….   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn35.108bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe….   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn35.113bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu bhagavato upassuti ṭhito hoti.   Now at that time a certain monk was standing listening in on the Buddha.  

sn35.116bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā18Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:   Soon after the Buddha left, those mendicants considered,  
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā”ti?  
Who can explain in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha?”  
Pahoti cāyasmā ānando imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
He is capable of explaining in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha.  
Tesaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā’ti?  
 
Pahoti cāyasmā ānando imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
 
evaṁ sampadamidaṁ āyasmantānaṁ satthari sammukhībhūte taṁ bhagavantaṁ atisitvā amhe etamatthaṁ paṭipucchitabbaṁ maññatha.  
Such is the consequence for the venerables. Though you were face to face with the Buddha, you overlooked him, imagining that you should ask me about this matter.  
So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi yaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha.  
That was the time to approach the Buddha and ask about this matter.  
So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi yaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma.  
That was the time to approach the Buddha and ask about this matter.  
Pahoti cāyasmā ānando imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
You are capable of explaining in detail the meaning of this brief passage for recitation given by the Buddha.  
imassa khvāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
This is how I understand the detailed meaning of this passage for recitation.  
imassa khvāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
That is how I understand the detailed meaning of this summary.  
Ākaṅkhamānā ca pana tumhe āyasmanto bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyātha.  
If you wish, you may go to the Buddha and ask him about this.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
Tesaṁ no, bhante, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā’ti?  
 
Pahoti cāyasmā ānando imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
 

sn35.117bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā15Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:   Soon after the Buddha left, those mendicants considered,  
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā”ti?  
Who can explain in detail the meaning of this brief summary given by the Buddha?”  
Pahoti cāyasmā ānando imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
He is capable of explaining in detail the meaning of this brief summary given by the Buddha.  
Tesaṁ no, āvuso, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā’ti?  
 
Pahoti cāyasmā ānando imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
 
Imassa khvāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this summary.  
Saḷāyatananirodhaṁ no etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā sandhāya bhāsitaṁ:  
The Buddha was referring to the cessation of the six sense fields when he said:  
Imassa khvāhaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi.  
And this is how I understand the detailed meaning of this summary.  
Ākaṅkhamānā ca pana tumhe āyasmanto bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamatha;  
If you wish, you may go to the Buddha and ask him about this.  
“Evamāvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
“Yes, reverend,” replied those mendicants. Then they rose from their seats and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
yattha mano ca nirujjhati, dhammasaññā ca nirujjhati, se āyatane veditabbe’ti, tesaṁ no, bhante, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
Ko nu kho imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajeyyā’ti?  
 
Pahoti cāyasmā ānando imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ.  
 

sn35.118bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sakko devānamindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   And then Sakka, lord of gods, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:  

sn35.119bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   And then the centaur Pañcasikha went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:  

sn35.121bhagavantaṁ bhagavato6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:   Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṁ ādāya bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Rāhula. Taking his sitting cloth he followed behind the Buddha.  
Tena kho pana samayena anekāni devatāsahassāni bhagavantaṁ anubandhāni honti:  
Now at that time many thousands of deities followed the Buddha, thinking,  
Āyasmāpi kho rāhulo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Rāhula bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.  
Attamano āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi.  
Satisfied, Venerable Rāhula was happy with what the Buddha said.  

sn35.124bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho uggo gahapati vesāliko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggo gahapati vesāliko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the householder Ugga of Vesālī went up to the Buddha, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn35.125bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho uggo gahapati hatthigāmako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggo gahapati hatthigāmako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the householder Ugga of Elephant Village went up to the Buddha, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn35.126bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho, upāli gahapati, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho, upāli gahapati, bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the householder Upāli went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  

sn35.127bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Vuttaṁ kho etaṁ, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena:   “Great king, this has been stated by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha:  
“Vuttaṁ kho etaṁ, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena:  
“Great king, this has been stated by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha:  
“Vuttaṁ kho etaṁ, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena:  
“Great king, this has been stated by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha:  
Yāva subhāsitañcidaṁ, bho bhāradvāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena.  
How well this was said by the Buddha!  
Esāhaṁ, bho bhāradvāja, taṁ bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  

sn35.128bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho soṇo gahapatiputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho soṇo gahapatiputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the householder Soṇa went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn35.129bhagavatā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, dhātunānattaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti?   In what way did the Buddha speak of the diversity of elements?”  
Ettāvatā kho, gahapati, dhātunānattaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This is how the Buddha spoke of the diversity of elements.” 

sn35.130bhagavatā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“vuttamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā:   “Sir, this was said by the Buddha:  

sn35.131bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho nakulapitā gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho nakulapitā gahapati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the householder Nakula’s father went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  

sn35.132bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Esāhaṁ, bho kaccāna, taṁ bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca.   I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  

sn35.133bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Esāhaṁ, ayya udāyi, taṁ bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca.   I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  

sn35.152bhagavati9Pi En Ru dhamma

‘dukkhassa kho, āvuso, pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti.   ‘The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand suffering.’  
tassa pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati.  
The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand this.  
tesaṁ pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati.  
 
tassa pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati.  
 
tassa pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati.  
 
tassa pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati …pe…  
The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand this.  
tassa pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati …  
 
tassa pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussati.  
The purpose of living the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand this.  
yassa pariññāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti.  
The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand this.’  

sn35.153bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā, bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn35.154bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  

sn35.155bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  

sn35.162bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā koṭṭhiko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  

sn35.163bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko …pe… bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita … said to the Buddha:  

sn35.165bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

ekamantaṁ nisinno so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   and said to him:  

sn35.232bhagavato12Pi En Ru dhamma

Saṁvijjati kho, āvuso, bhagavato cakkhu.   The Buddha has an eye  
Chandarāgo bhagavato natthi.  
But he has no desire and greed,  
Saṁvijjati kho, āvuso, bhagavato sotaṁ.  
The Buddha has an ear …  
Chandarāgo bhagavato natthi.  
 
Saṁvijjati kho, āvuso, bhagavato ghānaṁ.  
nose …  
Chandarāgo bhagavato natthi.  
 
Saṁvijjati kho, āvuso, bhagavato jivhā.  
tongue …  
Chandarāgo bhagavato natthi.  
 
Saṁvijjati kho, āvuso, bhagavato kāyo.  
The Buddha has a body  
Chandarāgo bhagavato natthi.  
But he has no desire and greed,  
Saṁvijjati kho, āvuso, bhagavato mano.  
The Buddha has a mind  
Chandarāgo bhagavato natthi.  
But he has no desire and greed,  

sn35.234bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Yatheva nu kho, āvuso ānanda, ayaṁ kāyo bhagavatā anekapariyāyena akkhāto vivaṭo pakāsito:   “Reverend Ānanda, the Buddha has explained, opened, and illuminated in many ways how this body is not-self.  
“Yatheva kho, āvuso udāyī, ayaṁ kāyo bhagavatā anekapariyāyena akkhāto vivaṭo pakāsito:  
 
“Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena bhagavatā akkhātaṁ vivaṭaṁ pakāsitaṁ: ‘itipidaṁ viññāṇaṁ anattā’”ti …pe….  
“In this way, too, it can be understood how consciousness is not-self.  
“Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena bhagavatā akkhātaṁ vivaṭaṁ pakāsitaṁ: ‘itipidaṁ viññāṇaṁ anattā’”ti …pe….  
 
“Imināpi kho etaṁ, āvuso, pariyāyena bhagavatā akkhātaṁ vivaṭaṁ pakāsitaṁ: ‘itipidaṁ viññāṇaṁ anattā’ti.  
“In this way, too, it can be understood how consciousness is not-self.  

sn35.241bhagavantaṁ bhagavato7Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, one of the mendicants asked the Buddha:  
Tena kho pana samayena nando gopālako bhagavato avidūre ṭhito hoti.  
Now at that time Nanda the cowherd was sitting not far from the Buddha.  
Atha kho nando gopālako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then he said to the Buddha:  
Labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.  
Sir, may I receive the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence?”  
Atha kho nando gopālako sāmikānaṁ gāvo niyyātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Nanda, after returning the cows to their owners, went up to the Buddha and said to him,  
Labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.  
May I receive the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence?”  
Alattha kho nando gopālako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And the cowherd Nanda received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  

sn35.242bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

evaṁ vutte, āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When this was said, Venerable Kimbila said to the Buddha:  

sn35.243bhagavantaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavatā11Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
Bhagavatā paṭhamaṁ paribhuttaṁ pacchā kāpilavatthavā sakyā paribhuñjissanti.  
and only then will the Sakyans of Kapilavatthu use it.  
Atha kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena navaṁ santhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ santhāgāraṁ santharitvā āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā telappadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Knowing that the Buddha had consented, the Sakyans got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right. Then they went to the new town hall, where they spread carpets all over, prepared seats, set up a water jar, and placed a lamp. Then they went back to the Buddha and told him of their preparations, saying,  
Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāraṁ pavisitvā pacchimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantaṁyeva purakkhatvā.  
The Saṅgha of mendicants also washed their feet, entered the town hall, and sat against the west wall facing east, with the Buddha right in front of them.  
Kāpilavatthavā sakyā pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāraṁ pavisitvā puratthimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṁsu bhagavantaṁyeva purakkhatvā.  
The Sakyans of Kapilavatthu also washed their feet, entered the town hall, and sat against the east wall facing west, with the Buddha right in front of them.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho kāpilavatthavā sakyā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.  
“Yes, sir,” replied the Sakyans. They got up from their seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right, before leaving.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Mahāmoggallāna replied.  

sn35.245bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhaveyyākaraṇena, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “idhāhaṁ, bhante, yenaññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavocaṁ:   Not content with any of those answers, that mendicant went up to the Buddha and told him what had happened. Then he asked,  
Atha khvāhaṁ, bhante, asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhaveyyākaraṇena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁ (…).  
 
(…) → …pe… (sya-all); (upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocaṁ) (mr)  

sn36.6bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn36.11bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā.  
The Buddha has spoken of three feelings.  
imā tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā.  
These are the three feelings the Buddha has spoken of.  
Vuttaṁ kho panetaṁ bhagavatā:  
But the Buddha has also said:  
Kiṁ nu kho etaṁ bhagavatā sandhāya bhāsitaṁ:  
What was the Buddha referring to when he said this?”  

sn36.15bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi, ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha … sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn36.16bhagavantaññeva bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  
“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu, bhante, bhagavantaññeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
“Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  

sn36.17bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn36.18bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…”   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn36.19bhagavato bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti19Pi En Ru dhamma

“kati nu kho, bhante udāyi, vedanā vuttā bhagavatā”ti?   “Sir, how many feelings has the Buddha spoken of?”  
“Tisso kho, thapati, vedanā vuttā bhagavatā.  
“Master builder, the Buddha has spoken of three feelings:  
imā kho, thapati, tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā”ti.  
The Buddha has spoken of these three feelings.”  
“na kho, bhante udāyi, tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā.  
“Sir, Udāyī, the Buddha hasn’t spoken of three feelings.  
Dve vedanā vuttā bhagavatā— 
He’s spoken of two feelings:  
Yāyaṁ, bhante, adukkhamasukhā vedanā, santasmiṁ esā paṇīte sukhe vuttā bhagavatā”ti.  
The Buddha said that neutral feeling is included as a peaceful and subtle kind of pleasure.”  
“na kho, thapati, dve vedanā vuttā bhagavatā.  
“The Buddha hasn’t spoken of two feelings,  
Tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā.  
he’s spoken of three.”  
imā tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā”ti.  
 
“na kho, bhante udāyi, tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā.  
“The Buddha hasn’t spoken of three feelings,  
Dve vedanā vuttā bhagavatā— 
he’s spoken of two.”  
Yāyaṁ, bhante, adukkhamasukhā vedanā, santasmiṁ esā paṇīte sukhe vuttā bhagavatā”ti.  
 
“na kho, thapati, dve vedanā vuttā bhagavatā.  
“The Buddha hasn’t spoken of two feelings,  
Tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā.  
he’s spoken of three.”  
imā tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā”ti.  
 
“na kho, bhante udāyi, tisso vedanā vuttā bhagavatā.  
“The Buddha hasn’t spoken of three feelings,  
Dve vedanā vuttā bhagavatā— 
he’s spoken of two.”  
Yāyaṁ, bhante, adukkhamasukhā vedanā, santasmiṁ esā paṇīte sukhe vuttā bhagavatā”ti.  
 
Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato udāyissa pañcakaṅgena thapatinā saddhiṁ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi.  
and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed.  

sn36.21bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho moḷiyasīvako paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Moḷiyasīvaka went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho moḷiyasīvako paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, moḷiyasīvako paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the wanderer Moḷiyasīvaka said to the Buddha,  

sn36.23bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn36.26bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn37.5bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Anuruddha went up to the Buddha, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn37.15bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Anuruddha went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  

sn38.4bhagavati1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Dukkhassa kho, āvuso, pariññatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti.   “The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand suffering.”  

sn38.15bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā, seyyathidaṁ—  “Reverend, the Buddha said that these five grasping aggregates are substantial reality. That is,  
Ime kho, āvuso, pañcupādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā”ti.  
The Buddha said that these five grasping aggregates are substantial reality.”  

sn40.10bhagavato bhagavatā24Pi En Ru dhamma

‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.   ‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo …pe… paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo …pe… paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo …pe… paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo …pe… paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… lokassā’ti.  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo …pe… paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… lokassā’ti.  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo …pe… paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  

sn41.2bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti bhagavatā’’ti6Pi En Ru dhamma

Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, dhātunānattaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti?   In what way did the Buddha speak of the diversity of elements?”  
Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, dhātunānattaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
 
Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, dhātunānattaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
In what way did the Buddha speak of the diversity of elements?”  
Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, dhātunānattaṁ, vuttaṁ bhagavatā’”ti?  
In what way did the Buddha speak of the diversity of elements?’”  
“Idaṁ kho, gahapati, dhātunānattaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā— 
“This is the diversity of elements spoken of by the Buddha.  
Ettāvatā kho, gahapati, dhātunānattaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This is how the Buddha spoke of the diversity of elements.”  

sn41.5bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kiṁ nu kho etaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā bhāsitan”ti?   “Sir, was this spoken by the Buddha?”  
Iti kho, bhante, yaṁ taṁ bhagavatā vuttaṁ:  
So, sir, that’s how I understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha said in brief:  
Imassa kho, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.  
 

sn41.8bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Na khvāhaṁ ettha, bhante, bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi.   “Sir, in this case I don’t rely on faith in the Buddha’s claim that  

sn41.9bhagavato bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Sace kho panāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato paṭhamataraṁ kālaṁ kareyyaṁ, anacchariyaṁ kho panetaṁ yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evaṁ byākareyya:   If I pass away before the Buddha, it wouldn’t be surprising if the Buddha declares of me:  
bhagavato → bhagavatā (sya-all, km)  

sn41.10bhagavato bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.   ‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

sn42.1bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho caṇḍo gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho caṇḍo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the chief named Fury went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Evaṁ vutte, caṇḍo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the chief named Fury said to the Buddha,  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  

sn42.2bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho tālapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho tālapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Tālapuṭa the dancing master came up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  
Dutiyampi kho tālapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
For a second time …  
Tatiyampi kho tālapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And for a third time Tālapuṭa said to the Buddha:  
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.  
As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, the Buddha has made the teaching clear in many ways.  
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.  
Labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.  
Sir, may I receive the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence?”  
Alattha kho tālapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.  
And the dancing master Tālapuṭa received the going forth, the ordination in the Buddha’s presence.  

sn42.3bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho yodhājīvo gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho yodhājīvo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Dustin the warrior chief went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
tatiyampi kho yodhājīvo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And for a third time the warrior chief said to the Buddha:  

sn42.5bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho assāroho gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho assāroho gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a cavalry chief went up to the Buddha …  
tatiyampi kho assāroho gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
 

sn42.6bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Asibandhaka’s son the chief went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Evaṁ vutte, asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Asibandhaka’s son the chief said to the Buddha,  

sn42.7bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Asibandhaka’s son the chief went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Evaṁ vutte, asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Asibandhaka’s son the chief said to the Buddha,  

sn42.8bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, Asibandhaka’s son the chief said to the Buddha,  

sn42.9bhagavantaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   “Yes, sir,” replied Asibandhaka’s son. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Jain Ñātika, keeping him on his right. Then he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Evaṁ vutte, asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Asibandhaka’s son the chief said to the Buddha,  

sn42.10bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho maṇicūḷako gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho maṇicūḷako gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Maṇicūḷaka went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. He then said,  
Kaccāhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ byākaramāno vuttavādī ceva bhagavato homi, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhāmi, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaromi, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchatī”ti?  
“Answering this way, I trust that I repeat what the Buddha has said, and don’t misrepresent him with an untruth. I trust my explanation is in line with the teaching, and that there are no legitimate grounds for rebuke or criticism.”  

sn42.11bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhadrako gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho bhadrako gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Bhadraka the village chief went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho bhadrako gāmaṇi bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Bhadraka replied.  
Yāva subhāsitañcidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā:  
How well said this was by the Buddha!  

sn42.12bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho rāsiyo gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rāsiyo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Rāsiya the chief went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Ye te, bhante, evamāhaṁsu: ‘samaṇo gotamo sabbaṁ tapaṁ garahati, sabbaṁ tapassiṁ lūkhajīviṁ ekaṁsena upavadati upakkosatī’ti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaronti, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchatī”ti?  
Do those who say this repeat what the Buddha has said, and not misrepresent him with an untruth? Is their explanation in line with the teaching? Are there any legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”  
Evaṁ vutte, rāsiyo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Rāsiya the chief said to the Buddha,  

sn42.13bhagavantan’ti bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Pāṭaliya the chief went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
Ye te, bhante, evamāhaṁsu: ‘samaṇo gotamo māyaṁ jānātī’ti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaronti, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchati?  
Do those who say this repeat what the Buddha has said, and not misrepresent him with an untruth? Is their explanation in line with the teaching? Are there any legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?  
Anabbhācikkhitukāmā hi mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantan”ti.  
For we don’t want to misrepresent the Blessed One.”  
“Evaṁ pasannohaṁ, bhante, bhagavati. Pahoti me bhagavā tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ yathāhaṁ imaṁ kaṅkhādhammaṁ pajaheyyan”ti.  
“I am quite confident that the Buddha is capable of teaching me so that I can give up this state of uncertainty.”  
Evaṁ vutte, pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Pāṭaliya the chief said to the Buddha,  

sn44.1bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti15Pi En Ru dhamma

Atthi ca kho, deva, khemā nāma bhikkhunī, tassa bhagavato sāvikā arahato sammāsambuddhassa.   But there is the nun Khemā, who’s a disciple of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.  
“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, mahārāja, bhagavatā:  
“Great king, this has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Etampi kho, mahārāja, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
“This too has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, mahārāja, bhagavatā:  
“This has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Etampi kho, mahārāja, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
“This too has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
‘abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, mahārāja, bhagavatā— 
that this has not been declared by the Buddha.  
‘etampi kho, mahārāja, abyākataṁ bhagavatā— 
 
‘abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, mahārāja, bhagavatā— 
 
‘etampi kho, mahārāja, abyākataṁ bhagavatā— 
 
Ko nu kho, ayye, hetu, ko paccayo yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
What’s the cause, what’s the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha?”  
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo aparena samayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then on a later occasion King Pasenadi of Kosala went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. He asked the Buddha exactly the same questions he had asked the nun Khemā, and received the same answers.  
Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
 
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmīti.  
Then King Pasenadi approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. Then he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled him, keeping him on his right, before leaving. 

sn44.2bhagavantaṁ bhagavato8Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anurādho bhagavato avidūre araññakuṭikāyaṁ viharati.   Now at that time Venerable Anurādha was staying not far from the Buddha in a wilderness hut.  
kathaṁ byākaramāno nu khvāhaṁ tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ vuttavādī ceva bhagavato assaṁ, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyaṁ, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyaṁ, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti?  
how should I answer them so as to repeat what the Buddha has said, and not misrepresent him with an untruth? How should I explain in line with his teaching, so that there would be no legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”  
Atha kho āyasmā anurādho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anurādho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Anurādha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
“idhāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato avidūre araññakuṭikāyaṁ viharāmi.  
 
‘sace kho maṁ te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā uttariṁ puccheyyuṁ, kathaṁ byākaramāno nu khvāhaṁ tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ vuttavādī ceva bhagavato assaṁ, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyaṁ, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyaṁ, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā’”ti?  
 

sn44.3bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā:   “Reverend, this has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Etampi kho, āvuso, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
 
“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā:  
 
“Etampi kho, āvuso, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
“This too has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“‘Kiṁ nu kho, āvuso, hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’ti iti puṭṭho samāno, ‘abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā— 
“Reverend, when asked these questions, you say that they have not been declared by the Buddha.  
‘etampi kho, āvuso, abyākataṁ bhagavatā— 
 
Ko nu kho, āvuso, hetu, ko paccayo yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
What’s the cause, what’s the reason why they have not been declared by the Buddha?”  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha.” 

sn44.4bhagavatā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ko nu kho, āvuso, hetu, ko paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?   “What’s the cause, reverend, what’s the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha?”  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, hetu ayaṁ paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha.” 

sn44.5bhagavatā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ko nu kho, āvuso, hetu ko paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?   “What’s the cause, reverend, what’s the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha?”  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, hetu, ayaṁ paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha.” 

sn44.6bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti10Pi En Ru dhamma

‘etampi kho, āvuso, abyākataṁ bhagavatā—   
Ko nu kho, āvuso, hetu, ko paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
What’s the cause, what’s the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha?”  
Ayaṁ kho, āvuso, hetu, ayaṁ paccayo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This is the cause, this is the reason why this has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Siyā panāvuso, aññopi pariyāyo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
“But reverend, could there be another way of explaining why this was not declared by the Buddha?”  
Ayampi kho, āvuso, pariyāyo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This too is a way of explaining why this was not declared by the Buddha.”  
“Siyā panāvuso, aññopi pariyāyo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
“But reverend, could there be another way of explaining why this was not declared by the Buddha?”  
Ayampi kho, āvuso, pariyāyo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This too is a way of explaining why this was not declared by the Buddha.”  
“Siyā panāvuso, aññopi pariyāyo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
“But reverend, could there be another way of explaining why this was not declared by the Buddha?”  
Ayampi kho, āvuso, pariyāyo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti.  
This too is a way of explaining why this was not declared by the Buddha.”  
“Siyā panāvuso, aññopi pariyāyo, yenetaṁ abyākataṁ bhagavatā”ti?  
“But reverend, could there be another way of explaining why this was not declared by the Buddha?”  

sn44.7bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā12Pi En Ru dhamma

“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, vaccha, bhagavatā:   “Vaccha, this has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Etampi kho, vaccha, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
 
“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, vaccha, bhagavatā:  
 
“Etampi kho, vaccha, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
 
“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, vaccha, bhagavatā:  
 
“Etampi kho, vaccha, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
 
“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, vaccha, bhagavatā:  
 
“Etampi kho, vaccha, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
 
“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, vaccha, bhagavatā:  
 
“Etampi kho, vaccha, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
“This too has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.  
Then the wanderer Vacchagotta got up from his seat and went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. He asked the Buddha the same questions, and received the same answers.  

sn44.8bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Vacchagotta went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  
“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, vaccha, bhagavatā: ‘sassato loko’ti …pe….  
 
“Etampi kho, vaccha, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
 

sn44.9bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Vacchagotta went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  

sn44.10bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho vacchagotto paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Vacchagotta went up to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante vacchagotte paribbājake bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And then, not long after Vacchagotta had left, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha:  

sn44.11bhagavatā8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, vaccha, bhagavatā:   “Vaccha, this has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Etampi kho, vaccha, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
“This too has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, vaccha, bhagavatā:  
“This has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
“Etampi kho, vaccha, abyākataṁ bhagavatā:  
“This too has not been declared by the Buddha.”  
‘abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, vaccha, bhagavatā— 
 
‘abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, vaccha, bhagavatā— 
 
‘abyākataṁ kho etaṁ, vaccha, bhagavatā— 
 
‘etampi kho, vaccha, abyākataṁ bhagavatā— 
 

sn45.1bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

sn45.2bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn45.3bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn45.4bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Ānanda wandered for alms in Sāvatthī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding,  

sn45.5bhagavantaṁ bhagavati bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu …pe… ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha … and said to him:  
‘dukkhassa kho, āvuso, pariññatthaṁ bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti.  
‘The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to completely understand suffering.’  
Kacci mayaṁ, bhante, evaṁ puṭṭhā evaṁ byākaramānā vuttavādino ceva bhagavato homa, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaroma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchatī”ti?  
Answering this way, we trust that we repeat what the Buddha has said, and don’t misrepresent him with an untruth. We trust our explanation is in line with the teaching, and that there are no legitimate grounds for rebuke or criticism.”  

sn45.6bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  

sn45.7bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and said to him:  
Evaṁ vutte, so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn45.8bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  

sn45.10bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho nandiyo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Nandiya went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho nandiyo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, nandiyo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the wanderer Nandiya said to the Buddha,  

sn45.11bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā nāssudha koci bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamati, aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena.   “Yes, sir,” replied those mendicants. And no-one approached him, except for the one who brought the almsfood.  

sn45.12bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā nāssudha koci bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamati, aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena.   “Yes, sir,” replied those mendicants. And no-one approached him, except for the one who brought the almsfood.  

sn45.13bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  

sn45.30bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā bhagavatā’’ti3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā uttiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā uttiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Uttiya went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
‘pañca kāmaguṇā vuttā bhagavatā.  
‘The Buddha has spoken of the five kinds of sensual stimulation.  
Katame nu kho pañca kāmaguṇā vuttā bhagavatā’”ti?  
What are they?’”  

sn45.41bhagavati1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘rāgavirāgatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti.   ‘The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is the fading away of greed.’  

sn45.42-47bhagavati6Pi En Ru dhamma

‘saṁyojanappahānatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti …pe…   ‘The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is to give up the fetters.’ …  
‘anusayasamugghātanatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti …pe…  
‘… to uproot the underlying tendencies.’ …  
‘addhānapariññatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti …pe…  
‘… to completely understand the course of time.’ …  
‘āsavānaṁ khayatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti …pe…  
‘… to end the defilements.’ …  
‘vijjāvimuttiphalasacchikiriyatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti …pe…  
‘… to realize the fruit of knowledge and freedom.’ …  
‘ñāṇadassanatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti …pe….  
‘… for knowledge and vision.’ …” 

sn45.48bhagavati1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘anupādāparinibbānatthaṁ kho, āvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī’ti.   ‘The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha is extinguishment by not grasping.’  

sn46.5bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  

sn46.6bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kuṇḍaliyo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the wanderer Kuṇḍaliya went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho kuṇḍaliyo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, kuṇḍaliyo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the wanderer Kuṇḍaliya said to the Buddha,  

sn46.14bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā mahākassapo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi.   Satisfied, Venerable Mahākassapa was happy with what the Buddha said.  

sn46.15bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi.   Satisfied, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was happy with what the Buddha said.  

sn46.16bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā mahācundo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ mahācundaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Mahācunda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
“Sattime, bhante, bojjhaṅgā bhagavatā sammadakkhātā bhāvitā bahulīkatā abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattanti.  
“Sir, the Buddha has rightly explained these seven awakening factors. When developed and cultivated, they lead to direct knowledge, to awakening, and to extinguishment.  
Satisambojjhaṅgo kho, bhante, bhagavatā sammadakkhāto bhāvito bahulīkato abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati …pe… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo kho, bhante, bhagavatā sammadakkhāto bhāvito bahulīkato abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati.  
The awakening factors of mindfulness, investigation of principles, energy, rapture, tranquility, immersion, and equanimity.  
Ime kho, bhante, satta bojjhaṅgā bhagavatā sammadakkhātā bhāvitā bahulīkatā abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattantī”ti.  
These are the seven awakening factors that the Buddha has rightly explained. When developed and cultivated, they lead to direct knowledge, to awakening, and to extinguishment.”  
Tathāpahīno ca bhagavato so ābādho ahosīti.  
" 

sn46.21bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and said to him:  

sn46.26bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, Udāyī said to him:  

sn46.28bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, Udāyī said to him:  

sn46.30bhagavantaṁ bhagavati3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā udāyī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Udāyī went up to the Buddha … and said to him:  
Yāva bahukatañca me, bhante, bhagavati pemañca gāravo ca hirī ca ottappañca.  
How helpful my love and respect for the Buddha have been, and my sense of conscience and prudence.  
So khvāhaṁ bhagavati pemañca gāravañca hiriñca ottappañca sampassamāno agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito.  
But when I considered my love and respect for the Buddha, and my sense of conscience and prudence, I went forth from the lay life to homelessness.  

sn46.44bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  

sn46.52bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmā”ti.   “We will learn the meaning of this statement from the Buddha himself.”  
Atha kho te bhikkhū sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
‘bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmā’”ti.  
 

sn46.54bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmā”ti.   “We will learn the meaning of this statement from the Buddha himself.”  
Atha kho te bhikkhū haliddavasane piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then, after the meal, when they returned from almsround, they went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
‘bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmā’”ti.  
 

sn46.55bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Saṅgārava the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Saṅgārava said to the Buddha,  

sn46.56bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho abhayo rājakumāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho abhayo rājakumāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Prince Abhaya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn47.1bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.  
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. 

sn47.2bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

sn47.3bhagavantaṁ bhagavato7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him,  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  
“Desetu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ, desetu sugato saṅkhittena dhammaṁ. Appeva nāmāhaṁ bhagavato bhāsitassa atthaṁ jāneyyaṁ, appeva nāmāhaṁ bhagavato bhāsitassa dāyādo assan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief! May the Holy One teach me the Dhamma in brief! Hopefully I can understand the meaning of what the Buddha says! Hopefully I can be an heir of the Buddha’s teaching!”  
Atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
And then that mendicant approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

sn47.9bhagavantaṁ bhagavato10Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā samantā vesāliyā yathāmittaṁ yathāsandiṭṭhaṁ yathāsambhattaṁ vassaṁ upagacchuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” those mendicants replied. They did as the Buddha said,  
Atha kho bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho uppajji, bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā.  
After the Buddha had commenced the rainy season residence, he fell severely ill, struck by dreadful pains, close to death.  
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:  
Then it occurred to the Buddha:  
Atha kho bhagavato so ābādho paṭippassambhi.  
Then the Buddha’s illness died down.  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“diṭṭho me, bhante, bhagavato phāsu;  
“Sir, it’s fantastic that the Buddha is comfortable,  
diṭṭhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato khamanīyaṁ;  
that he’s keeping well,  
diṭṭhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato yāpanīyaṁ.  
and that he’s getting by.  
Api ca me, bhante, madhurakajāto viya kāyo, disāpi me na pakkhāyanti, dhammāpi maṁ nappaṭibhanti bhagavato gelaññena.  
Because when the Buddha was sick, my body felt like it was drugged. I was disorientated, and the teachings didn’t spring to mind.  

sn47.10bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Ānanda wandered for alms in Sāvatthī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said.  

sn47.11bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:  

sn47.12bhagavantaṁ bhagavanto bhagavati bhagavatā22Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati.  
“Sir, I have such confidence in the Buddha that  
Na cāhu, na ca bhavissati, na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro, yadidaṁ—sambodhiyan”ti.  
I believe there’s no other ascetic or brahmin—whether past, future, or present—whose direct knowledge is superior to the Buddha when it comes to awakening.”  
‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati.  
‘I have such confidence in the Buddha that  
Na cāhu, na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro, yadidaṁ—sambodhiyan’ti.  
I believe there’s no other ascetic or brahmin—whether past, future, or present—whose direct knowledge is superior to the Buddha when it comes to awakening.’  
Kiṁ nu te, sāriputta, ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā:  
What about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who lived in the past? Have you comprehended their minds to know that  
‘evaṁsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ iti vā, ‘evaṁdhammā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ iti vā, ‘evaṁpaññā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ iti vā, ‘evaṁvihārino te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ iti vā, ‘evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ’ iti vā”ti?  
those Buddhas had such ethics, or such qualities, or such wisdom, or such meditation, or such freedom?”  
“Kiṁ pana te, sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā:  
“And what about all the perfected ones, the fully awakened Buddhas who will live in the future? Have you comprehended their minds to know that  
‘evaṁsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti’ iti vā, ‘evaṁdhammā te bhagavanto bhavissanti’ iti vā, ‘evaṁpaññā te bhagavanto bhavissanti’ iti vā, ‘evaṁvihārino te bhagavanto bhavissanti’ iti vā, ‘evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti’ iti vā”ti?  
those Buddhas will have such ethics, or such qualities, or such wisdom, or such meditation, or such freedom?”  
‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati.  
 
Na cāhu, na ca bhavissati, na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā’ bhiyyobhiññataro, yadidaṁ—sambodhiyan”ti?  
 
‘yepi te, bhante, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya, cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe, catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā, satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā, anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhiṁsu.  
‘All the perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas—whether past, future, or present—give up the five hindrances, corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom. Their mind is firmly established in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. They correctly develop the seven awakening factors. And they wake up to the supreme perfect awakening.’”  
Yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya, cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe, catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā, satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā, anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhissanti.  
 

sn47.13bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Atthi kho idaṁ, āvuso cunda, kathāpābhataṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya.   “Reverend Cunda, we should see the Buddha about this matter.  
Āyāmāvuso cunda, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocessāmā”ti.  
Come, let’s go to the Buddha and inform him about this.”  
Atha kho āyasmā ca ānando cundo ca samaṇuddeso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Ānanda and Cunda went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn47.14bhagavantānaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ye hi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamaṁyeva sāvakayugaṁ ahosi—  The Buddhas of the past or the future have pairs of chief disciples who are no better than  
Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamaṁyeva sāvakayugaṁ bhavissati—seyyathāpi mayhaṁ sāriputtamoggallānā.  
 

sn47.15bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā bāhiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā bāhiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Bāhiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  
Atha kho āyasmā bāhiyo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
And then Venerable Bāhiya approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

sn47.16bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā uttiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā uttiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Uttiya went up to the Buddha … and asked him,  
“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  
Atha kho āyasmā uttiyo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
And then Venerable Uttiya approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

sn47.18bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:   Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind,  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva kho brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi.  
Then Brahmā Sahampati knew what the Buddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the Brahmā realm and reappeared in front of the Buddha.  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said:  

sn47.20bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Venerable sir,” they replied.  

sn47.21bhagavatā bhagavatā’ti bhagavatā’’ti8Pi En Ru dhamma

“yānimāni, āvuso ānanda, kusalāni sīlāni vuttāni bhagavatā, imāni kusalāni sīlāni kimatthiyāni vuttāni bhagavatā”ti?   “Reverend Ānanda, the Buddha has spoken of skillful ethics. What’s their purpose?”  
‘yānimāni, āvuso ānanda, kusalāni sīlāni vuttāni bhagavatā, imāni kusalāni sīlāni kimatthiyāni vuttāni bhagavatā’”ti?  
‘The Buddha has spoken of skillful ethics. What’s their purpose?’”  
“Yānimāni, āvuso bhadda, kusalāni sīlāni vuttāni bhagavatā, imāni kusalāni sīlāni yāvadeva catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvanāya vuttāni bhagavatā.  
“The Buddha has spoken of skillful ethics to the extent necessary for developing the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.  
Yānimāni, āvuso bhadda, kusalāni sīlāni vuttāni bhagavatā, imāni kusalāni sīlāni yāvadeva imesaṁ catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvanāya vuttāni bhagavatā”ti.  
The Buddha has spoken of skillful ethics to the extent necessary for developing the four kinds of mindfulness meditation.” 

sn47.25bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Evaṁ vutte, so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, the brahmin said to the Buddha,  

sn47.29bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Yeme, bhante, bhagavatā cattāro satipaṭṭhānā desitā saṁvijjanti, te dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmi.   “These four kinds of mindfulness meditation that were taught by the Buddha are found in me, and I exhibit them.  
Yāni cimāni, bhante, bhagavatā pañcorambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni desitāni, nāhaṁ, bhante, tesaṁ kiñci attani appahīnaṁ samanupassāmī”ti.  
And of the five lower fetters taught by the Buddha, I don’t see any that I haven’t given up.”  

sn47.30bhagavatā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāni cimāni, bhante, bhagavatā pañcorambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni desitāni, nāhaṁ, bhante, tesaṁ kiñci attani appahīnaṁ samanupassāmī”ti.   And of the five lower fetters taught by the Buddha, I don’t see any that I haven’t given up.”  

sn47.46bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.  
“Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  
Atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
And then that mendicant approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

sn47.47bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti.   “Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.”  

sn48.19bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn48.41bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā bhagavato gattāni pāṇinā anomajjanto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and while massaging the Buddha’s limbs he said:  
Na cevaṁ dāni, bhante, bhagavato tāva parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto, sithilāni ca gattāni sabbāni valiyajātāni, purato pabbhāro ca kāyo, dissati ca indriyānaṁ aññathattaṁ— 
how the complexion of your skin is no longer pure and bright. Your limbs are flaccid and wrinkled, and your body is stooped. And it’s apparent that there has been a deterioration in your faculties  

sn48.42bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho uṇṇābho brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then Uṇṇābha the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.  
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uṇṇābho brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:  
Atha kho uṇṇābho brāhmaṇo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
And then the brahmin Uṇṇābha approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

sn48.43bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  

sn48.44bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Na khvāhaṁ ettha, bhante, bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi—  “Sir, in this case I don’t rely on faith in the Buddha’s claim that  

sn48.45bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn48.46bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn48.47bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn48.48bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn48.49bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. Then they said,  

sn48.53bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn48.57bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi:   Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind,  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi.  
Then Brahmā Sahampati knew what the Buddha was thinking. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the Brahmā realm and reappeared in front of the Buddha.  
Atha kho brahmā sahampati ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
He arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his joined palms toward the Buddha, and said:  

sn51.10bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavato’ti bhagavatā24Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṁ ādāya bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi.   “Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. Taking his sitting cloth he followed behind the Buddha.  
Āyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.  
Ānanda bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.  
Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ;  
But Ānanda didn’t get it, even though the Buddha dropped such an obvious hint, such a clear sign.  
na bhagavantaṁ yāci:  
He didn’t beg the Buddha,  
Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ;  
But Ānanda didn’t get it, even though the Buddha dropped such an obvious hint, such a clear sign.  
na bhagavantaṁ yāci:  
He didn’t beg the Buddha,  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi.  
“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. He rose from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before sitting at the root of a tree close by.  
Atha kho māro pāpimā, acirapakkante āyasmante ānande, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And then, not long after Ānanda had left, Māra the Wicked went up to the the Buddha and said to him:  
“Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu dāni sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
“Sir, may the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One now become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.  
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:  
Sir, you once made this statement:  
Santi kho pana, bhante, etarahi bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.  
Today you do have such monk disciples.  
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu dāni, sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
May the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One now become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.  
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:  
Sir, you once made this statement:  
Santi kho pana, bhante, etarahi bhikkhuniyo bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.  
Today you do have such nun disciples.  
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu dāni, sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
May the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One now become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.  
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:  
Sir, you once made this statement:  
upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.  
and laywoman disciples.  
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu dāni, sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.  
May the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One now become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.  
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:  
Sir, you once made this statement:  
Tayidaṁ, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṁ iddhañceva phītañca vitthāritaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṁ.  
Today your spiritual path is successful and prosperous, extensive, popular, widespread, and well proclaimed wherever there are gods and humans.  
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu dāni sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato”ti.  
May the Blessed One now become fully extinguished! May the Holy One now become fully extinguished! Now is the time for the Buddha to become fully extinguished.”  
Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako lomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.  
When he did so there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky.  

sn51.14bhagavantaṁyeva bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paṭissutvā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāresi yathā pādaṅguṭṭhakena migāramātupāsādaṁ saṅkampesi sampakampesi sampacālesi.   “Yes, sir,” replied Mahāmoggallāna. Then he used his psychic power to make the longhouse shake and rock and tremble with his toe.  
“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā, bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
“Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  

sn51.15bhagavati1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Chandappahānatthaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ vussatī”ti.   “The purpose of leading the spiritual life under the Buddha, brahmin, is to give up desire.”  

sn51.22bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“Yañca kho omāti, bhante, bhagavā iddhiyā manomayena kāyena brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamituṁ, yañca kho abhijānāti, bhante, bhagavā iminā cātumahābhūtikena kāyena iddhiyā brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamitā, tayidaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyañceva abbhutañcā”ti.  
“It’s incredible and amazing that the Buddha is capable of going to the Brahmā realm by psychic power with a mind-made body! And that he has personal experience of going to the Brahmā realm by psychic power with this body made up of the four primary elements!”  

sn51.27bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn51.28bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā …pe….   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. …”  

sn51.29bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn51.30bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā …pe….   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. …”  

sn51.31bhagavaṁmūlakā bhagavaṁnettikā2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. …”  

sn51.32bhagavaṁmūlakā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…   “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn54.6bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ariṭṭho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, Venerable Ariṭṭha said to him:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ariṭṭho bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ariṭṭha replied.  

sn54.7bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākappino bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā.   Now at that time Venerable Mahākappina was sitting not far from the Buddha, cross-legged, his body set straight, and mindfulness established in front of him.  

sn54.9bhagavantaṁ bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā nāssudha koci bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamati, aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena.   “Yes, sir,” replied those mendicants. And no-one approached him, except for the one who brought the almsfood.  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṁ upanissāya viharanti te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. He did what the Buddha asked, went up to him, and said,  

sn54.10bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha,  
Yaṁ bhagavā ānāpānassatisamādhiṁ bhāseyya, bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
Let the Buddha speak on immersion due to mindfulness of breathing. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.  

sn54.11bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā nāssudha koci bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamati, aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena.   “Yes, sir,” replied those mendicants. And no-one approached him, except for the one who brought the almsfood.  

sn54.12bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘Evaṁ, bhante’ti kho, āvuso mahānāma, te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā nāssudha koci bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamati, aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena.   ‘Yes, sir,’ replied those mendicants. And no-one approached him, except for the one who brought the almsfood.  

sn54.13bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn54.14bhagavantaṁ bhagavaṁmūlakā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe…  
“Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn54.15bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn54.16bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavaṁmūlakā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca:   Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to them:  
“Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā …pe… bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.  
“Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. …”  

sn55.1bhagavato bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.   ‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ—cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

sn55.3bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā11Pi En Ru dhamma

“ehi tvaṁ, gahapati, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vanda:   “Please, householder, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Say to him:  
So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti.  
He bows with his head to your feet.’  
“Evaṁ, tātā”ti kho jotiko gahapati dīghāvussa upāsakassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jotiko gahapati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
“Yes, dear,” replied Jotika. He did as Dīghāvu asked.  
So bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati.  
 
“Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni desitāni, saṁvijjante dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmi.  
“Sir, these four factors of stream-entry that were taught by the Buddha are found in me, and I exhibit them.  
“Yeme, bhante, bhagavatā cha vijjābhāgiyā dhammā desitā, saṁvijjante dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmi.  
“These six things that play a part in realization that were taught by the Buddha are found in me, and I exhibit them.  
Atha kho dīghāvu upāsako acirapakkantassa bhagavato kālamakāsi.  
Not long after the Buddha left, Dīghāvu passed away.  
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
Then several mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“yo so, bhante, dīghāvu nāma upāsako bhagavatā saṅkhittena ovādena ovadito so kālaṅkato.  
“Sir, the lay follower named Dīghāvu, who was advised in brief by the Buddha, has passed away.  

sn55.4bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

“katinaṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā”ti?   “Reverend, how many things do people have to possess in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening?”  
“Catunnaṁ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.  
“Reverend, people have to possess four things in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.  
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā”ti.  
People have to possess these four things in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.” 

sn55.5bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  

sn55.6bhagavantaṁ bhagavato28Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti:   At that time several mendicants were making a robe for the Buddha, thinking that  
“sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti:  
 
“yadā tvaṁ, ambho purisa, passeyyāsi bhagavantaṁ āgacchantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ, atha amhākaṁ āroceyyāsī”ti.  
“My good man, let us know when you see the Blessed One coming, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.”  
Dvīhatīhaṁ ṭhito kho so puriso addasa bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ.  
And that person stood there for two or three days before they saw the Buddha coming off in the distance.  
Atha kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhiṁsu.  
Then the chamberlains went up to the Buddha, bowed, and followed behind him.  
Isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.  
The chamberlains Isidatta and Purāṇa bowed, sat down to one side,  
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
and said to the Buddha:  
“Yadā mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
“Sir, when we hear that  
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
And when we hear that  
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
And when we hear that  
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
And when we hear that  
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
And when we hear that  
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
 
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
 
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
 
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
 
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
 
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
But when we hear that  
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
And when we hear that  
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
 
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
 
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
 
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
 
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
 
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
 
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
 
Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma:  
And when we hear that  

sn55.7bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu; sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:   Then the brahmins and householders of Bamboo Gate went up to the Buddha. Before sitting down to one side, some bowed, some exchanged greetings and polite conversation, some held up their joined palms toward the Buddha, some announced their name and clan, while some kept silent. Seated to one side they said to the Buddha:  
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho te veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavato paccassosuṁ.  
“Yes, sir,” they replied.  
saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
the Saṅgha …  
Evaṁ vutte, veḷudvāreyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:  
When he had spoken, the brahmins and householders of Bamboo Gate said to the Buddha,  

sn55.8bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn55.9bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Ānanda said to the Buddha:  

sn55.10bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Ānanda said to the Buddha:  

sn55.11bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sahassabhikkhunisaṅgho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhagavā etadavoca:   Then a Saṅgha of a thousand nuns went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to them:  

sn55.13bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

“katinaṁ kho, āvuso ānanda, dhammānaṁ pahānā, katinaṁ dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu, evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā”ti?   “Reverend, how many things do people have to give up and how many do they have to possess in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening?”  
“Catunnaṁ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṁ pahānā, catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu, evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇāti.  
“Reverend, people have to give up four things and possess four things in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.  
svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo …pe… viññūhīti.  
‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, and worthy of veneration with joined palms.’  
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānā imesaṁ catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā”ti.  
People have to give up these four things and possess these four things in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.” 

sn55.20bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho sambahulā tāvatiṁsakāyikā devatāyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā devatāyo bhagavā etadavoca:   Then several deities of the company of the Thirty-Three went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to them:  

sn55.21bhagavantaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
So khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ vā payirupāsitvā manobhāvanīye vā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṁ kapilavatthuṁ pavisanto;  
In the late afternoon, after paying homage to the Buddha or an esteemed mendicant, I enter Kapilavatthu.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, tasmiṁ samaye mussateva bhagavantaṁ ārabbha sati, mussati dhammaṁ ārabbha sati, mussati saṅghaṁ ārabbha sati.  
At that time I lose mindfulness regarding the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha.  

sn55.22bhagavantaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
So khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ vā payirupāsitvā manobhāvanīye vā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṁ kapilavatthuṁ pavisanto;  
In the late afternoon, after paying homage to the Buddha or an esteemed mendicant, I enter Kapilavatthu.  
Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, tasmiṁ samaye mussateva bhagavantaṁ ārabbha sati, mussati dhammaṁ ārabbha sati, mussati saṅghaṁ ārabbha sati.  
At that time I lose mindfulness regarding the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha.  

sn55.23bhagavantaṁ bhagavato5Pi En Ru dhamma

suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.    
“Āyāma, godhe, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocessāmā”ti.  
“Come, Godhā, let’s go to the Buddha and inform him about this.”  
Atha kho mahānāmo sakko godhā ca sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Mahānāma and Godhā went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Mahānāma told the Buddha all that had happened, and then said:  
suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
 

sn55.24bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

So bhagavatā byākato:   The Buddha declared that he was  
so bhagavatā byākato:  
 
Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said:  
So bhagavatā byākato:  
 
so bhagavatā byākato:  
 

sn55.25bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

So bhagavatā byākato:   The Buddha declared that he was  
So bhagavatā byākato:  
 
Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. The Buddha said:  
So bhagavatā byākato:  
 
So bhagavatā byākato— 
 

sn55.26bhagavantaṁ bhagavato bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo …pe… paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhīti.   ‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’  
suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, and worthy of veneration with joined palms. It is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:  
Then Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,  

sn55.27bhagavato bhagavatā4Pi En Ru dhamma

svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo …pe… paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhīti.    
suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
 
suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
 
Yāni cimāni, bhante, bhagavatā gihisāmīcikāni sikkhāpadāni desitāni, nāhaṁ tesaṁ kiñci attani khaṇḍaṁ samanupassāmī”ti.  
And of the training rules appropriate for laypeople taught by the Buddha, I don’t see any that I have broken.”  

sn55.30bhagavantaṁ bhagavati2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho nandako licchavimahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nandakaṁ licchavimahāmattaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Nandaka the Licchavi minister went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:  
bhagavati pasādo”ti.  
confidence in the Buddha.”  

sn55.31bhagavato bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo …pe… paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhīti.    
suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
 

sn55.37bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn55.39bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho kāḷigodhā sākiyānī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho kāḷigodhaṁ sākiyāniṁ bhagavā etadavoca:   Then Kāḷigodhā went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her:  
“Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni desitāni, saṁvijjante dhammā mayi, ahañca tesu dhammesu sandissāmi.  
“Sir, these four factors of stream-entry that were taught by the Buddha are found in me, and I exhibit them.  

sn55.40bhagavantaṁ bhagavato3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho nandiyo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho nandiyo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Nandiya the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho nandiyo sakko bhagavato paccassosi.  
“Yes, sir,” Nandiya replied.  

sn55.52bhagavato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Atthi pana te, bhante, kiñci iminā antaravassena bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitan”ti?   “But sir, during this rains residence did you hear and learn anything in the presence of the Buddha?”  
“Sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
“Good sirs, I heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Aparampi kho me, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
In addition, I heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  
Aparampi kho me, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:  
In addition, I heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  

sn55.53bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho dhammadinno upāsako pañcahi upāsakasatehi saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho dhammadinno upāsako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then the lay follower Dhammadinna, together with five hundred lay followers, went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  
“Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni desitāni, saṁvijjante dhammā amhesu, mayañca tesu dhammesu sandissāma.  
“Sir, these four factors of stream-entry that were taught by the Buddha are found in us, and we embody them.  

sn55.54bhagavantaṁ bhagavato6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti:   At that time several mendicants were making a robe for the Buddha, thinking that  
“sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti:  
 
Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then he went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him that he had heard that the Buddha was leaving. He added,  
‘sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṁ karonti— 
 
Na kho netaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ  
“Sir, I haven’t heard and learned it in the presence of the Buddha  

sn56.11bhagavato bhagavatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.   Satisfied, the group of five mendicants was happy with what the Buddha said.  
Pavattite ca pana bhagavatā dhammacakke bhummā devā saddamanussāvesuṁ:  
And when the Buddha rolled forth the Wheel of Dhamma, the earth gods raised the cry:  
“etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.  
“Near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Buddha has rolled forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma. And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.”  
“etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ, appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.  
 
“etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.  
“Near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Buddha has rolled forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma. And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.”  

sn56.15bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā7Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, one of the mendicants said to the Buddha:  
“ahaṁ kho, bhante, dhāremi bhagavatā cattāri ariyasaccāni desitānī”ti.  
“I do, sir.”  
“Dukkhaṁ khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā paṭhamaṁ ariyasaccaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi;  
“Sir, I remember that suffering is the first noble truth you’ve taught;  
dukkhasamudayaṁ khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dutiyaṁ ariyasaccaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi;  
the origin of suffering is the second;  
dukkhanirodhaṁ khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā tatiyaṁ ariyasaccaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi;  
the cessation of suffering is the third;  
dukkhanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā catutthaṁ ariyasaccaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi.  
and the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering is the fourth.  
Evaṁ khvāhaṁ, bhante, dhāremi bhagavatā cattāri ariyasaccāni desitānī”ti.  
That’s how I remember the four noble truths as you’ve taught them.”  

sn56.16bhagavantaṁ bhagavatā6Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, one of the mendicants said to the Buddha:  
“ahaṁ kho, bhante, dhāremi bhagavatā cattāri ariyasaccāni desitānī”ti.  
“I do, sir.”  
“Dukkhaṁ khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā paṭhamaṁ ariyasaccaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi.  
“Sir, I remember that suffering is the first noble truth you’ve taught.  
Dukkhasamudayaṁ khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā …pe…  
The origin of suffering … The cessation of suffering …  
dukkhanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā catutthaṁ ariyasaccaṁ desitaṁ dhāremi.  
The practice that leads to the cessation of suffering is the fourth noble truth you’ve taught.  
Evaṁ khvāhaṁ, bhante, dhāremi bhagavatā cattāri ariyasaccāni desitānī”ti.  
That’s how I remember the four noble truths as you’ve taught them.”  

sn56.17bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Seated to one side, that mendicant said to the Buddha:  

sn56.18bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:  

sn56.30bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:   “Reverends, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:  

sn56.31bhagavatā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Appamattakāni, bhante, bhagavatā parittāni sīsapāpaṇṇāni pāṇinā gahitāni;   “Sir, the few leaves in your hand are a tiny amount.  

sn56.42bhagavantaṁ bhagavato2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.   “Yes, sir,” they replied.  
Disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
and said to the Buddha,  

sn56.43bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, one of the mendicants said to the Buddha,  

sn56.45bhagavantaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā ānando vesāliṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   Then Ānanda wandered for alms in Vesālī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.  

sn56.46bhagavantaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:   When he said this, one of the mendicants asked the Buddha,  

sn56.51bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Etadeva, bhante, bahutaraṁ yadidaṁ—mahāpathavī; appamattakāyaṁ bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito.   “Sir, the great earth is certainly more. The little bit of dirt under your fingernail is tiny.  
Saṅkhampi na upeti, upanidhampi na upeti, kalabhāgampi na upeti mahāpathaviṁ upanidhāya bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito”ti.  
Compared to the great earth, it doesn’t count, there’s no comparison, it’s not worth a fraction.”  

sn56.61bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Etadeva, bhante, bahutaraṁ, yadidaṁ—mahāpathavī; appamattakāyaṁ bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito.   “Sir, the great earth is certainly more. The little bit of dirt under your fingernail is tiny.  
Saṅkhampi na upeti, upanidhampi na upeti, kalabhāgampi na upeti mahāpathaviṁ upanidhāya bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito”ti.  
Compared to the great earth, it doesn’t count, there’s no comparison, it’s not worth a fraction.”  

sn56.62bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Etadeva, bhante, bahutaraṁ, yadidaṁ—mahāpathavī; appamattakāyaṁ bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito.   “Sir, the great earth is certainly more. The little bit of dirt under your fingernail is tiny.  
Saṅkhampi na upeti, upanidhampi na upeti, kalabhāgampi na upeti mahāpathaviṁ upanidhāya bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito”ti.  
Compared to the great earth, it doesn’t count, there’s no comparison, it’s not worth a fraction.”  

sn56.102bhagavatā2Pi En Ru dhamma

appamattakāyaṁ bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito.    
Saṅkhampi na upeti, upanidhampi na upeti, kalabhāgampi na upeti mahāpathaviṁ upanidhāya bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṁ paṁsu āropito”ti.  
 

sn56.131bhagavato1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.   Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.